Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutPermit D97-0162 - WASHINGTON MUTUAL BANK - TENANT IMPROVEMENTCity of Tukwila ° (206) 431 -3670 Community Development / Public Works • 6300 SouthcenterBoulevard, Suite 100 Washington 98188 DEVELOPMENT PERMIT WARNING: IF CONSTRUCTION BEGINS BEFORE APPEAL PERIOD EXPIRES, APPLICANT IS PROCEEDING AT THEIR OWN RISK. Parcel No: 262304 -9064 Address: 359 STRANDER BL Suite No: Location: Category: ACOM Type: DEVPERM Zoning: Const Type:. V -N Gas /Elec.: Units: 001 Setbacks: North: .0 South: Water: N/A Sewer: N/A W Slopes: N Contractor License No: INNOVCS055KN OCCUPANT WASHINGTON MUTUAL BANK 359 STRANDER .BL, 'TUKWILA, WA 98188 OWNER SPIEKER PROPERTIES LP 915 118TH AVE SE, BELLEVUE WA CONTACT .WILLIAM SHEN Phone: 2 -4646 4420 FIFTH AVENUE SUITE 2400, SEATTLE, WA 98101 CONTRACTOR' INNOVATIVE. CONSTRUCTION SERVICES Phone: 206 -7883 2601 ELLIOTT AVENUE #4226, SEATTLE, WA 98121 k************* * * * * *k * * * * * * * *k * *k * * * * * * ** ** Permit Description: REMOVE EXISTING ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILES AND LIGHT FIXTURES, REMOVE PORTION OF STOREFRONT GLAZING FOR NEW NIGHT DROP, INSTALL NEW VAULT, TELLERLINES, FINISHES, NEW LIGHT FIXTURES THROUGHOUT, AND INSTALL DRIVE - THROUGH A.T.M. MODIFY EXISTING IRRI- GATION:` SYSTEM. . ***************************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *k* Construction Valuation: $ 200,000.00 PUBLIC WORKS *(Water Meter Permits. Listed Separate) Eng. Appr: SAL Curb Cut/Access/Sidewalk/CSS: N . Fire Loop Hydrant: N No: Size(in): .00 Flood Control Zone: N Hauling: N Start Time: End Time: Land Altering: N Cut: Fill: Landscape Irrigation: Y Moving Oversized Load: N Start Time: End Time: Sanitary Side Sewer: N No: Sewer Main Extension: N . Private: N Public: N Storm Drainage: N Street Use: .N Water Main Extension: N Private: N Public: N *** k****** k****************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * *k * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** TOTAL DEVELOPMENT PERMIT FEES: $ 2,318.46 *** k************************************************* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * **k* Permit Center Authorized Signature: Signature: Print Name: Permit No: Status: Issued: Expires: Occupancy: BANK UBC: 1994 Fire Protection: SPRINKLERS East: .0 West: .0 Streams: D97 -0162 ISSUED 07/11/1997 01/07/1998 A.Q .. 1 Date t t L l I hereby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provision of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. I am authorized to sign for and obtain this development per it. This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days from the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. Address: 359.STRANDER BL Suite Tenant: Type DEVPERM Parcel #: 262304 -9064 . CITY OF TUKWILA Permit No: D97 -0 Status: ISSUED Applied: 05/15/1997 Issued: 07/11/1997 ** k k k•k k k*•k•k * ** * :k *•k•k•k k * * k** k** k•k•k•k k•k k•k•k *•k k * ** ** k k k*•kk *•k k k•k•k k* A A Permit Conditions: 1. Temporary erosion control measures shall be implemented as the first order of business prevent, sedimentation off- site or into existing .storm `.dr ainage;.:.faci l ities. It shall be verified in, Writing to the `Util i t Inspector that the landscape . ir :r • igat,ion= <system contains; a State Department . of H ealth ,approved - double check ,valve : ,assembly. This shall be done to the Final Inspection. '` '3. No changes; will be made to the plans ' un l ess• approved by the Architect ; -or Engineer and-the" Tukwila Buildi�n { g Di Plumbing mi `. perts ` ':s , hal ; l-'be obtained through the`Seattle iing' County: Depar`tment of is Hearth. Plumbing: will be inspec,ted by that .agency, ,Including.. all gas piping (2964722,)` 5. Electrical' ' is shall be Obtained through the , Washington!. State;:`Di ,vision : ;of Labor and ; and all electrical work -7wi l l be inspected' by that agency (248 -6630) . All mechanical wor k l be undereparate permit `;issued b the ;City of .Tukwa-ia• Al {T per pri t inspect ton r ecc rd's, and' .approved plan shal'1° `be available ,at the job site p`rlor to `-the start of any - con str These :. doc'unenta`re td—,6e—maintained and avail.- $ ableuntijtinal i.nspect.ion• approval is gr anted. . Any new;, cetl i ng .gri'`d "an'd` light :F :fixture i i ta,l latian is. • required.Ao meet lateral brac•ing';r.equjrements:.for Seismic 9. Part`i_tIon walls .attached to ceiling 'grid must'be later.all_y braces;: ii over eight (8) feet in length.. ' I0. Any e po ed insulations backing 'mater`ial shajl, have a Flame,: preadRa•ting''of,, 25 or less, and material' shal l bear- ident'i- f ication: showing ;`the fire performance rating the,rrept . 11. All construction :to be done .in conformance with approved' plans and requirenienis of the Uniform Building Code,::(1994 Edition) as''amended, Uniform Mechanical Code (1994 and Washington State Energy Code (1.994 12. Notify the City Division prior to placing any concrete.` This. procedure is in addition to any requirements for special.I spe :. 13. All structural concrete shall be'special inspected (UBC - Sec. 306(a)1). 14. When special inspection is required either the owner, architect or engineer shall notify the Tukwila Building Division of appointment of the inspection agencies prior to the first building inspection. Copies of all special inspection reports shall be submitted to the Building Division ilia timely manner. Reports shall contain address, project name, permit number and type of inspection being performed. 15. The special inspector shall submit a final signed report stating whether the work requiring special inspection was to the best of the inspector's knowledge, in conformance with approved plans and specifications and the applicable workmanship provisions of the UBC here :sha l be . .no Kcupa cy °of the buildi.ngfsl tit the final inspection h }been completed,by the Tuff; a Building n sp .ptor •- '..... NTILATION ; IS REQUIRED FOR ALL :NEW: ROOMS'AND :SPACES.- ,OF NEt • • EXIST:ING• BU,ILDI.NGS •IN •CONFORMANCE:':WITH. THE UNIFORM.. UILD :ING CODE AND ;THE WASHINGTON . STATE .VENT IL AND �0OOR, AIR.: :QUALITY :CODE, CHAPTER 51-13 : Project Name/Tenant: Washington Mutual Bank Existing use: ® Retail ❑ Restaurant Cl Multi- family ❑ Warehouse ❑Hospital ❑ Church ❑ Manufacturing ❑ Motel/Hotel ❑ Office Cl School /College /University ❑ Other Value of Construction: $200,000 Will there be a change of use? ® yes ❑ no Site Address: r m y 6 359-�l Wt---J-i2 City State /Zip: T ukwila, WA. 98188 Tax Parcel Number: a(Qa30 -( ` Phone: (206) 453-1600 Property Owner: Spieker Properties Area of Construction: (sq. f t . ) 2,696 S F Street Address: 915 11Rth SF City State /Zip: RellPViip_ WA_ gR005 Fax #: Contractor: None at this time Phone: Street Address: City State /Zip: Fax #: Architect: Callison Architecture Inc. Phone: (206) 623 -4646 Street Address: 1420 5th Avenue Suite 2400 City State/Zip: Seattle WA. 98101 Fax #: (206) 623 -4625 Engineer: AKB Engineers (Structural) Phone: (206) 747 Street Address: 875 140th Avenue NE City State /Zip: Bellevue, WA. 98005 Fax #: (206) 747 -5461 Contact Person: William Shen Phone: (206) 623 -4646 x2163 Street Address: fallignn Arrhitprturp Inr City State /Zip: Fax #: (206) 623 -4625 Description of work to be done: Remove existing acoust i ca 1 ce i 1 i ng t i 1 es & light fixtures , remove portion of storefront glazing for new night drop, install new vault, tellerlines, finish new light fixtures throughout, install drive -thru A.T.M. Existing use: ® Retail ❑ Restaurant Cl Multi- family ❑ Warehouse ❑Hospital ❑ Church ❑ Manufacturing ❑ Motel/Hotel ❑ Office Cl School /College /University ❑ Other Proposed use: ❑ Retail ❑ Restaurant ❑ Multi- family El Warehouse ❑Hospital ❑ Church ❑ Manufacturing ❑ Motel /Hotel ❑ Office ❑ School /College /University ® Other Bank Will there be a change of use? ® yes ❑ no If yes, extent of change: (Attach additional sheet if necessary) From retail to bank Will there be rack storage? ❑ yes 71 no Existing fire protection features: in sprinklers ❑ automatic fire alarm ❑ none ❑ other (specify) Building Square Feet: 2, 696 SF existing Area of Construction: (sq. f t . ) 2,696 S F Will there be storage of flammable /combustible hazardous material in the building? ❑ yes ® no Attach list of materials and storage location on separate 8 1/2 X 11 paper indicating quantities & Material Safety Data Sheets Dale application accepted: CITY OF TUIWILA Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 ❑ Channelization /Striping ❑ Curb cut/Access /Sidewalk ❑ Fire Loop /Hydrant (main to vault) #: Size(s): ❑ Land Altering 0 Cut cubic yds. 0 Fill Cl Sanitary Side Sewer #: ❑ Sewer Main Extension ❑ Storm Drainage ❑ Street Use ❑ Water Main Extension El Water Meter /Exempt #: Size(s): 0 Deduct El Water Meter /Permanent # Size(s) Cl Water Meter Temp # Size(s): Est. quantity: ❑ Miscellaneous Dr i ve -Thru A.T.M. CI'PERMIT.DOC 1/29/97 Applications will not be accepted through the mail or facsimile. Date application expires: cubic yds. Project Nuniber: Permit Number: Commercial / Multi- Family Tenant Improvement / Alteration Permit Application Application and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. APPLICANT REQUEST FOR PUBLIC WORKS.SITE/CIVIL PLAN REVIEW OF THE FOLLOWING: (Additional reviews may be determined by the Public Works Department) ❑ Flood Control Zone ❑ Hauling ❑ Landscape Irrigation 0 Private 0 Public 0 Private 0 Public 0 Water Only gal Schedule: Value of Construction - In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review - Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. The building official may extend the time for action by the applicant for a period not exceeding 180 days upon written request by the applicant as defined in Section 107.4 of the Uniform Building Code (current edition). No application shall be extended more than once. Applicatlon6 (initials) PLEASE SIGN BACK OF APPLICATION FORM 5, ALL COMMERCIAUMULTI-FAitY TENANT IMPROVEMENT /AL • •ATION PERMIT APPLICATIONS MUg'4BE SUBMITTED WITH THE FOL • ING: ALL DRAWINGS TO BE STAMPED BY WASHINGTON STATE LICENSED ARCHITECT, STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OR CIVIL ENGINEER ➢ ALL DRAWINGS SHALL BE AT A LEGIBLE SCALE AND NEATLY DRAWN ➢ BUILDING SITE PLANS AND UTILITY PLANS ARE TO BE COMBINED N/A SUBMITTED ❑ 0 Complete Legal Description ® ❑ Metro: Non - Residential Sewer Use Certification if there is a change in the amount of plumbing fixtures (Form H -13). Business Declaration required (Form H -10). Four (4) sets of working drawings (five(5) sets for structural work), which include • ❑ 0 Site Plan (including existing fire hydrant location(s) 1. North arrow and scale 2. Property lines, dimensions, setbacks, names of adjacent roads, any proposed or existing easements 3. Parking Analysis of existing and proposed capacity; proposed stalls with dimensions 4. Location of driveways, parking, loading & service areas 5. Recycle collection location and area calculations (change of use only) 6. Location and screening of outdoor storage (change of use only) 7. Limits of clearing /grading with existing and proposed topography at 2' intervals extending 5' beyond property's boundaries 8. Identify location of sensitive area slopes 20% or greater, wetlands, watercourses and their buffers (change of use only) 9. Identify location and size of existing trees that are located in sensitive areas and buffer (TMC 18.45.040), of those, identify by size and species which are to be removed and saved 10. Landscape plan with irrigation and existing trees to be saved by size and species (exterior changes or change of use only) 11. Location and gross floor area of existing structure with dimensions and setback 12. Lowest finished floor elevation (if in flood control zone) 13. See Public Works Checklist for detailed civil /site plan information required for Public Works Review (Form H- 9). ❑ ® Floor plan: show location of tenant space with proposed use of each room labeled ❑ ® Overall building floor plan with adjacent tenant use; identify tenant space use and location of storage of any hazardous materials; dimensions of proposed tenant space. ❑ ® Vicinity Map showing location of site ® ❑ Rack Storage: If adding new racks or altering existing rack storage, provide a floor plan identifying rack layout and all exit doors. Show dimensions of aisles, include dimensions of height, length, and width of rack. Structural calculations are required for rack storage eight feet and over. ❑ ® Indicate proposed construction of tenant space or addition and walls being demolished ❑ ® Construction details ® ❑ Sprinkler details - details of sprinkler hangers, specifically penetrations in structure, i.e., roof; size of water supply to sprinkler vault with documentation from contractor stating supply line will meet or exceed sprinkler system design criteria as identified by the Fire Department. ❑ © Washington State Non - Residential Energy Code Data shall be noted on the construction drawings. ® ❑ SEPA Checklist - if intensification of use (check with Planning Department for thresholds). ® ❑ Attach plans, reports or other documentation required to comply with Sensitive Area Ordinance or other land use or SEPA decisions. ® ❑ Food service establishments require two (2) sets of stamped approved plans by the Seattle -King County Department of Public Health prior to submitting for building permit application. The Department of Public Health is located at 201 Smith Tower, Seattle, WA or call (206) 296 -4787. (Form H -5) ❑ [� Copy of Washington State Department of Labor and Industries Valid Contractor's License. If no contractor has been selected at time of application a copy of this license will be required before the permit is issued OR submit Form H -4, "Affidavit in Lieu of Contractor Registration ". Building Owner /Authorized Agent If the applicant is other than the owner, registered architect/engineer, or contractor licensed by the Stale of Washington, a notarized letter from the property owner authorizing the agent to submit this permit application and obtain the permit will be required as part of this submittal I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT ! HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND / AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING OW ER Signature Print name: WILL SHEN Address 1 20 5ti venue suite CTPERMIT.UOC 1/29/97 R AUTHORIZED GENT: Date: Phone: (206) 623 -1 +646 Fax It 20 23- .25 City /State /Zip Seattle , WA. 98101 * k** k***** Ah*********•******* k** kk k k ** *k *Akk * * *** ** * * * *k?4WA * * ** CMI OF TUKWI;LA WA 7 9F TRANSMIT * *k *hkkk** ** * *. % . * *k•kk * * £ k4k* k* •k l * ; t rk* iF * * * *** ** * * * ** * *�1•k•A *a•k* kk k *A TRANSMIT: Number: R97.00612 Amount. 25.00 07/11/97 10:22 Payment Method:: CHECK. Notation: INNOVATIVE CQNSF Initr SLR Permit No D97-0162 Type: DEVPERM DEVELOPMENT PERMIT Parcel No 262304-9064 Site Address: 359 STRANDER'BL Total Fees„ 2,318.46 5.00 Total ALL Pmts: 2,318.46. Oalance: .00 * k********** ** * ** * * * *A * * * ** * * * *•k * *A * * *kAA AA* ** * l•F•l A • A * *•AA***•%* * ** Account Code Description Amount 000/345.830. PLAN CHECK - UTILITY 10.00 401/342.400 INSP FEE • -- FLH /LI /WME 15.00 This Payment 2037 07/14 9717. TOTAL 25.00 *kk *** 4* h********k kkk* h: kk** k*** k*** kk ** *,k* * ** * *kkh *kk **k *A **** CITY OF TUI <WILA. WA " � *k*A * *•k** ***�4kA****Ah 4 * •4h I k * h*** *•k*Akkle**k* *****Ak **AkA 1`RANSMI•T. Number:. R9700581 . Amount: 2.293.46 05/15/97 14:53 Payment .Method: CHECK Natation: WASHINGTON MUfUA Ini t: SLB Permit Nan 097--0162 Type: DEVPERM LEVELOPMENf PERMIT Parcel Na: 262304 -9064 Site Address: 359 SFRANI ?ER BL Iy Total Fees: 2N293..46 This Payment 2.243.46 Total ALL Pmts: 2 1. Balance: .00 Account Code 000/322.100 000/345.830 000/386 «904 Description BUILDING - NDNRES PLAN! CHECK - NONf2ES STATE BUILDING SURCHARGE TRANSMIT Amount 1 901.71 4.50 0509 05/16 9719 TOTAL 2293.46 Project: P r Q l � t.� -►�1' Type of inspectlor>✓ Address: 3s° SrR s .0 fL_ Date called: Special instructions: Date wanted: 1 1 0 66 a. m. Requester: Phone No.: (7 Approved per applicable codes. I Receipt No.: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with per INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter "Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 PERMIT NO. (206)431 -3670 Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: )4‘&1<--- - Date: 6 $42.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Date: Project:c . , VT./A- Type of inspection: FlivA AddressJ ? Date called: qv Special instructions: Date wanted: Cf�� . !! , Requester: t 7) 0AtAcoSoK Phone No.: s - 7S .171 INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 g i Approved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: Inspector: 1 Receipt No.: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with per 1 L 7O Ia / +1 ; 6' Arm F�, S k, i t 6- Corrections required to approval. Date: $42.OAtafiI FLEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite' 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Date: 3) 17 PERMIT NO. (206) 431 -3670 Project: \ ift . hn Vali, i .. Type of inspection L- LI>Jy Address: _., !`R -Pty. called: b 1 I T'? Special instructions: Date wanted: i i a.m. Requester: Phone No.: S7S - 1274 INSPECTION RECORQ -- Retain a copy with perr&J INSPE TION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 PERMIT NO. (206) 431 -3670 Approved per applicable codes. I I Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: A $42.00 REINSPECTION EE REQUIRED, Prior to inspection, fee ust be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date; COMMENTS: Type o ctior}� r IU N h : 1 &.‘ CAL— nivAk- kaki,. (.^0_ 7-) Two sr 1 s-, tkos v t- - a∎., ► p. . c%0 kish i t ■J S/-A-CI Pritkil yh o n o* ,.. off C ENme L a r jikro w% BSc w rata. - j 3) L► G» c_ os- v,5 IL -q..v. \ t.4 5uA c1... -w, ak Q pP/oSti ci)R -WEE• 1 - U . 7 " L i • 1 P o t: Mucry iv_ . 13AfJ K- Type o ctior}� r IU N h : s: i t $L Date called: G (.. - 2 o: 9i Special instructions: Date wanted: c� " 2 a.m. - O 7 p. m Requester: Ewbom brW Phone No.: 57S )2:7 INSPECTION .RECOR Retain a copy with per INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 Dad 01 (02 . PERMIT NO. (206) 431 -3670 Approved per applicable codes. L Corrections required prior to approval. Inspector: Date: f tt 'c [] 642.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: � Project: /� - W I \%WM. Type of inspection ¶- , acs Address: S`1 S ..M.19 6L.-- Date called: Special instructions: Date wanted: ( f 97 a.m. Requester: Phone No.: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with pern NSPECT ON NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 I Approved per applicable codes. I I PERMIT NO. 111/ - (206) 431 -3670 COMMENTS: C&14. 4 S C)k. Inspector: r:P- Date: 's ! Zk )C7 Corrections required prior to approval. $42.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: WrCct: .u�UIPtL �,, (cToyi'e o ectio it IiNci, a R-- r� r� % : br; D ate called: 2-0 O _ Special instructions: Date wanted: G 4,w,. 0-21-91 C p `1 m,i Requester: G OM . is ' 1 t vjE Phone No.: - - } 2,-74 INSPECTION RECOR Retain a copy with per INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 Approved per applicable codes. Inspector: Date: 'cn -Otto2 PERMIT NO. (206) 43 -3670 Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Date: S f tit c7 i $42.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: t COMMENTS: Type of inspectio 1..1 ry 314-1 f c u vi`i 0 G1 CA G'. -r (f-.A.SilhATt t p : CaNS1°RMtx f' •(L per► Addrec7 Si"•CL- AtJ�'P rE'vt iL ti - La4) A Ii--6 L I 1 2S 1 S C - — S A PeM ►ncv . ,Jd t sp - t, M I 1 .1 sr 13 x -nu „ - - ::::r::, /7 p.m. " Phone No.: Project J Type of inspectio Addrec7 Si"•CL- AtJ�'P Date called: Special instructions: f ::::r::, /7 p.m. " Phone No.: A ppro e d per applicable codes. Inspector: Receipt No.: INSPECTION RECOR Retain a copy with pernL. INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Sout center Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98.18 Corrections required prior to approval. Date: Date: 9' P RMIT NO. (206) 431 -3670 $42.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. +�s INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 Approved per applicable codes. Receipt No.: INSPECTION RECOR Retain a copy with per PERMIT NO. (206) 431 -3670 Pr ject: W . Muci,AL FP'NIc- dress: Special Instructions: j ? - BL Type of iction Date called: Date wanted: p.m. Requester: RDoN X Phone No.: s -7 ', - + 2--p/ Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: V./Ky. t,T Sub l S 14p PIC2 v SF' - of- 3a flS l K— .4-..4 (L=am S _ G c ^ U P + - � . - ► ► , 1 S 9 evi A as - C 14`r-A-A c x- I _ I S Pc7l�'r► W \TbN - . A - rwtN Pr^t40 44r ( A Q /L W r L v.rs-et.._. - TM" f 1 c, i 0 ZScro PSI , - n + - . j . S cil.Avy, r+-1 r J O R rL 4 c -' SP-r Lt G . T N e vA4.— (3 s ( 41J 6-0 A S o h fr6) It v I . r - rvPr4i v At._ GTI Inspector: Date: . 7 ( a4 / 17 $42,00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Date: ,Ptgject a L, v.3 v..... Type i ect FAsTCr 'N f 6 mW1 5L Date called: 1 - 2 3 _ 9 ... 7 Special instructions: Date wanted: c gr. Requester: flogt),01, ks.vwf Phone No.: *7 � _ 12.-74 • giinFlatdiAZINCIsaznesuirm INSPECTION NO. - CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 Approved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: Inspector: INSPECTION . RE Retain a copy with perm'` wolorompvlat I Date: c ri = 01 �Oz PERMIT NO. (206) 431 -3670 Corrections required prior to approval. $42.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. I Receipt No.: Date: wict:fi ,..— Ai_ Type of inspectio Ad dreAs: � � Date called: Special instructions: oh A Date wanted: 2.2 Requester: 100)0AI kli6Li Phone No.:� ... _ 12:714 INSPECTION RECOR Retain a copy with per INSPECTION NO, CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 981 COMMENTS: VA-cn Lr sU P eon F.-0 -n, i 4 G /J6 r ►J cwzeo f,- %6( A .o Pr l— cog.- StA -in ■6 SiNMA ,(e 44t 14 A ALC. . SWs P �� ti / w'P /LO 'Art,. (aw.6 wMa F 1 Approved per applicable codes. $42.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED, Prior to inspe tion, fee must be paid at 6300.Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: bCrl - oic92. PERMIT NO. (206) 431 -3670 Corrections required prior to approval. Date: City of Tukwila . Fire Department Project Name ‘; > ��'����►► hk'Ui' Address 3 31i r rr' 1 L . A fJ k Retain current inspection schedule Needs shift inspection Approved without correction notice .TUKWILA.FIRE DEPARTMENT FINAL APPROVAL FORM Approved with correction notice issued Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: ( A,K Hood & Duct: Halon: Monitor : )4 c rls �: - c C c: �c� Pre -Fire: Permits: Authorized Signature FINALAPP.FRM Permit No. "DA - v /(, Date T.F.D. Form F.P. 85 John W. Rants, Mayor. Thomas P. Keefe, File Chief Suite #�`~ Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: (206) 575-4404 • Fax (206) 575-4439 Cash Machine ' 4 , «d 6c As ,4$ RECEIVED CITY OE" EuKWILA ION 1997 ''t'111•.1i1 CEtSIER c r- ui 0) cc Cr) t— o ,—I E ,rfOTE QUELINE WASHINGTON MUTUAL C #4308 ?I white Futua 9dd copy pm+ 260 blue bkgrd on gign pan& with w'J;e Fulura 6oki cony 1 U ti 3 E. I. Cash Machine • 1 I 1111 I Ili Immo s • ••■ Y � r • r;.t.' 0.7 '7 . 1/41 0 Mutual 2' white slrae white Cash ■ Machine r:,.y;u1 •-�, �„� •� +L +, 4dI:v =.A1 . +iiita t ar '!1.►... ' 1a_tYl'als]��i�l4l1d4ii'w ' v1.r <.l FRONT GRAPHICS APPROVED. SIGNATURE: bhis 2' white pm+ 2f0 pn++26D bke logo ana cony pmt 260 Wye 4' whDa +!opal vet 3' spacei between APPROACH DATE: • • 00 04.AM 'aro 003 ML MCNTTP4DMV4) a vA ' 0 ( le "x 74"R.o. MC— A moult Seeme6 PokEL 4Cfi 56e& A114 N 0 (NI ts 0 _J _________ MOM? I I tor.y.eniz -I 4'•& 4 AXESSCCOP, MAIM NwTh...t.A1103 MJD El0ERGEPC4 CoStebtAJE. WINGAIF..s C.Aticl AZ.0.,e • of t w.3to•cmcizekR.L.p.0 ptialrio LOAF_ MICA:1M AM POTTOME. AZ.c.h.s ELECTEM 14EATEv. qfl..cora. Q.L. (30414 blA Z. sreeL Firx FRAME 45/1FE1Y- -Tizepo R. sitELNuecoNx_I—Fr-ANIF.::. rp_GA PCIEZIOILVE.W.E2-11 Maw> ti4S.A..A.15014 Fit4 KEKLITE INTEP-totz-FAMeLs 140111 Ai14 Caart.iel troart.rret) CJ L.116ia NOTiokrmicrE .W2MT4 LAM poo../ATIS.6 ,co" (pre) - Lks-n) %woe. °cork sloe. cbzwei - YFP.o.1-14 kr, 2. ivez. FL.; ilcutp. 0.ws, MIOW-F cnicl • . 4• i eke c.oucazEilS FIUM:3 zit E.L. acx.Lop-t's r • 1 1 VIE . QL QJJ i EUWV ICAUOPY 1,591P, LJ 42.4' R . AP. e,0,1D1NL E ttiew.e.d. DALLMAN INDUSTRIAL CORP, A.T3.turctAL1S13 .1/ Wall ILL111011 JIM= barEA.710€11111.1114 111114 Ts, 3114min4 Ii iiit.016194 ••••••• QL,Efliwt REterE ■foPv1Js-porxers.wca te-g.L WM) soc.10- C) rrl rn • 0 E;ix a'o` CAIRO • •PaO.aaWwlllCwp Iql AIL Incuo IWI 11 • 5 Nd II 5t. O r SILO- 35014 -Pee I14 FrOU'1_c tam. nix i *I t eltZte Lutz: 11,4 • aN P © ' O SA •AuDaeo Q•JeLtro. QUILD0.1 fj . • L4-60 STt94DARA 4r.l.le 13JLOWG SSAAI30.14 141 •I �f N • ' (cE4 DJiARfiEO' CaudllT ur( �ITI e ti1611T) N • 2 9" \ eke 419LF%i1 ff tota .1. / o It* Crj.LUtT , e '. . qdx I4 x 4 O011Y, Eit MIND iiNsot PLAN `J_ .V4 • - +SALE a4'•IL0'•. ��.�. . Ir wary e gar) $ 6 1 ' C.... n C R a ' II m I . - % LO .3 CR Man v XZoLlt/eKOOWU Rai WW 2 1 91 r 441 CalUtl ROD 1DF'orATM 6'OONFACTED IxiPAN4GE. FILL c 1 ctEo 1�•• 4 EoD� SS'o.C. 140,4 Rao (, ��a'pca)lemArL VS ICA14Y, OLA111D, mot IA"11►- cotes d reiusr Ns RFl1+REQ N'SOW.AR6r IOI.I,m. sum; 1a 2 LAUDSCJ.*e t Uv.JEai■vr,4saloe A" coiJcit£Te 61./1.e pri00 FS( Rwe_o co 3C • t `F. AIR E:URNOV'D •T, VOWEL anco i `o//E'" ere axe,: A M wvirr , AMR. DMte.tER cmcurt L'1wo.rr roe 2zov, )FO PIG, 60 AMP, OA= LLLJE. MIME Wet I I coxxrcr For_ ALI:CJ.t UUl. 1 1 . r 40Y-17 IWO): (02114 l flu recr'Ie1VR)„.. . a l a tiwK U YOI1t ht e: siDa ALL YXcm)IT'f0, AC Q JE CDOC. A'C5 DALLMAN INDUSTRIAL CORP. ATM SPECIALISTS •• am MUMS INaw110111 IRUM1 1 1.01 NN.1►1/ Ma I11•I■461I Que LIhe 9 f�EL RMMO* E3UI i' 1 t W} OU I%LWJD 0./1111.1. eva I fiw.vJ�r 1 UYYY� _CTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS 1. MAUI 1)7111111111011 PMRI: 11lI4. 10 3111 . 7 II U2• 13 Sp'. JO 311• A.F.F. TA 70P Or1M[l: 011111 11151. UL 07. 6411 61111126 11111111 1511: U 7101010. IL 67. NUM 01S11111011111 11 00* IMI E:6O 101125.40. 17. LQ11N I CI410D AIT:E MU. IL 111. t. 01D•01Q GREET: WI: 14200 141 1 1 4 I1 44012 Co1CA: PAM ACT, u E11T1 IMIE/7AM (2) SATO3232. AL 3111 1110. IS. 3, 01•P017 011141 111113.1 I 4 M11660, 20. T32A CATS: 0/001/51 IX TIlA. 12(EITA03E: 7■ANA 7171, It 1470. 11054 III I. KAMAC COMFIT 10114 )1k: PD01MM A-SE 4011. 0. 4314 COIT7CT0 (11: CO CA1S3Ul1011L (TALI. 3161 1111101111. 4£A 61158111E 1 101E 241 Wtl s. 1111611751 minnow 041Q0104 IEATMnOL) 0011011 20317. 142 A. AM COOIR01661111 t O.E. A1AKIO 13112601 MIL LISP 7. ACM 1161111011111 ESCIP171.11: fE: SACO 01 114. It 14171 10110: 1040161. Al 11071 11>6711BE: 10111.11111•1. 11. 4270 105 I. 1001610101: 011■15 410, 11. 1111 11011k1INT. 704. 340141457. 100 S. wawa 10101 501 1E AT10: *101124470 7411. 200011 IL 121145 21. • 10A1E14 NE10 POLE kW 10101: WITCO 4[446. 11117471. 1151, 1.37A IL 110161 )011011 0010114 Nis CM1JM0.1A0 11 ro 1111 ON TIE 110110 00101 111£5 11112.11 NEAT 01 AMA 0001110101 IS 10. 11: O(O71MUT. ASEl1111. IL UIN. 10111C101 (515I: Q 101111E P, 106ES 011101101 103531A041•105 1101//104 310 PI3ISTUA ran 2 U. 1111121M P11101S01T 1 11071: 140A 01 10401.1204•!. IA. 171514, 1204. 1116 011151( 014. t6. 110: 0111014: 4.11611 AL IL 2035 13. 124/12 96701 (111101 041110/70 E1: Ma R.•61051. IA. 5000 517711 1c lraF 911101.10.12*. 11•0015 0175. IL 1.713 14. 1110: 101. 100£1 11l1. 101 101E 941104. 111011 0010) 1200AC. 1004. 06101(11 Sal 4k 11 PIN11SIS 15. 0110.11001: (I U W U1771 /01111112 0100 01111:1151. FUNK: 11 147644: AA 2101. IL 111112 MI. 0.75125 14. 0101/14404 iW11t*015 1 Mt: (l EA. it IMPS). coot. 151114, 111(0 OIAUT 1111. 111511: NNW 0414401111 t0.. 1201. 6011. 01311 0,24110.10. k 1041, 1151 MOST U. 11101111E 00 2M104. C11I111<: *40170 11915011011* CO„ 110,. MAI dt., ' CMODA: MEV Cl/R1 .7511001 III 11301, 17 12 £10104171 UL 1431153. 011013(24 5850904E 11 11101. si 10101601 12.156 1204. L 51. 1 Ras, 64 0.0 15511 MC 700.10 57511 /01, 1073114 4Ct•1tOF7NYK 41014141 10141141. TDNO 7111 171 MOM: 01101 1001 01001101015! ! 1011 001 M•Sf72CT06,91:704. DUNI 100111106. 044//0114 It, NM /OAR C011(CTT0N (0164 COMMIILOMI: 214 3.801, 104: 1110 661. k 11011 CAW: NCO NO 11. 1001 000 A170 10411E111011111 0111E 10101E 711 04 011 CF OI11D11101: 1045110101: 161410 1101/101601 0114 RICE 10701. 62/0/904 1.75 ON 111 M.P. 20, 34104: WI 140.414. 0. 421. CPU: NCI M1 UL 01017 11. /MINE 114!1 CABLE. £111 W111T: CNN. £1 Ct. 1101.. 110. 09205 11W 17)5 SI- 811111111111 22.. 04.11£7 0111E1 041: t 14 AKA 640, tl 1)15 1095: PACO 014 104 731A. 0432,1551: $11411 116112. IL 1211. 1114, 20A•0E0OCA1E0 n. PC PANTFA (T1 10101 SINN 141210. 4227): VIAALITC INC.. CUSS t 1ME0514440, 11101 11/01 41101: 7044140901 1101 110 1*, 4l (12212 24, 1111011 1100' 17111: 5351IU1£ 114., MU 1300 25. 67011 FLOE: P01 A111 A 011X7 101£ MAIM 0N. IMO 101E1. (00.1an) 26. 3/4 0101021 101 N MINX CSOUCTO1 A !MCI. 4'tiIAD SM NO 4000 10 009, 040E1 10111115! 410109* t7. 1' 011111(450.11114111.1111101 21. 1' COUNT 001 I*0* 131 M. 1' CO'D00T RR N/IM 611E K£A5C 00014: 11104 019 101E ROMEO MI 111T1 AT 111E 109TAt1A1001 SITE 11 I man ono no OAIUWI 1100S1M141 COUCRA114 Ina 11671120 FI1 DM1 TO 11(030 IA 5130101 1 CIICTR7CAL 10101ILICIC4 51/10111 A.- ' 0- mow Electrical Plan Elec. Riser Diagram 0 0.11m4 W n1AnI Co) t /1: Act- 11017i 1111!0.1.0 1 1 9 11 A711 0001170 £101111 AL 10 120 104110 CE 170.271 1 1 1 1 IA A 041 CSWCTOtt 10 If ill 120* PANEL ELEVATION 240 / 120 SINGLE PHASE AGROUND 111001101 110)0 I 01 MIS A ll 000(0(011 CO T110211 404/046 A010001T0111 CO 000710 fi 1101415 12111 141 111701 C4101111011* • 101* 10 1 141120 Cr 11* 115 ¥3211014 II4CPEtOQIC SEI11Ct 1((4117410 CA 10 11 1 1 01 00 115 SRVICE 01(4111.1 011011 00211/6011 001 1100135 CA 10416 11 BLANK BLANK - 13 BLANK BLANK PAIN UN:r . VEMEK U MIS 1611 • 1111. (00101:11S tE 412 11141 PANEL SCHEDULE 4 1 1 II 11 II 11 DALLMAN INDUSTRIAL CORP. A,T.M.$r11C1ALIST5 MI ta.1I1/ 11,11MWI 1Matt •• IMGM'■li1A t ■.411 IMU 111,'1.1111 MO III.1W11.i Que Line ELECTRICAL 'SCAM HIS dt.TVNI • 5411000 I 0MrDOMAIM 0114: 2.1953 R W,WI O • lief E -1 al 4• ENGINEERS, INC. I EXPIRES: 124-07 1 ( 1 \ 1 1 1 1; ( L 1"\ STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS For: Washington Mutual Savings Bank South Center, WA Client: Callison Architecture, Inc. 1420 5th Ave, Suite 2400 Seattle, Washington 98101-2343 By: Chris Hammer Brian Unsderfer, P.E., S.E. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY 1 5 1997 PERMIT CENTER Job Number: 97044 ikill<13 INGIN111111. ro lg. 0: ii4 INC. PROJECT. W &hit Q flUT)--1 CF 13Y• '<t.- CHECKED: Z. SHEET LOCATION: $otrri-g cfit.trse CLIENT: CA. lel/ I 5 ON) DATE 5/11'l 11 0 1 .108 NO. 875 - 140TH AVE. NE. • SUITE 201 • BELLEVUE • WA 98005 (200) 747.3592 CPEC I< CA P F 3 PEA j METEM F-"rr. TO C. AR.' • / AVT" V T \NI* k g I ME 1EK 6.1%/i-T7g / n 0 - 4 - = 36 U NJ F LoA - ro FTe = SD / A O F L K ( ( I 5 = #-/, sic wr E(1) (1) 4- ( C/5 ez6-0.-x • - I + o t . 03 Fo FT6- 6 I / = & PLF 7.6tro 914 r a I V AU 1,0 A 0 70 , 3 PE PT-: 0 k eOU ND AT I °NI S Location (floor /room no.) Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed Covered Parking A -2X4 RECESSED FLUORESCENT 29 90.0 2610.0 Open Parking Al -2X4. RECESSED FLUORESCENT 2 90.0 180.0 Outdoor Areas B -2X2 RECESSED FLUORESCENT 11 82.0 902.0 Bldg. (by facade) C- RECESSED COMPACT FLUORESECNT DOWNLIGHT 4 43.0 172.0 Bldg. (by perim) D- RECESSED CCMPACT FLUORESCENT WALL WASH 2 43.0 86.0 E- RECESSED COMPACT FLUORESCENT DOWNLIGHT 1 43.0 43.0 F -2' FLUORESCENT WALL BRACKET 2 17.0 34.0 G -4' FLUORESCENT TASK LIGHT 5 32.0 160.0 Location Description Allowed Watts per ft or per If -- t Area in ft2 (or If for perimeter) Allowed Watts x ft (or x If) Covered Parking MH RECESSED DOWNLIGHT 0.2 W /ft 75.0 75.0 Open Parking 0.2 W /ft Outdoor Areas WALKWAY 0.2 W /ft 359.0 71.8 Bldg. (by facade) SEATTLE, WA 0.25 W /ft Applicant Phone: (206) 623 -4646 Bldg. (by perim) 7.5 W /It 40.0 300.0 Project Info Project Address WASHINGTON MUTUAL Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed Date 5/14/97 MH RECESSED DOWNLIGHT SOUTH CENTER BRANCH 75.0 75.0 For Building Department Use O i ('Z b qi- TUKWILA, WASHINGTON Applicant Name: CALLISON ARCHTECTURE Applicant Address: 1420 5TH AVE, •2400, SEATTLE, WA 98101 Applicant Phone: (206) 623 -4646 Location Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed SOFFIT MH RECESSED DOWNLIGHT 1 75.0 75.0 Location (floor /room no.) Occupancy Description Allowed Watts per ft e* Area in ft Allowed x Area BANK AREA RETAIL 1.50 2819.0 4228.5 Alteration Exceptions (check appropriate box) ❑ No changes are being made to the lighting ❑ Less than 60% of the fixtures are new, and installed lighting wattage is not being increased 1994 s. shington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compl' - : e Form Lighting Summary LTG -SUM 1994 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Project Description ❑ New Building ❑ Addition Alteration Compliance Option O Prescriptive 0 Lighting Power Allowance 0 Systems Analysis (See Qualification Checklist (over). Indicate Prescriptive & LPA spaces clearly on plans.) Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage (Interior) •' From Table 15 -1 (over) - document all exceptions on form LTG -LPA Total Allowed Watts Proposed Lighting Wattage (Interior) (May not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Interior) otal Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Interior Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage (Exterior) ote: for building exterior, choose either the facade area or the perimeter method, but not both) Proposed Lighting Wattage (Exterior) (May not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Exterior) o l Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Exterior Total Proposed Watts 4187.0 Total Allowed Watts June, 1995 4228.5 371.8 Total Proposed Watts 75.0 •++...., +..� . Use' LPA' (W /ft Use LPA (W/ft Painting, welding, carpentry, machine shops 2.3 Police and fire stations' 1.2 Barber shops, beauty shops 2 Atria (atriums) 1 Hotel banquet/conference /exhibition hall'•' 2 Assembly spaces ° , auditoriums, gymnasia', theaters 1 Laboratories 2 Process plants 1 Aircraft repair hangars 1.5 Restaurants/bars' 1 Cafeterias, fast food establishments' 1.5 Retail A 1 Factories, workshops, handling areas 1.5 Retail B Retail banking 1.5 Gas stations, auto repair shops' 1.5 Locker and /or shower facilities 0.8 Institutions 1.5 Warehouses ", storage areas 0.5 Libraries' 1.5 Aircraft storage hangars 0.4 Nursing homes 1.5 Parking garages 0*. section 1532 Wholesale stores (pallet rack shelving) 1.5 Mall concourses 1.4 Plans Submitted for Common Areas Only' Schools buildings, school classrooms, day care centers 1.35 Common area, corridors, lobbies (except mall concourse) 0.8 Laundries 1.3 Toilet facilities and washrooms 0.8 Office buildings, office/administrative areas in facilities of other use types (including but not limited to schools, hospitals, institutions, museums, banks, churches) 1.2 • Prescriptive Spaces Occupancy: Q Warehouses, storage areas or aircraft storage hangers QQ Other Qualification Checklist Lighting Fixtures: • Check here if at least 95% of fixtures in the space meet all four criteria: Note: If occupancy type Is "Other" and fixture answer Is checked, the number of _fixtures In the space is not limited by Code. Clearly i(Rfkpte Ape splices off plaAs. If not; 1. Fixtures are fluorescent, non - lensed, with only one or two lamps, and 2. Lamps are T -5, T-6, T-8 or PL, and 3. Lamps are 5 -50 Watts, and q 14 r L T\ OelLVlauon i . 4. Ballasts are electronic ballasts 1994 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Table 15 -1 Unit Lighting Power Allowance (LPA) for Interior Lighting Footnotes for Table 15 -1 I. In cases in which a use is not mentioned specifically, the Unit Potter Allowance shall be determined by the building official. This determination shall be based upon the most comparable use specified in the table. Sec Section 1512 for exempt areas. 2. The watts per square foot may be increased, by two percent per foot of ceiling height above twenty feet, unless specifically directed otherwise by subsequent footnotes. 3. Watts per square foot of room may be increased by two percent per foot of ceiling height above twelve feet. 4. For all other spaces, such as seating and common areas, use the Unit Light Potter Allowance for assembly. 5. Watts per square foot of room may be increased by two percent per foot of ceiling height above nine feet. 6. Includes pump area under canopy. 7. In cases in which a lighting plan is submitted for only a portion of a floor, a Unit Lighting Power Allowance of 1.35 may be used for usable office floor area and 0.80 watts per square foot shall be used for the common areas, which may include elevator space, lobby area and rest rooms. Common areas, as herein defined do not include mall concourses. 8. For the lire engine room, the Unit Lighting Power Allowance is 1.0 watts per square foot. 9. For indoor sport tournament courts with adjacent spectator seating, the Unit Lighting Power Allowance for the court area is 2.6 watts per square foot. 10. For both Retail A and Retail 13, light for tiee- standing display, building showcase illumination and display window illumination installed within two feet of the window are exempt. Retail A allows a Unit Lighting Power Allowance of 1.0 watts per square foot. Ceiling mounted adjustable tungsten halogen and HID merchandise display illuminaries are exempt. Retail 13 allows a Unit Lighting Power Allowance of 1.5 watts per square foot, including all ceiling mounted merchandise display luminaries. I I. Provided that a floor plan, indicating rack location and height, is submitted, the square footage for a warehouse may be defined, for computing the interior Unit Lighting Power Allowance, as the floor area not covered by racks plus the vertical face area (access side only) of the racks. The height allowance defined in footnote 2 applies only to the floor area not covered by racks. Washington Mutual Bank South Center Branch Tukwila, Washington ,, i^•)?‘t ' • • • „ . % • • • . „ Project No. 96170.11 May 14, 1997 Cri-Y MAY 1 5 1997 - PERMIT CENTER Architecture 1420 5th Ave., #2400 Programming Seattle, WA 981014343 Planning 12066234646 Interior Design F 206.623.4625 Graphic Design L WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 1 BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS PART 2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01110 SUMMARY OF WORK 01210 CASH ALLOWANCES 01255 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 01270 UNIT PRICES 01290 PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01312 PROJECT MEETINGS 01330 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01450 QUALITY CONTROL 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01600 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600A SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM 01770 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01816 LIGHTING SURVEY DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK 02225 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02300 EARTHWORK 02745 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING 02760 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02765 TRAFFIC MARKING 02891 TRAFFIC SIGNAGE DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 03001 CONCRETE 03547 CONCRETE SLAB PREPARATION DIVISION 4 - MASONRY NOT USED 2/21/9713/12/9M/15/97 .t TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC - 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 5 - METALS 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTIC 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY 06410 CUSTOM CABINETS DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07211 BATT AND BLANKET INSULATION 07240 EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM 07920 JOINT SEALANTS DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS 08210 WOOD DOORS 08710 DOOR HARDWARE 08730 DOOR AND HARDWARE INSTALLATION 08800 GLAZING DIVISION 9 - FINISHES 09111 LIGHTGAGE METAL SUPPORT FRAMING 09250 GYPSUM BOARD 09256 GYPSUM SHEATHING 09300 TILE 09510 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING 09680 CARPET 09720 WALL COVERINGS 09900 PAINTING DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES 10810 TOILET ACCESSORIES 10999 MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT NOT USED DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS 12481 FLOOR MAT 12491 VERTICAL LOUVER BLINDS DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION NOT USED TOC -2 WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 2/21 /97\3/12/97 \05 /15/97 • WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON DIVISION 14- CONVEYING SYSTEMS ; . DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL 15000 DESIGN-BUILD CRITERIA MECHANICAL 16010 ELECTRIC GENERAL PROVISIONS 16050 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 16110 RACEWAYS 16120 WIRES AND CABLES 16130 BOXES 16130 FLOOR OUTLET DEVICES, FLUSH 16144 WIRING DEVICES 16170 CIRCUIT AND MOTOR DISCONNECTS 16190 SUPPORTING DEVICES 16195 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 16420 SERVICE ENTRANCE 16450 GROUNDING 16470 PANELBOARDS • 16478 FUSES OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES 16480 MOTOR CONTROL 16500 LIGHTING 16700 COMMUNICATIONS • 16740 TELEPHONE SYSTEM 16741 TELEPHONE AND DATA CABLING SYSTEM 16745 BANK SECURITY 16950 TESTING DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL 2/21/9713/12/97\05/15/97 END TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC - 3 -L i General Conditions of the Contract for Construction AIA Document A201 - Electronic Format THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES; CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION. AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING MA DOCUMENT D401. This document has been approved and endorsed by the Associated General Contractors of America. Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1927, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987 by The American Institute of Architects, 1735 New York Avenue N.W., Washington D.C. 20006 -5292. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United States and will be subject to legal prosecutions. 1. GENERAL PROVISIONS 2. OWNER 3. CONTRACTOR 4. ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 5. SUBCONTRACTORS 6. CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 7. CHANGES IN THE WORK TABLE OF ARTICLES 8. TIME 9. PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 10. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY I I . INSURANCE AND BONDS 12. UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 13. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 14. TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - MA - COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006-5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201 -1987 User Document: A201.DOC -- 1/2/1997. AIA License Number 131072, which expires on 11/30/1997 — Page #1 Acceptance of Nonconforming Work 9.6.6, 9.9.3, 12.3 Acceptance of Work 9.6.6. 9.8.2. 9.9.3. 9.10.1. 9.10.3 Access to Work 3.16, 6.2.1. 12.1 Accident Prevention 4.2.3, 10 Acts and Omissions 3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.3.2, 3.12.8, 3.18, 4.2.3, 4.3.2, 4.3.9, 8.3.1.10.1.4, 10.2.5, 13.4.2, 13.7, 14.1 Addenda 1.1.1, 3.11 Additional Costs, Claims for 4.3.6, 4.3.7. 4.3.9, 6.1.1, 10.3 Additional Inspections and Testing 4.2.6, 9.8.2, 12.2.1, 13.5 Additional Time, Claims for 4.3.6, 4.3.8, 4.3.9, 8.3.2 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 3.3.3, 4, 9.4, 9.5 Advertisement or Invitation to Bid 1.1.1 Aesthetic Effect 4.2.13, 4.5.1 Allowances 3.8 All -risk Insurance 11.3.1.1 Applications for Payment 4.2.5, 7.3.7, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5.1, 9.6.3, 9.8.3, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 9.10.4, 11.1.3, 14.2.4 2.4, 3.3.3, 3.5, 3.10.2, 3.12.4 through 3.12.8, 3.18.3, 4.2.7, 9.3.2, 11.3.1:4, 13.4.2, 13.5 4.1.4, 4.3.2, 4.3.4, 4.4.4, 4.5, 8.3.1, 10.1.2, 11.3.9,11.3.10 4.1 Definition of 4.1.1 Extent of Authority 2.4, 3.12.6, 4.2, 4.3.2, 4.3.6, 4.4, 5.2, 6.3, 7.1.2, 7.2.1, 7.3.6, 7.4, 9.2, 9.3.1, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6.3, 9.8.2, 9.8.3, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 12.1, 12.2.1,13.5.1, 13.5.2, 14.2.2, 14.2.4 Architect, Limitations of Authority and Responsibility 3.3.3, 3.12.8, 3.12.11, 4.1.2, 4.2.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.10, 4.2.12, 4.2.13, 4.3.2, 5.2.1, 7.4, 9.4.2, 9.6.4, 9.6.6 Architect's Additional Services and Expenses 2.4, 9.8.2, 11.3.1.1, 12.2.1, 12.2.4, 13.5.2, 13.5.3, 14.2.4 Architect's Administration of the Contract 4.2, 4.3.6, 4.3.7, 4.4, 9.4, 9.5 Architect's Approvals 2.4, 3.5.1, 3.10.2, 3.12.6, 3.12.8, 3.18.3, 4.2.7 Architect's Authority to Reject Work 3.5.1, 4.2.6, 12.1.2, 12.2.1 Architect's Copyright 1.3 Architect's Decisions 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.11, 4.2.12, 4.2.13.4.3.2, 4.3.6, 4.4.1, 4.4.4, 4.5, 6.3, 7.3.6, 7.3.8, 8.1.3, 8.3.1, 9.2, 9.4, 9.5.1, 9.8.2, 9.9.1, 10.1.2, 13.5.2, 14.2.2, 14.2.4 Architect's Inspections 4.2.2, 4.2.9, 4.3.6, 9.4.2, 9.8.2, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 13.5 Architect's Instructions 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.8, 4.3.7, 7.4.1, 12.1, 13.5.2 Architect's Interpretations 4.2.11, 4.2.12, 4.3.7 Architect's On -Site Observations 4.2.2, 4.2.5, 4.3.6, 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.10.1, 13.5 Architect's Project Representative 4.2.10 Architect's Relationship with Contractor 1.1.2, 3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.3.3, 3.5.1, 3.7.3, 3.11, 3.12.8, 3.12.11, 3.16, 3.18, 4.2.3, 4.2.4, 4.2.6, 4.2.12, 5.2, 6.2.2, 7.3.4, 9.8.2, 11.3.7, 12.1, 13.5 Architect's Relationship with Subcontractors 1.1.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.4, 4.2.6, 9.6.3, 9.6.4, 11.3.7 Architect's Representations 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.10.1 Architect's Site Visits 4.2.2, 4.2.5, 4.2.9, 4.3.6, 9.4.2, Approvals Arbitration Architect Architect, Architect, INDEX 9.5.1. 9.8.2. 9.9.2. 9.10.1. 13.5 Asbestos 10.1 Attorneys' Fees 3.18.1. 9.10.2. 10.1.4 Award of Separate Contracts 6.1.1 Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for Portions of the Work 5.2 Basic Definitions 1.1 Bidding Requirements 1.1.1. 1.1.7, 5.2.1, 11.4.1 Boiler and Machinery Insurance 11.3.2 Bonds, Lien 9.10.2 Bonds, Performance and Payment 7.3.6.4, 9.10.3, 11.3.9, 11.4 Building Permit 3.7.1 Capitalization. 1.4 Certificate of Substantial Completion 9.8.2 Certificates for Payment 4.2.5, 4.2.9, 9.3.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6.1, 9.6.6, 9.7.1, 9.8.3, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 13.7, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.4 Certificates of Inspection, Testing or Approval 3.12.11, 13.5.4 Certificates of Insurance 9.3.2, 9.10.2, 11.1.3 Change Orders 1.1.1, 2.4.1, 3.8.2.4, 3.1 1, 4.2.8, 4.3.3, 5.2.3, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3.2, 8.3.1, 9.3.1.1, 9.10.3, 11.3.1.2, 11.3.4, 11.3.9, 12.1.2 Change Orders, Definition of 7.2.1 Changes 7.1 CHANGES IN THE WORK 3.11,4.2.8,7,8.3.1,9.3.1.1, 10.1.3 Claim, Definition of 4.3.1 Claims and Disputes 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 6.2.5, 8.3.2, 9.3.1.2, 9.3.3, 9.10.4, 10.1.4 Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims 4.5.6 Claims for Additional Cost 4.3.6, 4.3.7, 4.3.9, 6.1.1, 10.3 Claims for Additional Time 4.3.6, 4.3.8, 4.3.9, 8.3.2 Claims for Concealed or Unknown Conditions 4.3.6 Claims for Damages 3.18, 4.3.9, 6.1.1, 6.2.5, 8.3.2, 9.5.1.2, 10.1.4 Claims Subject to Arbitration 4.3.2, 4.4.4, 4.5.1 Cleaning Up 3.15, 6.3 Commencement of Statutory Limitation Period 13.7 Commencement of the Work, Conditions Relating to 2.1.2, 2.2.1, 3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.7.1, 3.10.1, 3.12.6, 4.3.7, 5.2.1, 6.2.2, 8.1.2, 8.2.2, 9.2, 11.1.3, 11.3.6, 11.4.1 Commencement of the Work, Definition of 8.1.2 Communications Facilitating Contract Administration 3.9.1 4.2.4, 5.2.1 Completion, Conditions Relating to 3.11, 3.15, 4.2.2, 4.2.9, 4.3.2, 9.4.2, 9.8, 9.9.1, 9.10, 11.3.5, 12.2.2, 13.7.1 COMPLETION, PAYMENTS AND 9 Completion, Substantial 4:2.9, 4.3.5.2, 8.1.1, 8.1.3, 8.2.3, 9.8, 9.9.1, 12.2.2, 13.7 Compliance with Lawsl .3, 3.6, 3.7, 3.13, 4.1.1, 10.2.2, 11.1, 11.3, 13.1, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 13.6, 14.1.1, 14.2.1.3 Concealed or Unknown Conditions 4.3.6 Conditions of the Contract 1.1.1, 1.1.7, 6.1.1 Consent, Writtenl. 3.1, 3.12.8, 3.14.2, 4.1.2, 4.3.4. 4.5.5, 9.3.2, 9.8.2, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3, 10.1.2, 10.1.3, 11.3.1, 11.3.1.4, 11.3.11, 13.2, 13.4.2 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 1.1.4, 6 Construction Change Directive, Definition of 7.11 MA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006 - 5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201 -1987 User Document: A201.DOC — 1/2/1997. AIA License Number 131072, which expires on 11/30/1997 — Page #2 Construction Change Directives CaaatationSchedules. Contractor's Contingent Assignment of Subcontracts Continuing Contract Performance Contract. Definition of 1.1.1. 4.2.8, 7.1, 7.3, 9.3.1.1 . 3.10. 6.1 3 5.4 4.3.4 1.1.2 CONTRACT, TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE 4.3.7, 5.4.1.1, 14 Contract Administration 3.3.3, 4, 9.4, 9.5 Contract Award and Execution, Conditions Relating to 3.7.1. 3.10, 5.2. 9.2, 11.1.3, 11.3.6, 11.4.1 Contract Documents, The 1.1, 1.2, 7 Contract Documents, Copies Furnished and Use of 1.3, 2.2.5, 5.3 Contract Documents, Definition of 1.1.1 Contract Performance During Arbitration 4.3.4, 4.5.3 Contract Sum 3.8, 4.3.6, 4.3.7, 4.4.4, 5.2.3, 6.1.3, 7.2, 7.3, 9.1, 9.7, 11.3.1, 12.2.4, 12.3, 14.2.4 Contract Sum, Definition of Contract Time 9.1 4.3.6 ,4.3.8,4.4,4,7.2.1.3,7.3,8.2.1, 8.3.1, 9.7, 12.1.1 Contract Time, Definition of 8.1.1 CONTRACTOR 3 Contractor, Definition of 3.1, 6.1.2 Contractor's Bid 1.1.1 Contractor's Construction Schedules 3.10, 6.1.3 Contractor's Employees 3.3.2, 3.4.2, 3.8.1, 3.9, 3.18, 4.2.3, 4.2.6, 8.1.2, 10.2, 10.3, 11.1.1, 14.2.1.1 Contractor's Liability Insurance 11.1 Contractor's Relationship with Separate Contractors and Owner's Forces 2.2.6, 3.12.5, 3.14.2, 4.2.4, 6, 12.2.5 Contractor's Relationship with Subcontractors 1.2.4, 3.3.2, 3.18.1, 3.18.2, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 9.6.2, 11.3.7, 11.3.8, 14.2.1.2 Contractor's Relationship with the Architect 1.1.2, 3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.3.3, 3.5.1, 3.7.3, 3.11, 3.12.8, 3.16, 3.18, 4.2.3, 4.2.4, 4.2.6, 4.2.12, 5.2, 6.2.2, 7.3.4, 9,8.2, 11.3.7, 12.1, 13.5 Contractor's Representations 1.2.2, 3.5.1, 3.12.7, 6.2.2, 8.2.1, 9.3.3 Contractor's Responsibility for Those Performing the Work 3.3.2, 3.18, 4.2.3, 10 Contractor's Review of Contract Documents 1.2.2, 3.2, 3.7.3 Contractor's Right to Stop the Work 9.7 Contractor's Right to Terminate the Contract 14.1 Contractor's Submittals 3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 7.3.6, 9.2, 9.3.1, 9.8.2, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3, 10.1.2, 11.4.2, 11.4.3 Contractor's Superintendent 3.9, 10.2.6 Contractor's Supervision and Construction Procedures 1.2.4, 3.3, 3.4, 4.2.3, 8.2.2, 8,2.3, 10 Contractual Liability Insurance 11.1.1.7, 11.2.1 Coordination and Correlation 1.2.2, 1.2.4, 3.3.1, 3.10, 3.12.7, 6.1.3, 6.2.1 Copies Furnished of Drawings and Specifications 1.3, 2.2.5, 3.11 Correction of Work 2.3, 2.4, 4.2.1, 9.8,2, 9.9.1, 12.1.2, 12.2, 13.7.1.3 Cost, Definition of 7.3.6, 14.3.5 Costs 2.4, 3.2.1, 3.7.4, 3.8.2, 3.15.2., 4.3.6, 4.3.7, 4.3.8.1, 5.2.3, 6.1.1, 6.2.3, 6.3, 7.3.3.3, 7.3.6, 7.3.7, 9.7, 9.8.2, 9.10.2, 11,3.1.2, 11.3.1.3, 11.3.4, 11.3.9, 12.1, 12.2.1, 12.2.4, 12.2.5, 13.5, 14 Cutting and Patching 3.14, 6.2.6 Damage to Construction of Owner or Separate Contractors 3.14.2, 6.2.4. 9.5.1.5. 10.2,1.2. 10.2.5. 10.3. 11.1. 11.3. 12.2.5 D ?m,7.g' • to the Work __ ... 3.14?. 9.9.1: 10 1.2 1.0.1 i. 103, 11 3 Damages, Claims for 3.18, 4.3.9. 6.1.1, 6.2.5. 8.3.2. 9.5.1.2. 10.1.4 Damages for Delay 6.1.1. 8.3.3.9.5.1.6. 9.7 Date of Commencement of the Work, Definition of 8.1.2 Date of Substantial Completion. Definition of 8.1.3 Day. Definition of 8.1.4 Decisions of the Architect 4.2.6, 4.2.7. 4.2.11, 4.2.12, 4.2.13, 4.3.2, 4.3.6, 4.4.1, 4.4.4, 4.5, 6.3, 7.3,6, 7.3.8, 8.1.3, 8.3.1, 9.2, 9.4, 9.5.1, 9.8.2, 9.9.1, 10.1.2, 13.5.2, 14.2.2, 14.2.4 Decisions to Withhold Certification 9.5, 9.7, 14.1.1.3 Defective or Nonconforming Work, Acceptance, Rejection and Correction of 2.3, 2.4, 3.5.1, 4.2.1, 4.2.6, 4.3.5, 9.5.2, 9.8.2, 9.9.1, 10.2.5, 12, 13.7.1.3 Defective Work, Definition of 3.5.1 Definitions 1.1, 2.1.1, 3.1, 3.5.1, 3.12.1, 3.12.2, 3.12.3, 4.1.1, 4.3.1, 5.1, 6.1.2, 7.2.1, 7.3.1, 7.3.6, 8.1, 9.1, 9.8.1 Delays and Extensions of Time 4.3.1, 4.3.8.1, 4.3.8.2, 6.1.1, 6.2.3, 7.2.1, 7.3.1, 7.3.4. 7.3.5, 7.3.8, 7.3.9, 8,1.1, 8.3, 10.3.1, 14.1.1.4 Disputes 4.1.4, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 6.2.5, 6.3, 7.3.8, 9.3.1.2 Documents and Samples at the Site 3.11 Drawings, Definition of 1.1.5 Drawings and Specifications, Use and Ownership of 1.1.1, 1.3. 2.2.5, 3.11, 5.3 Duty to Review Contract Documents and Field Conditions 3.2 Effective Date of Insurance 8.2.2, 11.1.2 Emergencies 4.3.7, 10.3 Employees, Contractor's 3.3.2., 3.4.2, 3.8.1, 3.9, 3.18.1, 3.18.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.6, 8.1.2, 10.2, 10.3, 11.1.1, 14.2.1.1 Equipment, Labor, Materials and 1.1.3, 1.1.6, 3.4, 3.5.1, 3.8.2, 3.12.3, 3.12.7, 3.12.11, 3.13, 3.15.1, 4.2.7, 6.2.1, 7.3.6, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 11.3, 12.2.4, 14 Execution and Progress of the Work 1.1.3, 1.2.3, 3.2, 3.4.1, 3.5.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.3, 4.3.4, 4.3.8, 6.2.2, 7.1.3, 7.3.9, 8.2, 8.3, 9.5, 9.9.1, 10.2, 14.2, 14.3 Execution, Correlation and Intent of the Contract Documents 1.2, 3.7.1 Extensions of Time 4.3.1, 4.3.8, 7.2.1.3, 8.3, 10.3.1 Failure of Payment by Contractor 9.5.1.3, 14.2.1.2 Failure of Payment by Owner 4.3.7, 9.7, 14.1.3 Faulty Work (Sec Defective or Nonconforming Work) Final Completion and Final Payment 4.2.1, 4.2.9, 4.3.2, 4.3.5, 9.10, 11.1.2, 11.1.3, 11.3.5, 12.3.1, 13.7 Financial Arrangements, Owner's 2.2.1 Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance 11.3 GENERAL PROVISIONS 1.3.1 Governing Law Guarantees (See Warranty and Warranties) Hazardous Materials 10.1, 10.2.4 Identification of Contract Documents 1.2.1 Identification of Subcontractors and Suppliers 5.2.1 Indemnification 3.17, 3.18, 9.10.2, 10.1.4, 11.3.1.2, 11.3.7 Information and Services Required of the Owner 2.1.2, 2.2, 4.3.4, 6.1.3, 6.1.4, 6,2.6, 9.3.2, 9.6.1, 9.6.4, 9.8.3, 9.9.2, 9.10.3, 10.1.4, 11.2, 11.3, 13.5.1, 13.5.2 Injury or Damage to Person or Property 4.3.9 Inspections 3.3.3, 3.3.4, 3.7.1, 4.2.2, AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006 - 5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201 -1987 User Document: A201.DOC — 1/2/1997. AIA License Number 131072, which expires on 11/30/1997 — Page #3 -- 4.2.6, 4.2.9, 4.3.6, 9.4.2, 9.8.2, 9.9.2, 9.10.1. 13.5 Jnsieuations.to Aidderc _ , r : ! . • !. Instructions to the Contractor 3.8.1, 4.2.8, 5.2.1; 7, 12.1. 13.5.2 Insurance 4.3.9, 6.1.1, 7.3.6.4, 9.3.2, 9.8.2, 9.9.1, 9.10.2. 11 Insurance, Boiler and Machinery 11.3.2 Insurance, Contractor's Liability 11.1 Insurance, Effective Date of 8.2.2, 11.1.2 Insurance, Loss of Use 11.3.3 Insurance, Owner's Liability 11.2 Insurance, Property 10.2.5, 11.3 Insurance, Stored Materials 9.3.2, 11.3.1.4 INSURANCE AND BONDS 11 Insurance Companies, Consent to Partial Occupancy 9.9.1, 11.3.11 Insurance Companies, Settlement with 11.3.10 Intent of the Contract Documents 1.2.3, 3.12.4, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.12, 4.2.13, 7.4 Interest 13.6 Interpretation 1.2.5, 1.4, 1.5, 4.1.1, 4.3.1, 5.1, 6.1.2, 8.1.4 Interpretations, Written 4.2.11, 4.2.12, 4.3.7 Joinder and Consolidation of Claims Required 4.5.6 Judgment on Final Award 4.5.1, 4.5.4.1, 4.5.7 Labor and Materials, Equipment 1.1.3, 1.1.6, 3.4, 3.5.1, 3.8.2, 3.12.2, 3.12.3, 3.12.7, 3.12.11, 3.13, 3.15.1, 4.2.7, 6.2.1, 7.3.6, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 12.2.4, 14 Labor Disputes 8.3.1 Laws and Regulations 1.3, 3.6, 3.7, 3.13, 4.1.1, 4.5.5 4.5.7, 9.9.1, 10.2.2, 11.1, 11.3, 13.1, 13.4, 13,5.1, 13.5.2, 13.6 Liens 2.1.2, 4.3.2, 4.3.5.1, 8.2.2, 9.3.3, 9.10.2 Limitation on Consolidation or Joinder 4.5.5 Limitations, Statutes of 4.5.4.2, 12.2.6, 13.7 Limitations of Authority 3.3.1, 4.1.2, 4.2.1, 4.2.3, 4.2.7, 4.2.10, 5.2.2, 5.2.4, 7.4, 11.3.10 Limitations of Liability 2.3, 3.2.1, 3.5.1, 3.7.3, 3.12.8, 3.12.11, 3.17, 3.18, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.12, 6.2.2, 9.4.2, 9.6.4, 9.10.4, 10.1.4, 10.2.5, 11.1.2, 11.2.1, 11.3.7, 13.4.2, 13.5.2 Limitations of Time, General 2.2.1, 2.2.4, 3.2.1, 3.7.3, 3.8.2,3.10,3.12.5,3 .15.1,4.2.1,4.2.7,4.2.11,4.3.2, 4.3.3, 4.3.4, 4.3.6, 4.3.9, 4.5.4.2, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 6.2.4, 7.3.4, 7.4, 8.2, 9.5, 9.6.2, 9.8, 9.9, 9.10, 11.1.3, 11.3.1, 11.3.2, 11.3.5, 11.3.6, 12.2.1, 12.2.2, 13.5, 13.7 Limitations of Time, Specific 2.1.2, 2.2.1, 2.4, 3.10, 3.11, 3.15.1, 4.2.1, 4.2.11, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 5.3, 5.4, 7.3.5, 7.3.9, 8.2, 9.2, 9.3.1, 9.3.3, 9.4,1, 9.6.1, 9.7, 9.8.2, 9.10.2, 11.1.3, 11.3.6, 11.3.10, 11.3.11, 12.2.2, 12.2.4, 12.2.6, 13.7, 14 Loss of Use Insurance 11.3.3 Material Suppliers 1.3.1, 3.12.1, 4.2.4, 4.2.6, 5.2.1, 9.3.1, 9.3.1.2, 9.3.3, 9.4.2, 9.6.5, 9.10.4 Materials, Hazardous 10.1, 10.2.4 Materials, Labor, Equipment and 1.1.3, 1.1.6, 3.4, 3.5.1, 3.8.2, 3.12.2, 3.12.3, 3.12.7, 3.12.11, 3.13, 3.15.1, 4.2.7, 6.2.1, 7,3.6, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 12.2.4, 14 Means, Methods, Techniques, Sequences and Procedures of Construction 3.3.1, 4.2.3, 4.2.7, 9.4.2 Minor Changes in the Work 1.1.1, 4.2.8, 4.3.7, 7.1, 7.4 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 13 Modifications, Definition of 1.1.1 Modifications to the Contract 1.1.1, 1.1.2, 3.7.3, 3.11, 4.2.1, 5.2.3, 7, 8.3.1, 9.7 6.2 Mutual Responsibility Nonconforming Work, Acceptance of 12.3 -•1 -"nonforntin£ Wc•-tt i,'Fi^ 'tv.. ;.::rt orr'rtinr, or ' 3. 1, 4.3.5, 9.5.2, 9.8.2, 12. 13.7.1.3 Notice 2.3, 2.4, 3.2.1, 3.2.2. 3.7.3, 3.7.4, 3.9. 3.12.8, 3.12.9. 3.17, 4.3. 4.4.4, 4.5, 5.2.1, 5.3, 5.4.1.1, 8.2.2. 9.4.1. 9.5.1, 9.6.1, 9.7, 9.10. 10.1.2, 10.2.6. 11.1.3. 11.3, 12.2.2, 12.2.4, 13.3, 13.5.1. 13.5.2, 14, Notice, Written 2.3, 2.4, 3.9, 3.12.8, 3.12.9, 4.3, 4.4.4.4.5.5.2.1.5.3,5.4. 1.1.8.2.2,9.4.1,9.5.1,9.7,9.10, 10.1.2, 10.2.6, 11.1.3, 11.3, 12.2.2, 12.2.4, 13.3, 13.5.2, 14 Notice of Testing and Inspections Notice to Proceed Notices, Permits, Fees and Observations, Architect's On -Site 13.5.1, 13.5.2 8.2.2 2.2.3, 3.7, 3.13, 7.3.6.4, 10.2.2 4.2.2, 4.2.5, 4.3.6, 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.10.1, 13.5 Observations, Contractor's 1.2.2, 3.2.2 Occupancy 9.6.6, 9.8.1, 9.9, 11.3.11 On -Site Inspections by the Architect 4.2.2, 4.2.9, 4.3.6, 9.4.2, 9.8.2, 9.9.2, 9.10.1 On -Site Observations by the Architect 4.2.2, 4.2.5, 4.3.6, 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.10.1, 13.5 Orders, Written 2.3, 3.9, 4.3.7, 7, 8.2.2, 1 1.3.9, 12.1, 12.2, 13.5.2, 14.3.1 OWNER 2 Owner, Definition of 2.1 Owner, Information and Services Required of the 2.1.2, 2.2, 4.3.4, 6, 9, 10.1.4, 11.2, 11.3, 13.5.1, 14.1.1.5, 14.1.3 Owner's Authority 3.8.1, 4.1.3, 4.2.9, 5.2.1, 5.2.4, 5.4.1, 7.3.1, 8.2.2, 9.3.1, 9.3.2, 11.4.1, 12.2.4, 13.5.2, 14.2, 14.3.1 Owner's Financial Capability 2.2.1, 14.1.1.5 Owner's Liability Insurance 11.2 Owner's Loss of Use Insurance 11.3.3 Owner's Relationship with Subcontractors 1.1.2. 5.2.1, 5.4.1, 9.6.4 Owner's Right to Carry Out the Work 2.4, 12.2.4, 14.2.2.2 Owner's Right to Clean Up 6.3 Owner's Right to Perform Construction and to Award Separate Contracts 6.1 Owner's Right to Stop the Work 2,3, 4.3.7 Owner's Right to Suspend the Work 14.3 Owner's Right to Terminate the Contract t14.2 Ownership and Use of Architect's Drawings, Specifications and Other Documents 1.1.1, 1.3, 2.2.5, 5.3 Partial Occupancy or Use 9.6.6, 9.9, 11.3.11 Patching, Cutting and 3.14, 6.2.6 Patents, Royalties and 3.17 Payment, Applications for 4.2.5, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9. 5.1,9.8.3,9.10.1,9.10.3,9.10.4, 14.2.4 Payment, Certificates for 4.2.5, 4.2.9, 9.3.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6.1, 9.6.6, 9.7.1, 9.8.3, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 13.7, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.4 Payment, Failure of 4.3.7, 9.5.1.3, 9.7, 9.10.2, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.1.2 Payment, Final 14.2.1, 4.2.9, 4.3.2, 4.3.5, 9.10, 11.1.2 11.1.3, 11.3.5, 12.3.1 Payment Bond, Performance Bond and 7.3.6.4, 9.10.3, 11.3.9, 11.4 Payments, Progress' 4.3.4, 9.3, 9.6, 9.8.3, 9.10.3, 13.6, 14.2.3 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 9, 14 Payments to Subcontractors 5.4.2, 9.5.1.3, 9.6.2, 9.6.3, 9.6.4, 11.3.8, 14.2.1.2 PCB 10.1 A1A DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006 - 5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201 -1987 User Document: A201.DOC — 1/2/1997. AIA License Number 131072, which expires on 11/30/1997 -- Page #4 a .,.• Performance Bond and Payment Bond 7.3.6.4, 410 3.113.9.1! - ". Permits, Fees and Notices 2.2.3, 3.7, 3.13, 7.3.6.4, 10.2.2 PERSONS AND PROPERTY, PROTECTION OF 10 Polychlorinated Bipheny Product Data, Definition of Product Data and Samples, Shop Drawings Progress and Completion Progress Payments 10.1 3.12.2 .11, 3.12, 4.2.7 4.2.2, 4.3.4, 8.2 4.3.4, 9.3, 9.6, 9.8.3, 9.10.3, 13.6, 14.2.3 Project, Definition of the 1.1.4 Project Manual, Definition of the 1.1.7 Project Manuals 2.2.5 Project Representatives 4.2.10 Property Insurance 10.2.5, 11.3 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10 Regulations and Laws 1.3, 3.6, 3.7, 3.13, 4.1.1, 4.5.5 4.5.7, 10.2.2, 11.1, 11.3, 13.1, 13.4, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 13.6, 14 Rejection of Work 3.5.1, 4.2.6, 12.2 Release's of Waivers and Liens 9.10.2 Representations 1.2.2, 3.5.1, 3.12.7, 6.2.2, 8.2.1, 9.3.3, 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.8.2, 9.10.1 Representatives 2.1.1, 3.1.1, 3.9, 4.1.1, 4.2.1, 4.2.10, 5.1.1, 5.1.2, 13.2.1 Resolution of Claims and Disputes 4.4, 4.5 Responsibility for Those Performing the Work 3.3.2, 4.2.3, 6.1.3, 6.2, 10 Retainage 9.3.1, 9.6.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3 Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions by Contractor 1.2.2, 3.2, 3.7.3, 3.12.7 Review of Contractor's Submittals by Owner and Architect 3. 3.10.2, 3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7, 4.2.9, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 9.2, 9.8.2 Review of Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples by Contractor 3.12.5 Rights and Remedies 1.1.2, 2.3, 2.4, 3.5.1, 3.15.2, 4.2.6, 4.3.6, 4.5, 5.3, 6.1, 6.3, 7.3.1, 8.3.1, 9.5.1, 9.7, 10.2.5, Royalties and Patents Rules and Notices for Arbitration Safety of Persons and Property Safety Precautions and Programs Samples, Definition of Samples, Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples at the Site, Documents and Schedule of Values Schedules, Construction Separate Contracts and Contractors 4.5.5, 6, 11.3.7, 12.1.2, 12.2.5 Shop Drawings, Definition of 3.12.1 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples 3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7 Site, Use of 3.13, 6.1.1, 6.2.1 Site Inspections 1.2.2, 3.3.4, 4.2.2, 4.2.9, 4.3.6, 9.8.2, 9.10.1, 13.5 Site Visits, Architect's 4.2.2, 4.2.5, 4.2.9, 4.3.6, 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.$.2, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 13.5 Special Inspections and Testing 4.2.6, 12.2.1, 13.5 Specifications, Definition of the 1.1.6 Specifications, The 1.1.1, 1,1.6, 1.1.7, 1.2.4, 1.3, 3.11 Statute of Limitations 4.5.4.2, 12.2.6, 13.7 10.3, 12.2.2, 12.2.4, 13.4, 14 3.17 4.5.2 10.2 4.2.3, 4.2.7, 10.1 3.12.3 3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7 3.11 9.2, 9.3.1 3.10 1.1.4, 3.14.2, 4.2.4, Stopping the Work 2.3. 4.3.7, 9.7, 10.1.2. 10.3. 14.1 Stet Matetiatt, 9.3.2. !'t." 1 _. i i._ .. 4. 12.2.4 Subcontractor, Definition of 5.1.1 SUBCONTRACTORS 5 Subcontractors. Work by 1.2.4, 3.3.2. 3.12.1. 4.2.3. 5.3. 5.4 Subcontractual Relations 5.3, 5.4, 9.3.1.2, 9.6.2, 9.6.3, 9.6.4, 10.2.1. 11.3.7, 11.3.8, 14.1.1, 14.2.1.2, 14.3.2 Submittals 1.3, 3.2.3, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 7.3.6,9.2,9 .3.1,9.8.2,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3, 10.1.2, 11.1.3 Subrogation, Waivers of 6.1.1, 11.3.5, 11.3.7 Substantial Completion 4.2.9, 4.3.5.2, 8.1.1. 8.1.3, 8.2.3, 9.8, 9.9.1, 12.2.1, 12.2.2, 13.7 Substantial Completion, Definition of 9.8.1 Substitution of Subcontractors 5.2.3, 5.2.4 Substitution of the Architect 4.1.3 Substitutions of Materials 3.5.1 Sub - subcontractor, Definition of 5.1.2 Subsurface Conditions 4.3.6 Successors and Assigns 13.2 Superintendent 3.9, 10.2.6 Supervision and Ccnstruction Procedures 1.2.4, 3.3, 3.4, 4.2.3, 4.3.4, 6.1.3, 6.2.4, 7.1.3, 7.3.4, 8.2, 8.3.1, 10, 12, 14 Surety 4.4.1, 4.4.4, 5.4.1.2, 9.10.2, 9.10.3, 14.2.2 Surety, Consent of 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3 Surveys 2.2.2, 3.18.3 14.3 Suspension by the Owner for Convenience Suspension of the Work 4.3.7, 5.4.2, 14.1.1.4, 14.3 Suspension or Termination of the Contract 4.3.7, 5.4.1.1, 14 Taxes 3.6, 7.3.6.4 Termination by the Contractor 14.1 10.1,Termination by the Owner for Cause 5.4.1.1, 14.2 Termination of the Architect 4.1.3 Termination of the Contractor 14.2.2 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT 14 Tests and Inspections 3.3.3, 4.2.6, 4.2.9, 9.4.2, 12.2.1, 13.5 TIME 8 Time, Delays and Extensions of 4.3.8, 7.2.1, 8.3 Time Limits, Specific 2.1.2, 2.2.1, 2.4, 3.10, 3.11, 3.15.1, 4.2.1, 4.2.11, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 5.3, 5.4, 7.3.5, 7.3.9, 8.2, 9.2, 9.3.1, 9.3.3, 9.4.1, 9.6.1, 9.7, 9.8.2, 9.10.2, 11.1.3, 11.3.6, 11.3.10, 11.3.11, 12.2.2, 12.2.4, 12.2.6, 13.7, 14 Time Limits on Claims 4.3.2, 4.3.3, 4.3.6, 4.3.9, 4.4, 4.5 Title to Work 9.3.2, 9.3.3 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 12 Uncovering of Work Unforeseen Conditions Unit Prices Use of Documents Use of Site Values, Schedule of Waiver of Claims: Final Payment Waiver of Claims by the Architect Waiver of Claims by the Contractor Waiver of Claims by the Owner 9.10.3, 11 Waiver of Liens Weather Delays 12.1 4.3.6, 8.3.1, 10.1 7.1.4, 7.3.3.2 1.1.1, 1.3,2.2.5,3.12.7,5.3 3.13, 6.1.1, 6.2.1 9.2, 9.3.1 4.3.5, 4.5.1, 9.10.3 13.4.2 9.10.4, 11.3.7, 13.4.2 4.3.5, 4.5.1, 9.9.3, .3.3, 11.3.5, 11.3.7, 13.4.2 9.10.2 Waivers of Subrogation 6.1.1, 11.3.5, 11.3.7 Warranty and Warranties 3.5, 4.2.9, 4.3.5.3, 9.3.3, 9.8.2, 9.9.1, 12.2.2, 13.7.1.3 4.3.8.2 AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - A1A - COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,- 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006 - 5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201 -1987 User Document: A201.DOC - 1/2/1997. AIA License Number 131072, which expires on 11/30/1997 -- Page #5 - When Arbitration May Be Demanded .; 4.5.4 Wert: Definit,onvd _w •::��':5.3 . Written Consent 1.3.1, 3.12.8, 3.14.2, 4.1.2, 4.3.4, 4.5.5, 9.3.2,9.8.2, 9.9.1,.9:10.2, 9.10.3, 10.1:2, 10.1.3 11.3.1; 11,3.1.4; 11.3.11. 13.2,13.4:2 Written Interpretations 4:2.11, 4.2.12, 4:3.7 Written Notice 2.3, 2.4,,3.9,3.12.8, 3:12.9, 4.3 4:4.4; 4.5 ; 5." ' . 2.: .a r.5.1, - 9.1.....-,A0..1.2. '. 10.2.6, 11.1'.3; 11.3. 12.2.2, 122:4, 113;13.5.Z 14 Written Orders 2.3 3.9;`4:3.7 7,8.2:2,11 .3.9,12.1,12.2,13:5.2,14.3.1;; MA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • FOURTEENTH EDITION - MA • COPYRIGHT 1987 - - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N,W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006.5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AlA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201 -1987 User Document: A201.DOC -- 1/2/1997. AIA License Number 131072, which expires on 11/30/1997 -- Page *6 1 a GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTkHC I "FOR CONSTRUCTION ARTICLE 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS 1.1 BASIC DEFINITIONS 1.1.1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents consist of the Agreement between Owner and Contractor (hereinafter the Agreement), Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions), Drawings, Specifications, addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract, other documents listed in the Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of the Contract. A Modification is (1) a written amendment to the Contract signed by both parties, (2) a Change Order, (3) a Construction Change Directive or (4) a written order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Architect. Unless specifically enumerated in the Agreement, the Contract Documents do not include other documents such as bidding requirements (advertisement or invitation to bid, Instructions to Bidders, sample forms, the Contractor's bid or portions of addenda relating to bidding requirements). 1.1.2 THE CONTRACT The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construction. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. The Contract may be amended or modified only by a Modification. The Contract Documents shall not be construed to create a contractual relationship of any kind (1) between the Architect and Contractor, (2) between the Owner and a Subcontractor or Sub- subcontractor or (3) between any persons or entities other than the Owner and Contractor. The Architect shall, however, be entitled to performance and enforcement of obligations under the Contract intended to facilitate performance of the Architect's duties. 1.1.3 THE WORK The term "Work" means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents, whether completed or partially completed, and includes all other labor, materials, equipment and services provided or to be provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor's obligations. The Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project. 1.1.4 THE PROJECT The Project is the total construction of which the Work performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part and which may include construction by the Owner or by separate contractors. 1.1.5 THE DRAWINGS The Drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents, wherever located and whenever issued, showing the design, location and dimensions of the Work, generally including plans, elevations, sections, details, schedules and diagrams. 1.1.6 THE SPECIFICATIONS The Specifications are that portion of the Contract Documents consisting of the written requirements for materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship for the Work, and performance of related services. 1.1.7 THE PROJECT MANUAL The Project Manual is the volume usually assembled for the Work which may include the bidding requirements, sample forms, Conditions of the Contract and Specifications. 1.2 EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT 1.2.1 The Contract Documents shall be signed by the Owner and Contractor as provided in the Agreement. If either the Owner or Contractor or both do not sign all the Contract Documents, the Architect shall identify such unsigned Documents upon request. 1.2.2 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a representation that the Contractor has visited the site, become familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed and correlated personal observations with requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.2.3 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work by the Contractor. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by all; performance by the Contractor shall be required only to the extent consistent with the Contract Documents and reasonably inferable from them as being necessary to produce the intended results. 1.2.4 Organization of the Specifications into divisions, sections and articles, and arrangement of Drawings shall not AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AlA - COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006-5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201 -1987 User Document: A201.DOC -- 1/2/1997. AIA License Number 131072, which expires on 11/30/1997 — Page #7 • control the Contractor in dividing the Work among -Q' glevrs• 4ew ;,t,es!3h!irhing the extent -01.743/or:0.46; performed by any trade. 1.2.5 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, words which have well -known technical or construction industry meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings. 1.3 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF ARCHITECT'S DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER DOCUMENTS 1.3.1 The Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect are instruments of the Architect's service through which the Work to be executed by the Contractor is described. The Contractor may retain one contract record set. Neither the Contractor nor any Subcontractor, Sub - subcontractor or material or equipment supplier shall own or claim a copyright in the Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect, and unless otherwise indicated the Architect shall be deemed the author of them and will retain all common law, statutory and other reserved rights, in addition to the copyright. All copies of them, except the Contractor's record set, shall be returned or suitably accounted for to the Architect, on request, upon completion of the Work. The Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect, and copies thereof furnished to the Contractor, are for use solely with respect to this Project. They are not to be used by the Contractor or any Subcontractor, Sub - subcontractor or material or equipment supplier on other projects or for additions to this Project outside the scope of the Work without the specific written consent of the Owner and Architect. The Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub - subcontractors and material or equipment suppliers are granted a limited license to use and reproduce applicable portions of the Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect appropriate to and for use in the execution of their Work under the Contract Documents. All copies made under this license shall bear the statutory copyright notice, if any, shown on the Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect. Submittal or distribution to meet official regulatory requirements or for other purposes in connection with this Project is not to be construed as publication in derogation of the Architect's copyright or other reserved rights. 1.4 CAPITALIZATION 1.4.1 Terms capitalized in these General Conditions include those which are (1) specifically defined, (2) the titles of numbered articles and identified references to Paragraphs, Subparagraphs and Clauses in the document or (3) the titles of other..docuricr: +_: _p..:,` L:Led by the .America,Institute �E Architects. 1.5 INTERPRETATION 1.5.1 In the interest of brevity the Contract Documents frequently omit modifying words such as "all" and "any" and articles such as "the" and "an," but the fact that a modifier or an article is absent from one statement and appears in another is not intended to affect the interpretation of either statement. 2.1 DEFINITION ARTICLE 2 OWNER 2.1.1 The Owner is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The term "Owner" means the Owner or the Owner's authorized representative. 2.1.2 The Owner upon reasonable written request shall furnish to the Contractor in writing information which is necessary and relevant for the Contractor to evaluate, give notice of or enforce mechanic's lien rights. Such information shall include a correct statement of the record legal title to the property on which the Project is located, usually referred to as the site, and the Owner's interest therein at the time of execution of the Agreement and, within five days after any change, information of such change in title, recorded or unrecorded. 2.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF THE OWNER 2.2.1 The Owner shall, at the request of the Contractor, prior to execution of the Agreement and promptly from time to time thereafter, furnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract. [Note: Unless such reasonable evidence were furnished on request prior to the execution of the Agreement, the prospective contractor would not be required to execute the Agreement or to commence the Work] 2.2.2 The Owner shall furnish surveys describing physical characteristics, legal limitations and utility locations for the site of the Project, and a legal description of the site. 2.2.3 Except for permits and fees which are the responsibility of the Contractor under the Contract Documents, the Owner shall secure and pay for necessary AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006 - 5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201 -1987 User Document: A201.DOC — 1/2/1997. AIA License Number 131072, which expires on 11/30/1997 -- Page #8 approvals, easements, assessments and charges required for ! r1mb L-06r- •■Nt. r'r n ec "r'.anc', of ncrnancnt str: r..t...i.;:v.,, .;61 -1 permanent changes in existing facilities. 2.2.4 Information or services under the Owner's control shall be furnished by the Owner with reasonable promptness to avoid delay in orderly progress of the Work. 2.2.5 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor will be furnished, free of charge, such copies of Drawings and Project Manuals as are reasonably necessary for execution of the Work. 2.2.6 The foregoing are in addition to other duties and responsibilities of the Owner enumerated herein and especially those in respect to Article 6 (Construction by Owner or by Separate Contractors), Article 9 (Payments and Completion) and Article 11 (Insurance and Bonds). 2.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK 2.3.1 If the Contractor fails to correct Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents as required by Paragraph 12.2 or persistently fails to carry out Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner, by written order signed personally or by an agent specifically so empowered by the Owner in writing, may order the Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, the right of the Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to a duty on the part of the Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of the Contractor or any other person or entity, except to the extent required by Subparagraph 6.1.3. 2.4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK 2.4.1 If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and fails within a seven -day period after receipt of written notice from the Owner to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence and promptness, the Owner may after such seven -day period give the Contractor a second written notice to correct such deficiencies within a second seven -day period. If the Contractor within such second seven -day period after receipt of such second notice fails to commence and continue to correct any deficiencies, the Owner may, without prejudice to other remedies the Owner may have, correct such deficiencies. In such case an appropriate Change Order shall be issued deducting from payments then or thereafter due the Contractor the cost of correcting such deficiencies, including compensation for the Architect's additional services and expenses made necessary by such default, neglect or failure. Such action by the Owner and amounts-eharg -ti -tu .the-C cntractor ar. r�oth :abject- v..- - • prior approval of the Architect. If payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amounts, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. 3.1 DEFINITION ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR 3.1.1 The Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The term "Contractor" means the Contractor or the Contractor's authorized representative. 3.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR 3.2.1 The Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents with each other and with information furnished by the Owner pursuant to Subparagraph 2.2.2 and shall at once report to the Architect errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered. The Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner or Architect for damage resulting from errors, inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents unless the Contractor recognized such error, inconsistency or omission and knowingly failed to report it to the Architect. If the Contractor performs any construction activity knowing it involves a recognized error, inconsistency or omission in the Contract Documents without such notice to the Architect, the Contractor shall assume appropriate responsibility for such performance and shall bear an appropriate amount of the attributable costs for correction. 3.2.2 The Contractor shall take field measurements and verify field conditions and shall carefully compare such field measurements and conditions and other information known to the Contractor with the Contract Documents before commencing activities. Errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered shall be reported to the Architect at once. 3.2.3 The Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and submittals approved pursuant to Paragraph 3.12. 3.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES 3.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using the Contractor's best skill and attention. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for and have control over AlA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - A1A - COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W.. WASHINGTON D.C. 20006 - 5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AlA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201. 1987 User Document A201.DOC -- 1/2/1997. AIA License Number 131072, which expires on 11/30/1997 -- Page #9 construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and •�fal' 1 T+s '7lf1Ct F"' "evrdinatin.iz all portions ofd .iii '71I•vlk under the Contract, unless Contract Documents give other specific instructions concerning these matters. 3.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the Contractor's employees, Subcontractors and their agents and employees, and other persons performing portions of the Work under a contract with the Contractor. 3.3.3 The Contractor shall not be relieved of obligations to performing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents either by activities or duties of the Architect in the Architect's administration of the Contract, or by tests, inspections or approvals required or performed by persons other than the Contractor. 3.3.4 The Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of portions of Work already performed under this Contract to determine that such portions are in proper condition to receive subsequent Work. 3.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS 3.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide and pay for labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work, whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work. 3.4.2 The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among the Contractor's employees and other persons carrying out the Contract. The Contractor shall not permit employment of unfit persons or persons not skilled in tasks assigned to them. 3.5 WARRANTY 3.5.1 The Contractor warrants to the Owner and Architect that materials and equipment furnished under the Contract will be of good quality and new unless otherwise required or permitted by the Contract Documents, that the Work will be free from defects not inherent in the quality required or permitted, and that the Work will conform with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Work not conforming to these requirements, including substitutions not properly approved and authorized, may be considered defective. The Contractor's warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse, modifications not executed by the Contractor, improper or insufficient maintenance, improper operation, or normal wear and tear under ncrn Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. 3.6 TAXES 3.6.1 The Contractor shall pay sales, consumer, use and similar taxes for the Work or portions thereof provided by the Contractor which are legally enacted when bids are received or negotiations concluded, whether or not yet effective or merely scheduled to go into effect. 3.7 PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES 3.7.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall secure and pay for the building permit and other permits and governmental fees, licenses and inspections necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work which are customarily secured after execution of the Contract and which are legally required when bids are received or negotiations concluded. 3.7.2 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders of public authorities bearing on performance of the Work. 3.7.3 It is not the Contractor's responsibility to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, and rules and regulations. However, if the Contractor observes that portions of the Contract Documents are at variance therewith, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Architect and Owner in writing, and necessary changes shall be accomplished by appropriate Modification. 3.7.4 If the Contractor performs Work knowing it to be contrary to laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, and rules and regulations without such notice to the Architect and Owner, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for such Work and shall bear the attributable costs. 3.8 ALLOWANCES 3.8.1 The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract Documents. Items covered by allowances shall be supplied for such amounts and by such persons or entities as the Owner may direct, but the Contractor shall not be required to employ persons or entities against which the Contractor makes reasonable objection. 3.8.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006 - 5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201 -1987 User Document: A201.DOC — 1/2/1997. AIA License Number 131072, which expires on 11/30/1997 -- Page #10 Documents: .1 materials and equipment under an allowance shall be selected promptly by the Owner to avoid delay in the Work; .2 allowances shall cover the cost to the Contractor of materials and equipment delivered at the site and all required taxes, less applicable trade discounts; .3 Contractor's costs for unloading and handling at the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for stated allowance amounts shall be included in the Contract Sum and not in the allowances; .4 whenever costs are more than or less than allowances, the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly by Change Order. The amount of the Change Order shall reflect (1) the difference between actual costs and the allowances under Clause 3.8.2.2 and (2) changes in Contractor's costs under Clause 3.8.2.3. 3.9 SUPERINTENDENT 3.9.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at the Project site during performance of the Work. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor, and communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. Important communications shall be confirmed in writing. Other communications shall be similarly confirmed on written request in each case. 3.10 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES 3.10.1 The Contractor, promptly after being awarded the Contract, shall prepare and submit for the Owner's and Architect's information a Contractor's construction schedule for the Work. The schedule shall not exceed time limits current under the Contract Documents, shall be revised at appropriate intervals as required by the conditions of the Work and Project, shall be related to the entire Project to the extent required by the Contract Documents, and shall provide for expeditious and practicable execution of the Work. 3.10.2 The Contractor shall prepare and keep current, for the Architect's approval, a schedule of submittals which is coordinated with the Contractor's construction schedule and allows the Architect reasonable time to review submittals. 3.10.3 .-The eontractot �i.<.,� jlii n ll :c, the most it _:;:ir schedules. 3.11 DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE SITE 3.11.1 The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Owner one record copy of the Drawings, Specifications, addenda, Change Orders and other Modifications, in good order and marked currently to record changes and selections made during construction, and in addition approved Shop Drawings. Product Data, Samples and similar required submittals. These shall be available to the Architect and shall be delivered to the Architect for submittal to the Owner upon completion of the Work. 3.12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES 3.12.1 Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, schedules and other data specially prepared for the Work by the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub - subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or distributor to illustrate some portion of the Work. 3.12.2 Product Data are illustrations, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams and other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials or equipment for some portion of the Work. 3.12.3 Samples are physical examples which illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship and establish standards by which the Work will be judged. 3.12.4 Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals are not Contract Documents. The purpose of their submittal is to demonstrate for those portions of the Work for which submittals are required the way the Contractor proposes to conform to the information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. Review by the Architect is subject to the limitations of Subparagraph 4.2.7. 3.12.5 The Contractor shall review, approve and submit to the Architect Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals required by the Contract Documents with reasonable promptness and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner or of separate contractors. Submittals made by the Contractor which are not required by the Contract Documents may be returned without action. 3.12.6 The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work requiring submittal and review of Shop Drawings, Product AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON Q.C. 20006.5292.. WARNING; _ Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the A1A and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201 -1987 User Document: A201.DOC -- 1/2/1997. AIA License Number 131072, which expires on 11/30/1997 — Page #11 Data, Samples or similar submittals until the respective etibmittal has beep_annrnv.rl , b Alm. Architect.., t -_ shall be in accordance with approved submittals. 3.12.7 By approving and submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals, the Contractor represents that the Contractor has determined and verified materials, field measurements and field construction criteria related thereto, or will do so, and has checked and coordinated the information contained within such submittals with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents. 3.12.8 The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents by the Architect's approval of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals unless the Contractor has specifically informed the Architect in writing of such deviation at the time of submittal and the Architect has given written approval to the specific deviation. The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals by the Architect's approval thereof. 3.12.9 The Contractor shall direct specific attention, in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals, to revisions other than those requested by the Architect on previous submittals. 3.12.10 Informational submittals upon which the Architect is not expected to take responsive action may be so identified in the Contract Documents. 3.12.11 When professional certification of performance criteria of materials, systems or equipment is required by the Contract Documents, the Architect shall be entitled to rely upon the accuracy and completeness of such calculations and certifications. 3.13 USE OF SITE 3.13.1 The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by law, ordinances, permits and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment. 3.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING 3.14.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for cutting, fitting or patching required to complete the Work or to make its parts fit together properly. 3.14.2 The Contractor shall not damage or endanger a portion of the Work or fully or partially completed • cons'tructiotl ^r N•• O' ner_.r n "'2ara.r ron!ractors. bf patching or otherwise altering such construction, or by excavation. The Contractor shall not cut or otherwise alter such construction by the Owner or a separate contractor except with written consent of the Owner and of such separate contractor; such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Contractor shall not unreasonably withhold from the Owner or a separate contractor the Contractor's consent to cutting or otherwise altering the Work. 3.15 CLEANING UP 3.15.1 The Contractor shall keep the premises and surrounding area free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by operations under the Contract. At completion of the Work the Contractor shall remove from and about the Project waste materials, rubbish, the Contractor's tools, construction equipment, machinery and surplus materials. 3.15.2 If the Contractor fails to clean up as provided in the Contract Documents, the Owner may do so and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor. 3.16 ACCESS TO WORK 3.16.1 The Contractor shall provide the Owner and Architect access to the Work in preparation and progress wherever located. 3.17 ROYALTIES AND PATENTS 3.17.1 The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. The Contractor shall defend suits or claims for infringement of patent rights and shall hold the Owner and Architect harmless from loss on account thereof, but shall not be responsible for such defense or loss when a particular design, process or product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is required by the Contract Documents. However, if the Contractor has reason to believe that the required design, process or product is an infringement of a patent, the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless such information is promptly furnished to the Architect. 3.18 INDEMNIFICATION 3.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, Architect, Architect's consultants, and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work, provided that such claim, damage, loss or expense is attributable to AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - MA - COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006. 5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201 -1987 User Document: A201.DOC — 1/2/1997. AIA License Number 131072, which expires on 11/30/1997 -- Page #12 a .�. 3.18.2 In claims against any person or entity indemnified under this Paragraph 3.18 by an employee of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, the indemnification obligation under this Paragraph 3.18 shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or a Subcontractor under workers' or workmen's compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or •'letttn.soiio1+ of trrgib!'.- property .(other than the. Vli:.i 1164.---- - including loss of use resulting therefrom, but only to the extent caused in whole or in part by negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them, or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, regardless of whether or not such claim, damage, loss or expense is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in this Paragraph 3.18. 3.18.3 The obligations of the Contractor under this Paragraph 3.18 shall not extend to the liability of the Architect, the Architect's consultants, and agents and employees of any of them arising out of (1) the preparation or approval of maps, drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, Change Orders, designs or specifications, or (2) the giving of or the failure to give directions or instructions by the Architect, the Architect's consultants, and agents and employees of any of them provided such giving or failure to give is the primary cause of the injury or damage. ARTICLE 4 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 4.1 ARCHITECT 4.1.1 The Architect is the person lawfully licensed to practice architecture or an entity lawfully practicing architecture identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The term "Architect" means the Architect or the Architect's authorized representative. 4.1.2 Duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Architect as set forth in the Contract Documents shall not be restricted, modified or extended without written consent of the Owner, Contractor and Architect. Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. 4.1.3 In case of termination of employment of the Architect.. the O:�aepsi,alt - ap cint an architcct.against .:.`.r... the Contractor makes no reasonable objection and whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former architect. 4.1.4 Disputes arising under Subparagraphs 4.1.2 and 4.1.3 shall be subject to arbitration. 4.2 • ARCHITECT'S ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 4.2.1 The Architect will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract Documents, and will be the Owner's representative (1) during construction, (2) until final payment is due and (3) with the Owner's concurrence, from time to time during the correction period described in Paragraph 12.2. The Architect will advise and consult with the Owner. The Architect will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents, unless otherwise modified by written instrument in accordance with other provisions of the Contract. 4.2.2 The Architect will visit the site at intervals appropriate to the stage of construction to become generally familiar with the progress and quality of the completed Work and to determine in general if the Work is being performed in a manner indicating that the Work, when completed, will be in accordance with the Contract Documents. However, the Architect will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on -site inspections to check quality or quantity of the Work. On the basis of on -site observations as an architect, the Architect will keep the Owner informed of progress of the Work, and will endeavor to guard the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work. 4.2.3 The Architect will not have control over or charge of and will not be responsible for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or for safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work, since these are solely the Contractor's responsibility as provided in Paragraph 3.3. The Architect will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Architect will not have control over or charge of and will not be responsible for acts or omissions of the Contractor, Subcontractors, or their agents or employees, or of any other persons performing portions of the Work. 4.2.4 Communications Facilitating Contract Administration. Except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or when direct communications have been specially authorized, the Owner and Contractor shall AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006. 5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201 -1987 User Document: A201.DOC — 1/2/1997. AIA License Number 131072, which expires on 11/30/1997 -- Page #13 endeavor to communicate through the Architect. f;t numirofi0rls'.by and with the Architect 's xemsulturft- c..'aaa_. be through the Architect. Communications by and with Subcontractors and material suppliers shall be through the Contractor. Communications by and with separate contractors shall be through the Owner. 4.2.5 Based on the Architect's observations and evaluations of the Contractor's Applications for Payment, the Architect will review and certify the amounts due the Contractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in such amounts. 4.2.6 The Architect will have authority to reject Work which does not conform to the Contract Documents. Whenever the Architect considers it necessary or advisable for implementation of the intent of the Contract Documents, the Architect will have authority to require additional inspection or testing of the Work in accordance with Subparagraphs 13.5.2 and 13.5.3, whether or not such Work is fabricated, installed or completed. However, neither this authority of the Architect nor a decision made in good faith either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise to a duty or responsibility of the Architect to the Contractor, Subcontractors, material and equipment suppliers, their agents or employees, or other persons performing portions of the Work. 4.2.7 The Architect will review and approve or take other appropriate action upon the Contractor's submittals such as Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, but only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. The Architect's action will be taken with such reasonable promptness as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner, Contractor or separate contractors, while allowing sufficient time in the Architect's professional judgment to permit adequate review. Review of such submittals is not conducted for the purpose of determining the accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimensions and quantities, or for substantiating instructions for installation or performance of equipment or systems, all of which remain the responsibility of the Contractor as required by the Contract Documents. The Architect's review of the Contractor's submittals shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligations under Paragraphs 3.3, 3.5 and 3.12. The Architect's review shall not constitute approval of safety precautions or, unless otherwise specifically stated by the Architect, of any construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures. The Architect's approval of a specific item shall not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component. 4.2.8 The Architect will prepare Change Orders and Construction Chong,.: dud may authorize' minor changes in the Work as provided in Paragraph 7.4. 4.2.9 The Architect will conduct inspections to determine the date or dates of Substantial Completion and the date of final completion, will receive and forward to the Owner for the Owner's review and records written warranties and related documents required by the Contract and assembled by the Contractor, and will issue a final Certificate for Payment upon compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 4.2.10 If the Owner and Architect agree, the Architect will provide one or more project representatives to assist in carrying out the Architect's responsibilities at the site. The duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of such project representatives shall be as set forth in an exhibit to be incorporated in the Contract Documents. 4.2.11 The Architect will interpret and decide matters concerning performance under and requirements of the Contract Documents on written request of either the Owner or Contractor. The Architect's response to such requests will be made with reasonable promptness and within any time limits agreed upon. If no agreement is made concerning the time within which interpretations required of the Architect shall be furnished in compliance with this Paragraph 4.2, then delay shall not be recognized on account of failure by the Architect to furnish such interpretations until 15 days after written request is made for them. 4.2.12 Interpretations and decisions of the Architect will be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of drawings. When making such interpretations and decisions, the Architect will endeavor to secure faithful performance by both Owner and Contractor, will not show partiality to either and will not be liable for results of interpretations or decisions so rendered in good faith. 4.2.13 The Architect's decisions on matters relating to aesthetic effect will be final if consistent with the intent expressed in the Contract Documents. 4.3 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES 4.3.1 Definition. A Claim is a demand or assertion by one of the parties seeking, as a matter of right, adjustment or interpretation of Contract terms, payment of money, extension of time or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. The term "Claim" also includes other disputes and matters in question between the Owner and Contractor AIA DOCUMENT A20I - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006. 5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201 -1987 User Document: A201.DOC — 1/2/1997. AIA License Number 131072, which expires on 11/30/1997 -- Page #14 t — arising out of or relating to the Contract. Claims must be 11‘444. I■ wv+!ten..notice. The •esponsibi!ity Claims shall rest with the party making the Claim. 4.3.2 Decision of Architect. Claims, including those alleging an error or omission by the Architect, shall be referred initially to the Architect for action as provided in Paragraph 4.4. A decision by the Architect, as provided in Subparagraph 4.4.4, shall be required as a condition precedent to arbitration or litigation of a Claim between the Contractor and Owner as to all such matters arising prior to the date final payment is due, regardless of (1) whether such matters relate to execution and progress of the Work or (2) the extent to which the Work has been completed. The decision by the Architect in response to a Claim shall not be a condition precedent to arbitration or litigation in the event (1) the position of Architect is vacant, (2) the Architect has not received evidence or has failed to render a decision within agreed time limits, (3) the Architect has failed to take action required under Subparagraph 4.4.4 within 30 days after the Claim is made, (4) 45 days have passed after the Claim has been referred to the Architect or (5) the Claim relates to a mechanic's lien. 4.3.3 Time Limits on Claims. Claims by either party must be made within 21 days after occurrence of the event giving rise to such Claim or within 21 days after the claimant first recognizes the condition giving rise to the Claim, whichever is later. Claims must be made by written notice. An additional Claim made after the initial Claim has been implemented by Change Order will not be considered unless submitted in a timely manner. 4.3.4 Continuing Contract Performance. Pending final resolution of a Claim including arbitration, unless otherwise agreed in writing the Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of the Contract and the Owner shall continue to make payments in accordance with the Contract Documents. 4.3.5 Waiver of Claims: Final Payment. The making of final payment shall constitute a waiver of Claims by the Owner except those arising from: .1 liens, Claims, security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract and unsettled; .2 failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents; or .3 terms of special warranties required by the Contract Documents. 4.3.6 Claims for Concealed or Unknown Conditions. If conditions are encountered at the site which are (1) suha:rt ce•or.other.v concealr..l physical eondit one; which differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or (2) unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature, which differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the character provided for in the Contract Documents, then notice by the observing party shall be given to the other party promptly before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than 21 days after first observance of the conditions. The Architect will promptly investigate such conditions and, if they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor's cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the Work, will recommend an equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. If the Architect determines that the conditions at the site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified, the Architect shall so notify the Owner and Contractor in writing, stating the reasons. Claims by either party in opposition to such determination must be made within 21 days after the Architect has given notice of the decision. If the Owner and Contractor cannot agree on an adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, the adjustment shall be referred to the Architect for initial determination, subject to further proceedings pursuant to Paragraph 4.4. 4.3.7 Claims for Additional Cost. If the Contractor wishes to make Claim for an increase in the Contract Sum, written notice as provided herein shall be given before proceeding to execute the Work. Prior notice is not required for Claims relating to an emergency endangering life or property arising under Paragraph 10.3. If the Contractor believes additional cost is involved for reasons including but not limited to (1) a written interpretation from the Architect, (2) an order by the Owner to stop the Work where the Contractor was not at fault, (3) a written order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Architect, (4) failure of payment by the Owner, (5) termination of the Contract by the Owner, (6) Owner's suspension or (7) other reasonable grounds, Claim shall be filed in accordance with the procedure established herein. 4.3.8 Claims for Additional Time 4.3.8.1 If the Contractor wishes to make Claim for all increase in the Contract Time, written notice as provided herein shall be given. The Contractor's Claim shall include an estimate of cost and of probable effect of delay on progress of the Work. In the case of a continuing delay only one Claim is necessary. 4.3.8.2 If adverse weather conditions are the basis for a AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006 - 5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201 -1987 User Document: A201.000 -- 1/2/1997. AIA License Number 131072, which expires on 11/30/1997 -- Page #15 Claim for additional time, such Claim shall be documented by ..t8 4-.+1hKtarttiatu t th weather conditions wer:-- ;,bi.w1wl3'k i the period of time and could not have been reasonably anticipated, and that weather conditions had an adverse effect on the scheduled construction. 4.3.9 Injury or Damage to Person or Property. If either party to the Contract suffers injury or damage to person or property because of an act or omission of the other party, of any of the other party's employees or agents, or of others for whose acts such party is legally liable, written notice of such injury or damage, whether or not insured, shall be given to the other party within a reasonable time not exceeding 21 days after first observance. The notice shall provide sufficient detail to enable the other party to investigate the matter. If a Claim for additional cost or time related to this Claim is to be asserted, it shall be filed as provided in Subparagraphs 4.3.7 or 4.3.8. 4.4 RESOLUTION OF CLAIMS AND DISPUTES 4.4.1 The Architect will review Claims and take one or more of the following preliminary actions within ten days of receipt of a Claim: (1) request additional supporting data from the claimant, (2) submit a schedule to the parties indicating when the Architect expects to take action, (3) reject the Claim in whole or in part, stating reasons for rejection, (4) recommend approval of the Claim by the other party or (5) suggest a compromise. The Architect may also, but is not obligated to, notify the surety, if any, of the nature and amount of the Claim. 4.4.2 If a Claim has been resolved, the Architect will prepare or obtain appropriate documentation. 4.4.3 If a Claim has not been resolved, the party making the Claim shall, within ten days after the Architect's preliminary response, take one or more of the following actions: (1) submit additional supporting data requested by the Architect, (2) modify the initial Claim or (3) notify the Architect that the initial Claim stands. 4.4.4 If a Claim has not been resolved after consideration of the foregoing and of further evidence presented by the parties or requested by the Architect, the Architect will notify the parties in writing that the Architect's decision will be made within seven days, which decision shall be final and binding on the parties but subject to arbitration. Upon expiration of such time period, the Architect will render to the parties the Architect's written decision relative to the Claim, including any change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time or both. If there is a surety and there appears to be a possibility of a Contractor's default, the Architect may, but is not obligated to, notify the surety and request the surety's assista ::cc ir. i . _= •lvit:g t! 4.5 ARBITRATION 4.5.1 Controversies and Claims Subject to Arbitration. Any controversy or Claim arising out of or related to the Contract, or the breach thereof, shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator or arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof, except controversies or Claims relating to aesthetic effect and except those waived as provided for in Subparagraph 4.3.5. Such controversies or Claims upon which the Architect has given notice and rendered a decision as provided in Subparagraph 4.4.4 shall be subject to arbitration upon written demand of either party. Arbitration may be commenced when 45 days have passed after a Claim has been referred to the Architect as provided in Paragraph 4.3 and no decision has been rendered. 4.5.2 Rules and Notices for Arbitration. Claims between the Owner and Contractor not resolved under Paragraph 4.4 shall, if subject to arbitration under Subparagraph 4.5.1, be decided by arbitration in accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association currently in effect, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise. Notice of demand for arbitration shall be filed in writing with the other party to the Agreement between the Owner and Contractor and with the American Arbitration Association, and a copy shall be filed with the Architect. 4.5.3 Contact Performance During Arbitration. During arbitration proceedings, the Owner and Contractor shall comply with Subparagraph 4.3.4. 4.5.4 When Arbitration May Be Demanded. Demand for arbitration of any Claim may not be made until the earlier of (1) the date on which the Architect has rendered a final written decision on the Claim, (2) the tenth day after the parties have presented evidence to the Architect or have been given reasonable opportunity to do so, if the Architect has not rendered a final written decision by that date, or (3) any of the five events described in Subparagraph 4.3.2. 4.5.4.1 When a written decision of the Architect states that (1) the decision is final but subject to arbitration and (2) a demand for arbitration of a Claim covered by such decision must be made within 30 days after the date on which the party making the demand receives the final written decision, MA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE -N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006- 5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the A1A and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201 -1987 User Document: A201.DOC — 1/2/1997, AIA License Number 131072, which expires on 11/30/1997 -- Page #16 then failure to demand arbitration within said 30 days' period :. r_s:a: ;n the Architect's decision IrC4mj_•�r+ie binding upon the Owner and Contractor. If the Architect renders a decision after arbitration proceedings have been initiated, such decision may be entered as evidence, but shall not supersede arbitration proceedings unless the decision is acceptable to all parties concerned. 4.5.4.2 A demand for arbitration shall be made within the time limits specified in Subparagraphs 4.5.1 and 4.5.4 and Clause 4.5.4.1 as applicable, and in other cases within a reasonable time after the Claim has arisen, and in no event shall it be made after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such Claim would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations as determined pursuant to Paragraph 13.7. 4.5.5 Limitation on Consolidation or Joinder. No arbitration arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents shall include, by consolidation or joinder or in any other manner, the Architect, the Architect's employees or consultants, except by written consent containing specific reference to the Agreement and signed by the Architect, Owner, Contractor and any other person or entity sought to be joined. No arbitration shall include, by consolidation or joinder or in any other manner, parties other than the Owner, Contractor, a separate contractor as described in Article 6 and other persons substantially involved in a common question of fact or law whose presence is required if complete relief is to be accorded in arbitration. No person or entity other than the Owner, Contractor or a separate contractor as described in Article 6 shall be included as an original third party or additional third party to an arbitration whose interest or responsibility is insubstantial. Consent to arbitration involving an additional person or entity shall not constitute consent to arbitration of a dispute not described therein or with a person or entity not named or described therein. The foregoing agreement to arbitrate and other agreements to arbitrate with an additional person or entity duly consented to by parties to the Agreement shall be specifically enforceable under applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. 4.5.6 Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims. A party who files a notice of demand for arbitration must assert in the demand all Claims then known to that party on which arbitration is permitted to be demanded. When a party fails to include a Claim through oversight, inadvertence or excusable neglect, or when a Claim has matured or been acquired subsequently, .the arbitrator or arbitrators may permit amendment. 4.5.7 Judgment on Final Award. The award rendered by the arbitrator or arbitrators shall be final, and judgment may be entered upon it in accordance with applicable law in anyttrart ha''int dlm t. 5.1 DEFINITIONS ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS 5.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site. The term "Subcontractor" is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Subcontractor. The term "Subcontractor" does not include a separate contractor or subcontractors of a separate contractor. 5.1.2 A Sub - subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site. The term "Sub- subcontractor" is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Sub - subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Sub - subcontractor. 5.2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK 5.2.1 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents or the bidding requirements, the Contractor, as soon as practicable after award of the Contract, shall furnish in writing to the Owner through the Architect the names of persons or entities (including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for each principal portion of the Work. The Architect will promptly reply to the Contractor in writing stating whether or not the Owner or the Architect, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity. Failure of the Owner or Architect to reply promptly shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection. 5.2.2 The Contractor shall not contract with a proposed person or entity to whom the Owner or Architect has made reasonable and timely objection. The Contractor shall not be required to contract with anyone to whom the Contractor has made reasonable objection. 5.2.3 If the Owner or Architect has reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by the Contractor, the Contractor shall propose another to whom the Owner or Architect has no reasonable objection. The Contract Sum shall be increased or decreased by the difference in cost occasioned by such change and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued. AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W.. WASHINGTON D.C. 20006 - 5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201 -1987 User Document: A201.DOC — 1/2/1997. AIA License Number 131072, which expires on 11/30/1997 — Page #17 However, no increase in the Contract Sum shall be allowed ".1�ttr It *'f •S`'& i,nIcs the Contractor has =Ns, { i,,.thtUu V dflU responsively in submitting names as required. 5.2.4 The Contractor shall not change a Subcontractor, person or entity previously selected if the Owner or Architect makes reasonable objection to such change. 5.3 SUBCONTRACTUAL RELATIONS 5.3.1 By appropriate agreement, written where legally required for validity, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor, to be bound to the Contractor by terms of the Contract Documents, and to assume toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities which the Contractor, by these Documents, assumes toward the Owner and Architect. Each subcontract agreement shall preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and Architect under the Contract Documents with respect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights, and shall allow to the Subcontractor, unless specifically provided otherwise in the subcontract agreement, the benefit of all rights, remedies and redress against the Contractor that the Contractor, by the Contract Documents, has against the Owner. Where appropriate, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with Sub - subcontractors. The Contractor shall make available to each proposed Subcontractor, prior to the execution of the subcontract agreement, copies of the Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor will be bound, and, upon written request of the Subcontractor, identify to the Subcontractor terms and conditions of the proposed subcontract agreement which may be at variance with the Contract Documents. Subcontractors shall similarly make copies of applicable portions of such documents available to their respective proposed Sub - subcontractors. 5.4 CONTINGENT ASSIGNMENT OF SUBCONTRACTS 5.4.1 Each subcontract agreement for a portion of the Work is assigned by the Contractor to the Owner provided that: .1 assignment is effective only after termination of the Contract by the Owner for cause pursuant to Paragraph 14.2 and only for those subcontract agreements which the Owner accepts by notifying the Subcontractor in writing; and .2 assignment is subject to the prior rights of the surety, if any, obligated under bond relating to the Contract. 5.4.2 If the Work has been suspended for more than 30 days, the Subcontractor's compensation shall be equitably adjusted. ARTICLE 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 6.1 OWNERS RIGHT TO PERFORM CONSTRUCTION AND TO AWARD SEPARATE CONTRACTS 6.1.1 The Owner reserves the right to perform construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces, and to award separate contracts in connection with other portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site under Conditions of the Contract identical or substantially similar to these including those portions related to insurance and waiver of subrogation. If the Contractor claims that delay or additional cost is involved because of such action by the Owner, the Contractor shall make such Claim as provided elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 6.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site, the term "Contractor" in the Contract Documents in each case shall mean the Contractor who executes each separate Owner - Contractor Agreement. 6.1.3 The Owner shall provide for coordination of the activities of the Owner's own forces and of each separate contractor with the Work of the Contractor, who shall cooperate with them. The Contractor shall participate with other separate contractors and the Owner in reviewing their construction schedules when directed to do so. The Contractor shall make any revisions to the construction schedule and Contract Sum deemed necessary after a joint review and mutual agreement. The construction schedules shall then constitute the schedules to be used by the Contractor, separate contractors and the Owner until subsequently revised. 6.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, when the Owner performs construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces, the Owner shall be deemed to be subject to the same obligations and to have the same rights which apply to the Contractor under the Conditions of the Contract, including, without excluding others, those stated in Article 3, this Article 6 and Articles 10, 11 and 12. AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006 - 5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was elecuonically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201 -1987 User Document: A201.DOC — 1/2/1997. AIA License Number 131072, which expires on 11/30/1997 — Page #18 .‘.2. ..- k$UTUAI. RESPONSINLITY 6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner and separate contractors reasonable opportunity for introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and performance of their activities and shall connect and coordinate the Contractor's construction and operations with theirs as required by the Contract Documents. 6.2.2 If part of the Contractor's Work depends for proper execution or results upon construction or operations by the Owner or a separate contractor, the Contractor shall, prior to proceeding with that portion of the Work, promptly report to the Architect apparent discrepancies or defects in such other construction that would render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. Failure of the Contractor so to report shall constitute an acknowledgment that the Owner's or separate contractors' completed or partially completed construction is fit and proper to receive the Contractor's Work, except as to defects not then reasonably discoverable. 6.2.3 Costs caused by delays or by improperly timed activities or defective construction shall be borne by the party responsible therefor. 6.2.4 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage wrongfully caused by the Contractor to completed or partially completed construction or to property of the Owner or separate contractors as provided in Subparagraph 10.2.5. 6.2.5 Claims and other disputes and matters in question between the Contractor and a separate contractor shall be subject to the provisions of Paragraph 4.3 provided the separate contractor has reciprocal obligations. 6.2.6 The Owner and each separate contractor shall have the same responsibilities for cutting and patching as are described for the Contractor in Paragraph 3.14. 6.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP 6.3.1 If a dispute arises among the Contractor, separate contractors and the Owner as to the responsibility under their respective contracts for maintaining the premises and surrounding area free from waste materials and rubbish as described in Paragraph 3.15, the Owner may clean up and allocate the cost among those responsible as the Architect determines to be just. ARTICLE 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK .7.1 CHANGES 7.1.1 Changes in the Work may be accomplished after execution of the Contract, and without invalidating the Contract, by Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work, subject to the limitations stated in this Article 7 and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 7.1.2 A Change Order shall be based upon agreement among the Owner, Contractor and Architect; a Construction Change Directive requires agreement by the Owner and Architect and may or may not be agreed to by the Contractor; an order for a minor change in the Work may be issued by the Architect alone. 7.1.3 Changes in the Work shall be performed under applicable provisions of the Contract Documents, and the Contractor shall proceed promptly, unless otherwise provided in the Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work. 7.1.4 If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon, and if quantities originally contemplated are so changed in a proposed Change Order or Construction Change Directive that application of such unit prices to quantities of Work proposed will cause substantial inequity to the Owner or Contractor, the applicable unit prices shall be equitably adjusted. 7.2 CHANGE ORDERS 7.2.1 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner, Contractor and Architect, stating their agreement upon all of the following: .1 a change in the Work; .2 the amount of the adjustment in the Contract Sum, if any; and .3 the extent of the adjustment in the Contract Time, if any. 7.2.2 Methods used in determining adjustments to the Contract Sum may include those listed in Subparagraph 7.3.3. 7.3 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES 7.3.1 A Construction Change Directive is a written order prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner and Architect, directing a change in the Work and stating a proposed basis for adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum, or AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - MA - COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006 - 5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201 -1987 User Document: A201.DOC — 1/2/1997. AIA License Number 131072, which expires on 11/30/1997 — Page #19 Contract Time, or both. The Owner may by Construction Cha.:ze Directive. without jnvalidating. thc..Cartn ;.t>r �Pr changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Sum and Contract Time being adjusted accordingly. 7.3.2 A Construction Change Directive shall be used in the absence of total agreement on the terms of a Change Order. 7.3.3 If the Construction Change Directive provides for an adjustment to the Contract Sum, the adjustment shall be based on one of the following methods: .1 mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to permit evaluation; .2 unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon; .3 cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed or percentage fee; or .4 as provided in Subparagraph 7.3.6. 7.3.4 Upon receipt of a Construction Change Directive, the Contractor shall promptly proceed with the change in the Work involved and advise the Architect of the Contractor's agreement or disagreement with the method, if any, provided in the Construction Change Directive for determining the proposed adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. 7.3.5 A Construction Change Directive signed by the Contractor indicates the agreement of the Contractor therewith, including adjustment in Contract Sum and Contract Time or the method for determining them. Such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be recorded as a Change Order. 7.3.6 If the Contractor does not respond promptly or disagrees with the method for adjustment in the Contract Sum, the method and the adjustment shall be determined by the Architect on the basis of reasonable expenditures and savings of those performing the Work attributable to the change, including, in case of an increase in the Contract Sum, a reasonable allowance for overhead and profit. In such case, and also under Clause 7.3.3.3, the Contractor shall keep and present, in such form as the Architect may prescribe, an itemized accounting together with appropriate supporting data. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, costs fnr the- rrtsposec of this Stvbt ragrA.ph 7 3t-.5h? l,be limited to the following: .1 costs of labor, including social security, old age and unemployment insurance, fringe benefits required by agreement or custom, and workers' or workmen's compensation insurance; .2 costs of materials, supplies and equipment, including cost of transportation, whether incorporated or consumed; .3 rental costs of machinery and equipment, exclusive of hand tools, whether rented from the Contractor or others; .4 costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance, permit fees, and sales, use or similartaxes related to the Work; and .5 additional costs of supervision and field office personnel directly attributable to the change. 7.3.7 Pending final determination of cost to the Owner, amounts not in dispute may be included in Applications for Payment. The amount of credit to be allowed by the Contractor to the Owner for a deletion or change which results in a net decrease in the Contract Sum shall be actual net cost as confirmed by the Architect. When both additions and credits covering related Work or substitutions are involved in a change, the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of net increase, if any, with, respect to that change. 7.3.8 If the Owner and Contractor do not agree with the adjustment in Contract Time or the method for determining it, the adjustment or the method shall be referred to the Architect for determination. 7.3.9 When the Owner and Contractor agree with the determination made by the Architect concerning the adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time, or otherwise reach agreement upon the adjustments, such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be recorded by preparation and execution of an appropriate Change Order. 7.4 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK 7.4.1 The Architect will have authority to order minor changes in the Work not involving adjustment in the Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Time and not inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. Such changes AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006 - 5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201 -1987 User Document: A201.DOC -- 1/2/1997. AIA License Number 131072, which expires on 11/30/1997 -- Page #20 shall be effected by written order and shall be binding on the ('fstractor. The Contractor shall tart-; ;,ut auch written orders promptly. 8.1 DEFINITIONS ARTICLE 8 TIME 8.1.1 Unless otherwise provided, Contract Time is the period of time, including authorized adjustments, allotted in the Contract Documents for Substantial Completion of the Work. 8.1.2 The date of commencement of the Work is the date established in the Agreement. The date shall not be postponed by the failure to act of the Contractor or of persons or entities for whom the Contractor is responsible. 8.1.3 The date of Substantial Completion is the date certified by the Architect in accordance with Paragraph 9.8. 8.1.4 The term "day" as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar day unless otherwise specifically defined. 8.2 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION 8.2.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. By executing the Agreement the Contractor confirms that the Contract Time is a reasonable period for performing the Work. 8.2.2 The Contractor shall not knowingly, except by agreement or instruction of the Owner in writing, prematurely commence operations on the site or elsewhere prior to the effective date of insurance required by Article 11 to be furnished by the Contractor. The date of commencement of the Work shall not be changed by the effective date of such insurance. Unless the date of commencement is established by a notice to proceed given by the Owner, the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing not less than five days or other agreed period before commencing the Work to permit the timely filing of mortgages, mechanic's liens and other security interests. 8.2.3 The Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with adequate forces and shall achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract • Time. 8.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME 8.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in progress of the Work by an act or neglect of the Owner or Architect, or of an • t:nployee- of either, or of a separ. -.te contractor employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the Work, or by labor disputes, fire, unusual delay in deliveries, unavoidable casualties or other causes beyond the Contractor's control, or by delay authorized by the Owner pending arbitration, or by other causes which the Architect determines may justify delay, then the Contract Time shall be extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as the Architect may determine. 8.3.2 Claims relating to time shall be made in accordance with applicable provisions of Paragraph 4.3. 8.3.3 This Paragraph 8.3 does not preclude recovery of damages for delay by either party under other provisions of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 9.1 CONTRACT SUM 9.1.1 The Contract Sum is stated in the Agreement and, including authorized adjustments, is the total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. 9.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES 9.2.1 Before the first Application for Payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect a schedule of values allocated to various portions of the Work, prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Architect may require. This schedule, unless objected to by the Architect, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's Applications for Payment. 9.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 9.3.1 At least ten days before the date established for each progress payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect an itemized Application for Payment for operations completed in accordance with the schedule of values. Such application shall be notarized, if required, and supported by such data substantiating the Contractor's right to payment as the Owner or Architect may require, such as copies of requisitions from Subcontractors and material suppliers, and reflecting retainage if provided for elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 9.3.1.1 Such applications may include requests for payment on account of changes in the Work which have been properly AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006. 5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201 -1987 User Document: A201.DOC -- 1/2/1997. AIA License Number 131072, which expires on 11/30/1997 — Page #21 authorized by Construction Change Directives but not yet incladed in Change Orders 9.3.1.2 Such applications may not include requests for payment of amounts the Contractor does not intend to pay to a Subcontractor or material supplier because of a dispute or other reason. 9.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, payments shall be made on account of materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the Work. If approved in advance by the Owner, payment may similarly be made for materials and equipment suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing. Payment for materials and equipment stored on or off the site shall be conditioned upon compliance by the Contractor with procedures satisfactory to the Owner to establish the Owner's title to such materials and equipment or otherwise protect the Owner's interest, and shall include applicable insurance, storage, and transportation to the site for such materials and equipment stored off the site. 9.3.3 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work covered by an Application for Payment will pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment. The Contractor further warrants that upon submittal of an Application for Payment all Work for which Certificates for Payment have been previously issued and payments received from the Owner shall, to the best of the Contractor's knowledge, information and belief, be free and clear of liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances favor of the Contractor, Subcontractors, material suppliers, or other persons or entities making a claim by reason of having provided labor, materials and equipment relating to the Work. 9.4 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT 9.4.1 The Architect will, within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment, either issue to the Owner a Certificate for Payment, with a copy to the Contractor, for such amount as the Architect determines is properly due, or notify the Contractor and Owner in writing of the Architect's reasons for withholding certification in whole or in part as provided in Subparagraph 9.5.1. 9.4.2 The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will constitute a representation by the Architect to the Owner, based on the Architect's observations at the site and the data comprising the Application for Payment, that the Work has progressed to the point indicated and that, to the best of the Architect's knowledge, information and belief, quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents. The foregoing representations are subject to an evaluation of the - -Work —frv-tenfcrtr^;nc - n ir' let 'Dtfct!mfmts upo :: Substantial Completion, to results of subsequent tests and inspections, to minor deviations from the Contract Documents correctable prior to completion and to specific qualifications expressed by the Architect. The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will further constitute a representation that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount certified. However, the issuance of a Certificate for Payment will not be a representation that the Architect has (1) made exhaustive or continuous on -site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work, (2) reviewed construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, (3) reviewed copies of requisitions received from Subcontractors and material suppliers and other data requested by the Owner to substantiate the Contractor's right to payment or (4) made examination to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contractor has used money previously paid on account of the Contract Sum. 9.5 DECISIONS TO WITHHOLD CERTIFICATION 9.5.1 The Architect may decide not to certify payment and may withhold a Certificate for Payment in whole or in part, to the extent reasonably necessary to protect the Owner, if in the Architect's opinion the representations to the Owner required by Subparagraph 9.4.2 cannot be made. If the Architect is unable to certify payment in the amount of the Application, the Architect will notify the Contractor and Owner as provided in Subparagraph 9.4.1. If the Contractor and Architect cannot agree on a revised amount, the Architect will promptly issue a Certificate for Payment for the amount for which the Architect is able to make such representations to the Owner. The Architect may also decide not to certify payment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or subsequent observations, may nullify the whole or a part of a Certificate for Payment previously issued, to such extent as may be necessary in the Architect's opinion to protect the Owner from loss because of: .1 defective Work not remedied; .2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims; . 3 failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors or for labor, materials or equipment; . 4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum; AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006 - 5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201 -1987 User Document: A201.DOC — 1/2/1997. AIA License Number 131072, which expires on 11/30/1997 -- Page #22 d • .5 damage to the Owner or another contractor; .6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time, and that the unpaid balance would not be adequate to cover actual or liquidated damages for the anticipated delay; or .7 persistent failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.5.2 When the above reasons for withholding certification are removed, certification will be made for amounts previously withheld. 9.6 PROGRESS PAYMENTS 9.6.1 After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment, the Owner shall make payment in the manner and within the time provided in the Contract Documents, and shall so notify the Architect. 9.6.2 The Contractor shall promptly pay each Subcontractor, upon receipt of payment from the Owner, out of the amount paid to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's portion of the Work, the amount to which said Subcontractor is entitled, reflecting percentages actually retained from payments to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's portion of the Work. The Contractor shall, by appropriate agreement with each Subcontractor, require each Subcontractor to make payments to Sub - subcontractors in similar manner. 9.6.3 The Architect will, on request, furnish to a Subcontractor, if practicable, information regarding percentages of completion or amounts applied for by the Contractor and action taken thereon by the Architect and Owner on account of portions of the Work done by such Subcontractor. 9.6.4 Neither the Owner nor Architect shall have an obligation to pay or to see to the payment of money to a Subcontractor except as may otherwise be required by law. 9.6.5 Payment to material suppliers shall be treated in a manner similar to that provided in Subparagraphs 9.6.2, 9.6.3 and 9.6.4. 9.6.6 A Certificate for Payment, a progress payment, or partial or entire use or occupancy of the Project by the Owner shall not constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.7 FAILURE OF PAYMENT 9.7.1 If the Architect does not issue a Certificate for Payment, through no fault of the Contractor, within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment, or if the Owner does not pay the Contractor within seven days after the date established in the Contract Documents the amount certified by the Architect or awarded by arbitration, then the Contractor may, upon seven additional days' written notice to the Owner and Architect, stop the Work until payment of the amount owing has been received. The Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Contractor's reasonable costs of shut -down, delay and start-up, which shall be accomplished as provided in Article 7. 9.8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 9.8.1 Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when the Work or designated portion thereof is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use. 9.8.2 When the Contractor considers that the Work, or a portion thereof which the Owner agrees to accept separately, is substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Architect a comprehensive list of items to be completed or corrected. The Contractor shall proceed promptly to complete and correct items on the list. Failure to include an item on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Upon receipt of the Contractor's list, the Architect will make an inspection to determine whether the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete. If the Architect's inspection discloses any item, whether or not included on the Contractor's list, which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall, before issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion, complete or correct such item, upon notification by the Architect. The Contractor shall then submit a request for another inspection by the Architect to determine Substantial Completion. When the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete, the Architect will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion which shall establish the date of Substantial Completion, shall establish responsibilities of the Owner and Contractor for security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and insurance, and shall fix the time within which the Contractor shall finish all items on the list accompanying the Certificate. Warranties required by the Contract Documents shall commence on the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • FOURTEENTH EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006 - 5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201 -1987 User Document: A201.DOC — 1/2/1997. AIA License Number 131072, which expires on 11/30/1997 — Page #23 thereof unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Siir?int ;•I ^ TrrDlctiort. -- The.. Certif;vat . ti bstamiai Completion shall be submitted to the Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of responsibilities assigned to them in such Certificate. 9.8.3 Upon Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof and upon application by the Contractor and certification by the Architect, the Owner shall make payment, reflecting adjustment in retainage, if any, for such Work or portion thereof as provided in the Contract Documents. 9.9 PARTIAL OCCUPANCY OR USE 9.9.1 The Owner may occupy or use any completed or partially completed portion of the Work at any stage when such portion is designated by separate agreement with the Contractor, provided such occupancy or use is consented to by the insurer as required under Subparagraph 11.3.11 and authorized by public authorities having jurisdiction over the Work. Such partial occupancy or use may commence whether or not the portion is substantially complete, provided the Owner and Contractor have accepted in writing the responsibilities assigned to each of them for payments, retainage if any, security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and insurance, and have agreed in writing concerning the period for correction of the Work and commencement of warranties required by the Contract Documents. When the Contractor considers a portion substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare and submit a list to the Architect as provided under Subparagraph 9.8.2. Consent of the Contractor to partial occupancy or use shall not be unreasonably withheld. The stage of the progress of the Work shall be determined by written agreement between the Owner and Contractor or, if no agreement is reached, by decision of the Architect. 9.9.2 Immediately prior to such partial occupancy or use, the Owner, Contractor and Architect shall jointly inspect the area to be occupied or portion of the Work to be used in order to determine and record the condition of the Work. 9.9.3 Unless otherwise agreed upon, partial occupancy or use of a portion or portions of the Work shall not constitute acceptance of Work not complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 9.10 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT 9.10.1 Upon receipt of written notice that the Work is ready for final inspection and acceptance and upon receipt of a final Application for Payment, the Architect will promptly make such inspection and, when the Architect finds the Work acceptable under the Contract Documents and the Contract fur per.urnteu; 1i,c Ari;rsitec. .. iii ,:;Jmpt'ly. issue- a final Certificate for Payment stating that to the best of the Architect's knowledge, information and belief, and on the basis of the Architect's observations and inspections, the Work has been completed in accordance with terms and conditions of the Contract Documents and that the entire balance found to be due the Contractor and noted in said final Certificate is due and payable. The Architect's final Certificate for Payment will constitute a further representation that conditions listed in Subparagraph 9.10.2 as precedent to the Contractor's being entitled to final payment have been fulfilled. 9.10.2 Neither final payment nor any remaining retained percentage shall become due until the Contractor submits to the Architect (1) an affidavit that payrolls, bills for materials and equipment, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or the Owner's property might be responsible or encumbered (less amounts withheld by Owner) have been paid or otherwise satisfied, (2) a certificate evidencing that insurance required by the Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment is currently in effect and will not be cancelled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to the Owner, (3) a written statement that the Contractor knows of no substantial reason that the insurance will not be renewable to cover the period required by the Contract Documents, (4) consent of surety, if any, to final payment and (5), if required by the Owner, other data establishing payment or satisfaction of obligations, such as receipts, releases and waivers of liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract, to the extent and in such form as may be designated by the Owner. If a Subcontractor refuses to furnish a release or waiver required by the Owner, the Contractor may furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against such lien. If such lien remains unsatisfied after payments are made, the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all money that the Owner may be compelled to pay in discharging such lien, including all costs and reasonable attorneys' fees. 9.10.3 lf, after Substantial Completion of the Work, final completion thereof is materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor or by issuance of Change Orders affecting final completion, and the Architect so confirms, the Owner shall, upon application by the Contractor and certification by the Architect, and without terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than retainage stipulated in the Contract Documents, and if bonds have been furnished, the written consent of surety to payment of the AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006. 5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201 -1987 User Document: A201.DOC — 1/2/1997. AIA License Number 131072, which expires on 11/30/1997 — Page #24 balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and arrnted shell submitted by the Contrac>{t, :fire- /` ;renitect prior to certification of such payment. Such payment shall be made under terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims. The making of final payment shall constitute a waiver of claims by the Owner as provided in Subparagraph 4.3.5. 9.10.4 Acceptance of final payment by the Contractor, a Subcontractor or material supplier shall constitute a waiver of claims by that payee except those previously made in writing and identified by that payee as unsettled at the time of final Application for Payment. Such waivers shall be in addition to the waiver described in Subparagraph 4.3.5. ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS 10.1.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the performance of the Contract. 10.1.2 In the event the Contractor encounters on the site material reasonably believed to be asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) which has not been rendered harmless, the Contractor shall immediately stop Work in the area affected and report the condition to the Owner and Architect in writing. The Work in the affected area shall not thereafter be resumed except by written agreement of the Owner and Contractor if in fact the material is asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) and has not been rendered harmless. The Work in the affected area shall be resumed in the absence of asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB), or when it has been rendered harmless, by written agreement of the Owner and Contractor, or in accordance with final determination by the Architect on which arbitration has not been demanded, or by arbitration under Article 4. 10.1.3 The Contractor shall not be required pursuant to Article 7 to perform without consent any Work relating to asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB). 10.1.4 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor, Architect, Architect's consultants and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work in the affected area if in fact the material is asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) and has not been rendered harmless, provided that such claim, damage, loss or expense is attributable to bodily :n ar;, steknes,, -disease or de.rh. w injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself) including loss of use resulting therefrom, but only to the extent caused in whole or in part by negligent acts or omissions of the Owner, anyone directly or indirectly employed by the Owner or anyone for whose acts the Owner may be liable, regardless of whether or not such claim, damage, loss or expense is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in this Subparagraph 10.1.4. 10.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10.2.1 The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for safety of, and shall provide reasonable protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: .1 employees on the Work and other persons who may be affected thereby; .2 the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site, under care, custody or control of the Contractor or the Contractor's Subcontractors or Sub - subcontractors; and .3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto, such as trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. 10.2.2 The Contractor shall give notices and comply with applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders of public authorities bearing on safety of persons or property or their protection from damage, injury or loss. 10.2.3 The Contractor shall erect and maintain, as required by existing conditions and performance of the Contract, reasonable safeguards for safety and protection, including posting danger signs and other warnings against hazards, promulgating safety regulations and notifying owners and users of adjacent sites and utilities. 10.2.4 When use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment or unusual methods are necessary for execution of the Work, the Contractor shall exercise utmost care and carry on such activities under supervision of properly qualified personnel. 10.2.5 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and AIA DOCUMENT A20I - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • FOURTEENTH EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006 - 5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201 -1987 User Document: A201.DOC -- 1/2/1997. AIA License Number 131072, which expires on 11/30/1997 — Page #25 loss (other than damage or loss insured under property insurance tequired by the Contract Docum: .10s.)•tc property referred to in Clauses 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3 caused in whole or in part by the Contractor, a Subcontractor, a Sub - subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable and for which the Contractor is responsible under Clauses 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3, except damage or loss attributable to acts or omissions of the Owner or Architect or anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them, or by anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable, and not attributable to the fault or negligence of the Contractor. The foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in addition to the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.18. 10.2.6 The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of the Contractor's organization at the site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. This person shall be the Contractor's superintendent unless otherwise designated by the Contractor in writing to the Owner and Architect. 10.2.7 The Contractor shall not load or permit any part of the construction or site to be loaded so as to endanger its safety. 10.3 EMERGENCIES 10.3.1 In an emergency affecting safety of persons or property, the Contractor shall act, at the Contractor's discretion, to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. Additional compensation or extension of time claimed by the Contractor on account of an emergency shall be determined as provided in Paragraph 4.3 and Article 7. ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS 11.1 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE 11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase from and maintain in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located such insurance as will protect the Contractor from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from the Contractor's operations under the Contract and for which the Contractor may be legally liable, whether such operations be by the Contractor or by a Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: .1 claims under workers' or workmen's compensation, disability benefit and other similar employee benefit acts which are applicable to the Work to be performed; .2 claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of the Contractor's employees: .3 claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than the Contractor's employees; .4 claims for damages insured by usual personal injury liability coverage which are sustained (1) by a person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to employment of such person by the Contractor, or (2) by another person; .5 claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property, including loss of use resulting therefrom; .6 claims for damages because of bodily injury, death of a person or property damage arising out of ownership, maintenance or use of a motor vehicle; and .7 claims involving contractual liability insurance applicable to the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.18. 11.1.2 The insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1 shall be written for not less than limits of liability specified in the Contract Documents or required by law, whichever coverage is greater. Coverages, whether written on an occurrence or claims -made basis, shall be maintained without interruption from date of commencement of the Work until date of final payment and termination of any coverage required to be maintained after final payment. 11.1.3 Certificates of Insurance acceptable to the Owner shall be filed with the Owner prior to commencement of the Work. These Certificates and the insurance policies required by this Paragraph 11.1 shall contain a provision that coverages afforded under the policies will not be cancelled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to the Owner. If any of the foregoing insurance coverages are required to remain in force after final payment and are reasonably available, all additional certificate evidencing continuation of such coverage shall be submitted with the final Application for Payment as required by Subparagraph 9.10.2. Information concerning reduction of coverage shall be furnished by the Contractor with reasonable promptness in accordance with the Contractor's information and belief. AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - MA - COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006 - 5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with pemiission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201 -1987 User Document: A201.DOC — 1/2/1997. AIA License Number 131072, which expires on 11/30/1997 — Page #26 i 11.2 .OWNER'S LIABILITY !NSUPAN E__ 11.2.1 The Owner shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining the Owner's usual liability insurance. Optionally, the Owner may purchase and maintain other insurance for self - protection against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract. The Contractor shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining this optional Owner's liability insurance unless specifically required by the Contract Documents. 11.3 PROPERTY INSURANCE 11.3.1 Unless otherwise provided, the Owner shall purchase and maintain, in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located, property insurance in the amount of the initial Contract Sum as well as subsequent modifications thereto for the entire Work at the site on a replacement cost basis without voluntary deductibles. Such property insurance shall be maintained, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or otherwise agreed in writing by all persons and entities who are beneficiaries of such insurance, until final payment has been made as provided in Paragraph 9.10 or until no person or entity other than the Owner has an insurable interest in the property required by this Paragraph 11.3 to be covered, whichever is earlier. This insurance shall include interests of the Owner, the Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub - subcontractors in the Work. 11.3.1.1 Property insurance shall be on an all -risk policy form and shall insure against the perils of fire and extended coverage and physical loss or damage including, without duplication of coverage, theft, vandalism, malicious mischief, collapse, false -work, temporary buildings and debris removal including demolition occasioned by enforcement of any applicable legal requirements, and shall cover reasonable compensation for Architect's services and expenses required as a result of such insured loss. Coverage for other perils shall not be required unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 11.3.1.2 If the Owner does not intend to purchase such property insurance required by the Contract and with all of the coverages in the amount described above, the Owner shall so inform the Contractor in writing prior to commencement of the Work. The Contractor may then effect insurance which will protect the interests of the Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub - subcontractors in the Work, and by appropriate Change Order the cost thereof shall be charged to the Owner. If the Contractor is damaged by the failure or neglect of the Owner to purchase or maintain insurance as described above, without so notifying the Contractor, then the Owner shall bear all reasonable costs properly attributable thereto. 11.3.1.3 If the property insurance requires minimum deductibles and such deductibles are identified in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall pay costs not covered because of such deductibles. If the Owner or insurer increases the required minimum deductibles above the amounts so identified or if the Owner elects to purchase this insurance with voluntary deductible amounts, the Owner shall be responsible for payment of the additional costs not covered because of such increased or voluntary deductibles. If deductibles are not identified in the Contract Documents, the Owner shall pay costs not covered because of deductibles. 11.3.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, this property insurance shall cover portions of the Work stored off the site after written approval of the Owner at the value established in the approval, and also portions of the Work in transit. 11.3.2 Boiler and Machinery Insurance. The Owner shall purchase and maintain boiler and machinery insurance required by the Contract Documents or by law, which shall specifically cover such insured objects during installation and until final acceptance by the Owner; this insurance shall include interests of the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub - subcontractors in the Work, and the Owner and Contractor shall be named insureds. 11.3.3 Loss of Use Insurance. The Owner, at the Owner's option, may purchase and maintain such insurance as will insure the Owner against loss of use of the Owner's property due to fire or other hazards, however caused. The Owner waives all rights of action against the Contractor for loss of use of the Owner's property, including consequential losses due to fire or other hazards however caused. 11.3.4 If the Contractor requests in writing that insurance for risks other than those described herein or for other special hazards be included in the property insurance policy, the Owner shall, if possible, include such insurance, and the cost there of shall be charged to the Contractor by appropriate Change Order. 11.3.5 If during the Project construction period the Owner insures properties, real or personal or both, adjoining or adjacent to the site by property insurance under policies separate from those insuring the Project, or if after final payment property insurance is to be provided on the completed Project through a policy or policies other than those insuring the Project during the construction period, the Owner shall waive all rights in accordance with the terms of AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION • AIA - COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W.. WASHINGTON D.C. 20006 - 5292.. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201 -1987 User Document: A201.DOC — 1/2/1997. AIA License Number 131072, which expires on 11/30/1997 -- Page #27 Subparagraph 11.3.7 for damages caused by fire or other ;arils . coup -od qty, this separate prppY ty ,Erance. All separate policies shall provide this waiver of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. 11.3.6 Before an exposure to loss may occur, the Owner shall file with the Contractor a copy of each policy that includes insurance coverages required by this Paragraph 11.3. Each policy shall contain all generally applicable conditions, definitions, exclusions and endorsements related to this Project. Each policy shall contain a provision that the policy will not be cancelled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to the Contractor. 11.3.7 Waivers of Subrogation. The Owner and Contractor waive all rights against (1) each other and any of their subcontractors, sub - subcontractors, agents and employees, each of the other, and (2) the Architect, Architect's consultants, separate contractors described in Article 6, if any, and any of their subcontractors, sub - subcontractors, agents and employees, for damages caused by fire or other perils to the extent covered by property insurance obtained pursuant to this Paragraph 11.3 or other property insurance applicable to the Work, except such rights as they have to proceeds of such insurance held by the Owner as fiduciary. The Owner or Contractor, as appropriate, shall require of the Architect, Architect's consultants, separate contractors described in Article 6, if any, and the subcontractors, sub - subcontractors, agents and employees of any of them, by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, similar waivers each in favor of other parties enumerated herein. The policies shall provide such waivers of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. A waiver of subrogation shall be effective as to a person or entity even though that person or entity would otherwise have a duty of indemnification, contractual or otherwise, did not pay the insurance premium directly or indirectly, and whether or not the person or entity had an insurable interest in the property damaged. 11.3.8 A loss insured under Owner's property insurance shall be adjusted by the Owner as fiduciary and made payable to the Owner as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause and of Subparagraph 11.3.10. The Contractor shall pay Subcontractors their just shares of insurance proceeds received by the Contractor, and by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, shall require Subcontractors to make payments to their Sub - subcontractors in similar manner. 11.3.9 If required in writing by a party in interest, the Owner as fiduciary shall, upon occurrence of an insured loss, give bond for proper performance of the Owner's duties. The ct -st of - required . - i' ged.. agains<. Troceeds - received as fiduciary. The Owner shall deposit in a separate account proceeds so received, which the Owner shall distribute in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach, or in accordance with an arbitration award in which case the procedure shall be as provided in Paragraph 4.5. If after such loss no other special agreement is made, replacement' of damaged property shall be covered by appropriate Change Order. 11.3.10 The Owner as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle a loss with insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within five days after occurrence of loss to the Owner's exercise of this power; if such objection be made, arbitrators shall be chosen as provided in Paragraph 4.5. The Owner as fiduciary shall, in that case, make settlement with insurers in accordance with directions of such arbitrators. If distribution of insurance proceeds by arbitration is required, the arbitrators will direct such distribution. 11.3.11 Partial occupancy or use in accordance with Paragraph 9.9 shall not commence until the insurance company or companies providing property insurance have consented to such partial occupancy or use by endorsement or otherwise. The Owner and the Contractor shall take reasonable steps to obtain consent of the insurance company or companies and shall, without mutual written consent, take no action with respect to partial occupancy or use that would cause cancellation, lapse or reduction of insurance. 11.4 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND 11.4.1 The Owner shall have the right to require the Contractor to furnish bonds covering faithful performance of the Contract and payment of obligations arising thereunder as stipulated in bidding requirements or specifically required in the Contract Documents on the date of execution of the Contract. 11.4.2 Upon the request of any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of bonds covering payment of obligations arising under the Contract, the Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of the bonds or shall permit a copy to be made. ARTICLE 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 12.1 UNCOVERING OF WORK AMA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AlA - COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006 - 5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201 -1987 User Document: A201.DOC — 1/2/1997. AIA License Number 131072, which expires on 11/30/1997 -- Page #28 12.1.1 If a portion of the Work is covered contrary to the ^.-- 4it�c�'s Terin'+ct or it' requirements-Spot 4 y expressed in the Contract Documents, it must, if required in writing by the Architect, be uncovered for the Architect's observation and be replaced at the Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Time. 12.1.2 If a portion of the Work has been covered which the Architect has not specifically requested to observe prior to its being covered, the Architect may request to see such Work and it shall be uncovered by the Contractor. If such Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents, costs of uncovering and replacement shall, by appropriate Change Order, be charged to the Owner. If such Work is not in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall pay such costs unless the condition was caused by the Owner or a separate contractor in which event the Owner shall be responsible for payment of such costs. 12.2 CORRECTION OF WORK 12.2.1 The Contractor shall promptly correct Work rejected by the Architect or failing to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents, whether observed before or after Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated, installed or completed. The Contractor shall bear costs of correcting such rejected Work, including additional testing and inspections and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby. 12.2.2 If, within one year after the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof, or after the date for commencement of warranties established under Subparagraph 9.9.1, or by terms of an applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents, any of the Work is found to be not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of written notice from the Owner to do so unless the Owner has previously given the Contractor a written acceptance of such condition. This period of one year shall be extended with respect to portions of Work first performed after Substantial Completion by the period of time between Substantial Completion and the actual performance of the Work. This obligation under this Subparagraph 12.2.2 shall survive acceptance of the Work under the Contract and termination of the Contract. The Owner shall give such notice promptly after discovery of the condition. 12.2.3 The Contractor shall remove from the site portions of the Work which are not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and arc neither corrected by the Contractor nor accepted by the Owner. 12.2.4 It tat. l.(N1tiaCtO;' :hit, tc. COrn nonconforming Work within a reasonable time, the Owner may correct it in accordance with Paragraph 2.4. If the Contractor does not proceed with correction of such nonconforming Work within a reasonable time fixed by written notice from the Architect, the Owner may remove it and store the salvable materials or equipment at the Contractor's expense. If the Contractor does not pay costs of such removal and storage within ten days after written notice, the Owner may upon ten additional days' written notice sell such materials and equipment at auction or at private sale and shall account for the proceeds thereof, after deducting costs and damages that should have been borne by the Contractor, including compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby. If such proceeds of sale do not cover costs which the Contractor should have borne, the Contract Sum shall be reduced by the deficiency. If payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amount, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. 12.2.5 The Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting destroyed or damaged construction, whether completed or partially completed, of the Owner or separate contractors caused by the Contractor's correction or removal of Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 12.2.6 Nothing contained in this Paragraph 12.2 shall be construed to establish a period of limitation with respect to other obligations which the Contractor might have under the Contract Documents. Establishment of the time period of one year as described in Subparagraph 12.2.2 relates only to the specific obligation of the Contractor to correct the Work, and has no relationship to the time within which the obligation to comply with the Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced, nor to the time within which proceedings may be commenced to establish the Contractor's liability with respect to the Contractor's obligations other than specifically to correct the Work. 12.3 ACCEPTANCE OF NONCONFORMING WORK 12.3.1 If the Owner prefers to accept Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Owner may do so instead of requiring its removal and correction, in which case the Contract Sum will be reduced as appropriate and equitable. Such adjustment shall be effected whether or not final payment has been made. MA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - MA - COPYRIGHT 1987 - TIIE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006 - 5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201 -1987 User Document: A201.DOC -- 1/2/1997. AIA License Number 131072, which expires on 11/30/1997 -- Page #29 ARTICLE 13 , - MI6CELLANEOUS PROVISIONS. 13.1 GOVERNING LAW 13.1.1 The Contract shall be governed by the law of the place where the Project is located. 13.2 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS 13.2.1 The Owner and Contractor respectively bind themselves, their partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto and to partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives of such other party in respect to covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. Neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract as a whole without written consent of the other. If either party attempts to make such an assignment without such consent, that party shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all obligations under the Contract. 13.3 WRITTEN NOTICE 13.3.1 Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or a member of the firm or entity or to an officer of the corporation for which it was intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail to the last business address known to the party giving notice. 13.4 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES 13.4.1 Duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and rights and remedies available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law. 13.4.2 No action or failure to act by the Owner, Architect or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of a right or duty afforded them under the Contract, nor shall such action or failure to act constitute approval of or acquiescence in a breach thereunder, except as may be specifically agreed in writing. 13.5 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 13.5.1 Tests, inspections and approvals of portions of the Work required by the Contract Documents or by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of public authorities having jurisdiction shall be made at an appropriate time. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall make arrangements for such tests, inspections and approvals with an independent testing laboratory or entity acceptable to the Owner, or with the appropriate public authority, and shall bear all related costs of tests, inspections and approvals. The Contrdctor !.i.a: b " 11 r. ° c: :imelu notice. of when alai where tests and inspections are to be made so the Architect may observe such procedures. The Owner shall bear costs of tests, inspections or approvals which do not become requirements until after bids are received or negotiations concluded. 13.5.2 If the Architect, Owner or public authorities having jurisdiction determine that portions of the Work require additional testing, inspection or approval not included under Subparagraph 13.5.1, the Architect will, upon written authorization from the Owner, instruct the Contractor to make arrangements for such additional testing, inspection or approval by an entity acceptable to the Owner, and the Contractor shall give timely notice to the Architect of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so the Architect may observe such procedures. The Owner shall bear such costs except as provided in Subparagraph 13.5.3. 13.5.3 If such procedures for testing, inspection or approval under Subparagraphs 13.5.1 and 13.5.2 reveal failure of the portions of the Work to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall bear all costs made necessary by such failure including those of repeated procedures and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses. 13.5.4 Required certificates of testing, inspection or approval shall, unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, be secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the Architect. 13.5.5 If the Architect is to observe tests, inspections or approvals required by the Contract Documents, the Architect will do so promptly and, where practicable, at the normal place of testing. 13.5.6 Tests or inspections conducted pursuant to the Contract Documents shall be made promptly to avoid unreasonable delay in the Work. 13.6 INTEREST 13.6.1 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Documents shall bear interest from the date payment is due at such rate as the parties may agree upon in writing or, in the absence thereof, at the legal rate prevailing from time to time at the place where the Project is located. 13.7 COMMENCEMENT OF STATUTORY LIMITATION PERIOD 13.7.1 As between the Owner and Contractor: MA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - MA - COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006. 5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the MA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201 -1987 User Document: A201.DOC — 1/2/1997. AIA License Number 131072, which expires on 11/30/1997 -- Page #30 .1 Before Substantial Completion. As to acts or iiitnres so ar.t ucci!. ing. prior to the relevant date of Substantial Completion, any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than such date of Substantial Completion; .2 Between Substantial Completion and Final Certificate for Payment. As to acts or failures to act occurring subsequent to the relevant date of Substantial Completion and prior to issuance of the final Certificate for Payment, any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than the date of issuance of the final Certificate for Payment; and .3 After Final Certificate for Payment. As to acts or failures to act occurring after the relevant date of issuance of the final Certificate for Payment, any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than the date of any act or failure to act by the Contractor pursuant to any warranty provided under Paragraph 3.5, the date of any correction of the Work or failure to correct the Work by the Contractor under Paragraph 12.2, or the date of actual commission of any other act or failure to perform any duty or obligation by the Contractor or Owner, whichever occurs last. ARTICLE 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT 14.1 TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR 14.1.1 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if the Work is stopped for a period of 30 days through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub - subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons performing portions of the Work under contract with the Contractor, for any of the following reasons: .1 issuance of an order of a court or other public authority having jurisdiction; .2 an act of government, such as a declaration of national emergency, making material unavailable; .3 because the Architect has not issued a Certificate for Pa) meat anu uas not totitie;; tilc Contractor of the reason for withholding certification as provided in Subparagraph 9.4.1, or because the Owner has not made payment on a Certificate for Payment within the time stated in the Contract Documents; .4 if repeated suspensions, delays or interruptions by the Owner as described in Paragraph 14.3 constitute in the aggregate more than 100 percent of the total number of days scheduled for completion, or 120 days in any 365 -day period, whichever is less; or .5 the Owner has failed to furnish to the Contractor promptly, upon the Contractor's request, reasonable evidence as required by Subparagraph 2.2.1. 14.1.2 If one of the above reasons exists, the Contractor may, upon seven additional days' written notice to the Owner and Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner payment for Work executed and for proven loss with respect to materials, equipment, tools, and construction equipment and machinery, including reasonable overhead, profit and damages. 14.1.3 If the Work is stopped for a period of 60 days through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons performing portions of the Work under contract with the Contractor because the Owner has persistently failed to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to matters important to the progress of the Work, the Contractor may, upon seven additional days' written notice to the Owner and the Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner as provided in Subparagraph 14.1.2. 14.2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CAUSE 14.2.1 The Owner may terminate the Contract if the Contractor: .1 persistently or repeatedly refuses or fails to supply enough properly skilled workers or proper materials; .2 fails to make payment to Subcontractors for materials or labor in accordance with the respective agreements between the Contractor and the Subcontractors; .3 persistently disregards laws, ordinances, or rules, regulations or orders of a public authority having AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006 - 5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201 -1987 User Document: A201.DOC — 1/2/1997. AIA License Number 131072, which expires on 11/30/1997 — Page #31 jurisdiction; or .4 otherwise is guilty of substantial breach of a provision of the Contract Documents. 14.2.2 When any of the above reasons exist, the Owner, upon certification by the Architect that sufficient cause exists to justify such action, may without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of the Owner and after giving the Contractor and the Contractor's surety, if any, seven days' written notice, terminate employment of the Contractor and may, subject to any prior rights of the surety: .1 take possession of the site and of all materials, equipment, tools, and construction equipment and machinery thereon owned by the Contractor; .2 accept assignment of subcontracts pursuant to Paragraph 5.4; and .3 finish the Work by whatever reasonable method the Owner may deem expedient. 14.2.3 When the Owner terminates the Contract for one of the reasons stated in Subparagraph 14.2.1, the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive further payment until the Work is finished. 14.2.4 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds costs of finishing the Work, including compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such costs tweed the t� :Y�i?. l,.I � :,c, thr. . - .nrrac:or shall pay flit. difference to the Owner. The amount to be paid to the Contractor or Owner, as the case may be, shall be certified by the Architect, upon application, and this obligation for payment shall survive termination of the Contract. 14.3 SUSPENSION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE 14.3.1 The Owner may, without cause, order the Contractor in writing to suspend, delay or interrupt the Work in whole or in part for such period of time as the Owner may determine. 14.3.2 An adjustment shall be made for increases in the cost of performance of the Contract, including profit on the increased cost of performance, caused by suspension, delay or interruption. No adjustment shall be made tb the extent: .1 that performance is, was or would have been so suspended, delayed or interrupted by another cause for which the Contractor is responsible; or .2 that an equitable adjustment is made or denied under another provision of this Contract. 14.3.3 Adjustments made in the cost of performance may have a mutually agreed fixed or percentage fee. AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006 - 5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201 -1987 User Document: A201.DOC — 1/2/1997. AIA License Number 131072, which expires on 11/30/1997 — Page #32 WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON The following supplements the "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction," AIA Document A201, Fourteenth Edition, 1987. All unaltered provisions of the General Conditions shall remain in effect. ARTICLE 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Add the following new subparagraphs to 1.1 BASIC DEFINITIONS: "1.1.8 "Owner's Representative" shall mean "Falkin Associates." B. Add the following new subparagraphs to 1.2 EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT: "1.2.6. Sections of Division 1 - General Requirements, govern the execution of all sections of the specifications." 1.2.7 Information included in the Contract Documents concerning existing conditions is included for information, only. The Architect does not guarantee the accuracy of indicated existing dimensions and conditions. Except as provided in Article 12.2. no increase in Contract Sum, related to inaccuracies in description of existing conditions, will be authorized." 1.2.8 The standards referenced in the Contract Documents shall be the edition in effect at the time of the Agreement, unless specifically stated otherwise." 1.2.9 Unless specifically noted otherwise, products indicated or described in the Contract Documents shall be provided by the Contractor to the extent indicated." C. Add the following new subparagraphs to 1.5 INTERPRETATION: "1.5.2 Specifications and notes are written in imperative and abbreviated form. Imperative language of the technical sections is directed at the Contractor, unless specifically noted otherwise. Incomplete sentences shall be completed by inserting "shall," "shall be," "the Contractor shall," and similar mandatory phrases by inference. The words "shall be" shall be supplied by inference where a colon (:) is used. 1.5.3 Where "as shown," "as detailed," or words of similar meaning are used, references to.the Drawings are intended unless stated otherwise. Where "as directed," "as required," "as selected," "approved" or words of similar meaning are used, it shall be understood that "by the Architect" follows unless stated otherwise. "Provide" means "Contractor shall furnish and install." ARTICLE 2 OWNER A. Delete Subparagraph 2.2.5 and insert the following: "2.2.5 The Contractor will be furnished, free of charge, 12 copies of prints of Drawings and Project Manual. The Contractor may purchase additional copies of Drawings and Project Manual at Architect's normal cost of reproduction and handling." (/22/9615/13/97105 /14/97 DOCUMENT 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00800 -1 DOCUMENT 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR A. Delete subparagraph 3.7.1, and substitute the following: A. Add the following sentence to subparagraph 4.2.4: ARTICLE 4 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT B. Revise the first sentence in Subparagraph 4.5.1 to read: 00800 -2 B. Add the following sub - subparagraphs to subparagraph 3.10.2: WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON "3.7.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Owner will pay for the Building Permit and general plan check fees. The Contractor shall secure and pay for all other permits, governmental fees, licenses, and inspections necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work." ".1 The Contractor's initial schedule of submittals shall accompany the Contractor's construction schedule submittal. ".2 The Contractor shall keep the Architect advised of all revisions to the schedule of submittals." C. Add the following new subparagraph to 3.12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES: "3.12.12 If the Contractor fails to review Shop Drawings, Product Data, or Samples to determine their responsiveness to the Contract Documents, or fails to substantially respond to Architect's review comments prior to resubmittal, or if he makes submittals which substantially alter the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for the charges of the Architect for extra services required to review such submittals." "Copies or memos of all direct communications between the Owner and Contractor facilitating contract administration shall be promptly transmitted to the Architect by the party initiating the communication." "Any controversy or Claim arising out of or related to the Contract, or the breach thereof, may be settled by arbitration..." in lieu of "....shall be settled.... ". ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS A. Add the following new subparagraph to 5.1 DEFINITION: "5.1.3 The terms 'Installer," 'Fabricator,' and 'Supplier,' as referenced herein, or in the Contract Documents, refer to the Contractor, a subcontractor, or a sub - subcontractor." ARTICLE 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS No Modifications. (/22/9615/13/97 \05/14/97 InAlo WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ARTICLE 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK DOCUMENT 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS A. Make the following changes to paragraph 7.3 - CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES: In the first sentence of Subparagraph 7.3.6, delete the words, "a reasonable allowance for overhead and profit" and substitute, "an allowance for overhead and profit in accordance with Clauses 7.3.10.1 through 7.3.10.5 below." Add the following Subparagraph 7.3.10 to 7.3: 7.3.10 Such allowance for the combined overhead and profit shall be based on the following: .1 For the Contractor, for work performed by the Contractor's own forces, 15 percent of the cost. .2 For the Contractor, for work performed by the Contractor's Subcontractor, 5 percent of the amount due the Subcontractor. .3 For each Subcontractor or Sub - subcontractor involved, for work performed by that Subcontractor's or Sub- subcontractor's own forces, 15 percent of the cost. .4 For each Subcontractor, for work performed by the Subcontractor's Sub - subcontractor, 5 percent of the amount due the Sub - subcontractor. .5 Cost to which overhead and profit is to be applied shall be determined in accordance with Subparagraph 7.3.6. ARTICLE 8 TIME A. Add the following new subparagraph to 8.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME: "8.3.4 Should an extension of time be granted by the Owner to the Contractor, he shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner from the loss to any subcontractor caused by such extension of time." ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION A. Add the following subparagraph to 9.3.1: "9.3.1.3 Until Substantial Completion, the Owner shall pay ninety percent (90 %) of the amount due the Contractor on account of progress payments." ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY No Modifications. 1/22/96\5/13/97\05/14/97 00800 -3 DOCUMENT 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS A. Change subparagraph 11.1.2 to read as follows: "11.1.2 The insurance required by subparagraph IL1.1 shall be written for not less than the following amounts: .1 Comprehensive General Liability .1 Bodily injury - $500,000 each person; $1,000,000 each occurrence. .2 Personal injury - $500,000 each person; $1,000,000 aggregate; $5,000,000 general aggregate. .3 Property damage - $100,000 each person; $200,000 each occurrence; $200,000 aggregate. .2 Automobile Liability .1 Bodily injury — $500,000 each person; $1,000,000 each occurrence. .2 Property damage - $100,000 each occurrence. .3 Workers' Compensation - Statutory Employers' Liability - $100,000. .4 Independent Contractor's - Same limits as above. .5 Products and Completed Operations - same limits as above to one (1) year, commencing with the issuance of final certificate of payment. .6 Contractual Liability - Same limits as above. B. Add the following sentence to subparagraph 11.1.3: "Contractor shall cause the Owner and other interested parties as designated by the Owner, to be named additional insured under the Commercial General Liability, Auto Liability, and Umbrella Liability policies." ARTICLE 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK No Modifications ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS No Modifications. ARTICLE 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT No Modifications. 00800 -4 END OF SECTION 1/22/96\5/13/97,05 /14/97 WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Special work requirements. 2. Separate work. 3. Owner - furnished products. 4. Coordination. 5. Reference standards. 1.3 SEPARATE WORK 5/8/97\5/13/97 \05 /13/97 SECTION 01110 SUMMARY OF WORK 1.2 SPECIAL WORK REQUIREMENTS A. Adjacent tenants will occupy adjacent spaces during entire period of construction, for the conduct of normal business operations. All work shall be performed in a manner to maintain a normal business environment to the greatest extent possible. Cooperate with the Mall Management and adjacent tenants to minimize conflict, and to facilitate Mall and adjacent business operations. B. Maintain free and safe passage to and from occupied portions of the existing building, in accordance with Code and the Mall Owner's occupancy requirements. C. All systems shall remain operational during normal business hours, unless approved otherwise. Notify the Owner a minimum of 48 hours prior to affecting the normal operation of existing systems. E. Perform no utility shutdowns unless approved by the Mall Management. F. Unless approved otherwise by the Mall Management or suitably isolated, do not perform loud, disruptive, dusty, or odor producing work during business hours. Perform such work only during hours that occupied spaces are closed. A. Owner will enter into a separate contract for the furnishing and installation of the following: 1. Bank equipment, as scheduled on the Drawings. 2. Security system B. Owner's Subcontractors' Responsibilities: 1. Provide shop drawings, rough- opening dimensions, electrical requirements to Contractor in a timely manner. 2. Perform final installation and connections. C. Contractor's Responsibilities: 1. Coordinate rough opening requirements and installation schedule with other construction. 2. Install conduit with pull cords, cable, junction boxes and other accessories as indicated on drawings. 1.4 OWNER - FURNISHED CONTRACTOR INSTALLED PRODUCTS A. Products furnished by Owner for installation by the Contractor: 1. Ceramic tile "CT -4." 2. Carpet. 3. Coffee maker. 01110 -1 SECTION 01110 SUMMARY OF WORK B. Owner's Responsibilities: 1. Arrange for and deliver shop drawings, product data, and samples, to Contractor. 2. Arrange and pay for product delivery to site. 3. Upon delivery, inspect products jointly with Contractor. 4. Submit claims for transportation damage. 5. Arrange for replacement of damaged, defective, or missing items. 6. Arrange for manufacturers' warranties, inspections, and service. C. Contractor's Responsibilities: 1. Review shop drawings, product data, and samples. 2. Receive and unload products at site; inspect for completeness, for damage, jointly with Owner. 3. Handle, store, install and finish products. 4. Repair or replace items damaged by Work of this Contract. 1.5 COORDINATION WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON A. Coordinate work of the various Sections of Specifications to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later. B. Verify characteristics of elements of interrelated operating equipment are compatible; coordinate work of various Sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service, such equipment. C. Coordinate space requirements and installation of mechanical and electrical work which are indicated diagramatically on Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduits, as closely as practicable; make runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs. D. In finished areas, except as otherwise shown, conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in the construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements. E. Execute cutting and patching to integrate elements of Work, uncover ill- timed, defective, and non- conforming work, provide openings for penetrations of existing surfaces, and provide samples for testing. Seal penetrations through floors, walls, and ceilings. 1.6 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. For products specified by association or trade standards, comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes. B. The date of the standard is that in effect as of the Bid date, or date of Owner- Contractor Agreement when there are no bids, except when a specific date is specified. C. Obtain copies of standards when required by Contract Documents. Maintain copy at jobsite during progress of the specific work. 01110 -2 END OF SECTION 518/97\5/13/97\05/13/97 ..:/, WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 01210 CASH ALLOWANCES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Schedule of allowance items to be included in Contract Sum for purchase and installation of designated products. 2. Procedures for administration of Allowances. Related Sections: 1. Document 00700 - General Conditions. 2. 01270 - Unit Prices: Description of unit price items. 3. 01255 - Change Order Procedures: Changes in Contract Sum due to adjustment of Allowances. 1.2 SCHEDULE OF ALLOWANCES A. Allow $1000.00 for labor and materials for touch-up and repair work to finishes damaged by Owner's move-in activities. 1.3 COSTS INCLUDED IN ALLOWANCES A. Cost of product to Contractor or subcontractor, less applicable trade discounts. B. Delivery to site. C. Labor required under allowance. D. Contractor overhead and profit. 1.4 ADJUSTMENT OF COSTS A. Should net cost of Allowances be more or less than specified amounts, the Contract Sum will be adjusted by Change Order, in accordance with provisions of Section 01255. 1/22/9615/13197\05113/97 END OF SECTION 01210-1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Procedures for processing Change Orders. B. Related Sections: 1. Agreement Forms: Monetary values of established Unit Prices. 2. 00700 - General & Supplementary Conditions: Governing requirements for changes in the Work, in Contract Cost, and Contract Time; percentage allowances for Contractor's overhead and profit. 3. 01270 - Unit Prices: Description of Unit Prices. 4. 01290 - Payment Procedures. 5. 01330 - Submittal Procedures: Progress Schedules; Schedule of Values. 6. 01600 - Product Requirements: Substitutions. 7. 01770 - Closeout Procedures: Project record documents. 1.2 SUBMITTALS 1.4 PRELIMINARY PROCEDURES '1/22/96\5/13/97\05/13/97 SECTION 01255 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES A. Submit name of the individual authorized to accept changes, and to be responsible for informing others in Contractor's employ of changes in the Work. B. Change Order Forms: AIA G701. 1.3 DOCUMENTATION OF CHANGE IN CONTRACT SUM AND CONTRACT TIME A. Maintain detailed records of work done. Provide full information required for evaluation of proposed changes, and to substantiate costs of changes in the Work. B. Document each quotation for a change in cost or time with sufficient data to allow evaluation of the quotation. C. On request, provide additional data to support computations: 1. Quantities of products, labor, and equipment. 2. Taxes, insurance and bonds. 3. Overhead and profit. 4. Justification for any change in Contract Time. 5. Credit for deletions from Contract, similarly documented. A. Architect may submit a Proposal Request which includes: Detailed description of change with supplementary or revised Drawings and Specifications, the projected time for executing the change, with a stipulation of any overtime work required, and the period of time during which the requested price will be considered valid. B. Contractor may initiate a change by submittal of a request to Architect describing the proposed change with a statement of the reason for the change, and the effect on Contract Sum and Contract Time with full documentation. Document any requested substitutions in accordance with Section 01600. 01255 -1 (....*,,,,........................ SECTION 01255 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES END OF SECTION 01255 -2 WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 1.5 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE AUTHORIZATION A. Architect may issue a directive, signed by Owner, instructing Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. B. Directive will describe changes in the Work, and will designate method of determining any change in Contract Sum or Contract Time. C. Promptly execute the change in Work. 1.6 LUMP SUM CHANGE ORDER A. Will be based on Proposal Request and Contractor's lump sum quotation, or Contractor's request for Change Order as approved by Architect. 1.7 UNIT PRICE CHANGE ORDER A. For predetermined unit prices and quantities, Change Order will be executed on a fixed price basis. B. For unit costs or quantities of units of work which are not predetermined, execute Work under a construction change authorization. Changes in Contract Sum or Contract Time will be computed as specified for time and material Change Order. 1.8 TIME AND MATERIAL CHANGE ORDER A. Submit itemized account and supporting data after completion of change, within time limits in Conditions of the Contract. B. Architect will determine the change allowable in Contract Sum and Contract Time as provided in Conditions of the Contract. 1.9 EXECUTION OF CHANGE ORDERS A. Architect will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as provided in Conditions of the Contract. 1.10 CORRELATION OF CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. Promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Sum as shown on Change Order. B. Promptly revise Progress Schedules to reflect any change in Contract Time, revise subschedules to adjust times for other items of work affected by the change, and resubmit. C. Promptly enter changes in Project Record Documents. 1/22/96 \5/13/97 \05/13/97 WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Identification and description of Unit Prices. B. Related Sections: Sections of Specifications identified in each Unit Price description. 1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Unit Prices will be exercised at the option of Owner. B. Prices stated for each Unit Price shall include all costs for the construction covered by the Unit Price including overhead and profit. C. Unit Prices shall be valid for the duration of the Contract. D. The Construction indicated on the Drawings constitutes the Basic Bid Work. Amounts stated for unit prices constitutes the amounts to be added or subtracted to the Contract Price for changing the Basic Bid Work. 1.3 UNIT PRICE DESCRIPTIONS NO. 1 - FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURES A. Item: 2x2 lay -in fixtures as specified in Division 16 and scheduled on drawings. B. Unit of Measure: Per each, installed. NO. 2 - FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURES A. Item: 2x4 lay -in fixtures as specified in Division 16 and scheduled on drawings. B. Unit of Measure: Per each, installed. NO.3 -WALL WASHER LIGHT FIXTURES A. Item: As specified in Division 16 and scheduled on drawings. B. Unit of Measure: Per each, installed. NO.4 - DEDICATED DUPLEX OUTLETS A. Item: As specified in Division 16. B. Unit of Measure: Per each, installed. NO. 5 - TELEPHONE MUDRING A. Item: As specified in Division 16. B. Unit of Measure: Per each, installed. 1/22/96\5/13/97 \05/13/97 END OF SECTION SECTION 01270 UNIT PRICES 01270 -1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 1.2 FORMAT 1.3 PREPARATION OF APPLICATIONS 1/22/96\5/13/97\05 /13/97 SECTION 01290 PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Procedures for preparation and submittal of Applications for Payment. B. Related Sections: 1. Owner - Contractor Agreement: Contract Sum and Unit Prices, Amounts of Progress Payments, and Retainages, and times for submittals. 2. 00700 - General Conditions: Progress Payments, and Final Payment. 3. 01330 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures. Schedule of Values, List of Subcontractors. 4. 01770- Closeout Procedures A. AIA G702 - Application and Certificate for Payment B. For each item, provide a column for listing: Item Number; Description of Work; Scheduled Value, Previous Applications; Work in Place and Stored Materials under this Application; Authorized Change Orders; Total Completed and Stored to Date of Application; Percentage of Completion; Balance to Finish; and Retainage. A. Except as otherwise indicated, comply with requirements of the Agreement and General Conditions, including supporting documentation, waivers or releases of lien. 1. Prior to First Application: Verify that required submittals have been made as specified in Section 01330. B. Indicate status of retainage as stipulated in the Agreement. C. Execute certification by signature of authorized officer. D. Use data on accepted Schedule of Values. Provide dollar value in each column for each line item for portion of Work performed and for stored products. E. List each authorized Change Order as an extension on continuation sheet, listing Change Order number and dollar amount as for an original item of Work. F. Prepare Application for Final Payment as specified in Section 01770. 1.4 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Submit three copies of each Application for Payment at times stipulated in Agreement. B. Submit under transmittal letter specified in Section 01330. 1.5 SUBSTANTIATING DATA A. When Architect requires substantiating information, submit data justifying line item amounts in question. 01290 -1 SECTION 01290 PAYMENT PROCEDURES B • Provide one copy of data with cover letter for each copy of submittal. Show Application num her and date, and line item by number and description. , . . ". • ' , • : 01290-2 END OF SECTION • , WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENT BkANCH. • TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 1/22/96\5/13/97\05/13/97 i WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Contractor administration of progress meetings and pre - installation conferences. 1.2 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Schedule and administer progress meetings throughout the Work at monthly intervals. B. . Make physical arrangements for meetings, prepare agenda with copies for participants, preside at meetings, record minutes, and distribute copies within two days to Architect, participants, and those affected by decisions made at meetings. C. Attendance: Job superintendent, major subcontractors and suppliers, Architect, and others as appropriate to the meeting agenda. D. Suggested Agenda: Review of Work progress, status of progress schedule and adjustments, delivery schedules, submittals, maintenance of quality standards, pending changes and substitutions, and other items affecting progress of Work. 1.3 PRE- INSTALLATION CONFERENCES SECTION 01312 PROJECT MEETINGS A. When required in a specification section, convene a preinstallation conference prior to commencing work of the Section. B. Require attendance of entities directly affecting, or affected by, the work of the Section. C. Review conditions of installation, preparation and installation procedures, and coordination with related work. 1/22/96\5/13/97\05/13/97 END OF SECTION 01312 -1 L L I I WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY SECTION 01330 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Section Includes: 1. Submittal form requirements. 2. Submittal schedule. 3. Contractor responsibilities. 4. Requirements for each type of submittal. B. Related Sections: 1. 00700 - General & Supplementary Conditions of the Contract: Additional submittal requirements. 2. 01600 - Product Requirements: Substitution submittals. 3. 01770 - Closeout Procedures: Closeout submittals. 1.2 SUBMITTAL FORM REQUIREMENTS A. Provide the following, as applicable, on each submittal: I. Present and previous submissions dates. 2. Project title and number. 3. Subcontract identification. 4. The names of: a. Contractor. b. Supplier. c. Manufacturer. 5. Identification of revisions on resubmittals. 6. A 6 x 6 inch blank space for Contractor and Architect stamps. B. Deliver submittals to the Architect at address listed on the front cover. Include name of Contact person listed. C. Transmit submittals under AIA form G810 or other transmittal form as accepted by the Architect. 1.3 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE A. Make submittals to the Architect as required to cause no delay in the work. B. Allow a minimum of 14 days from receipt, for the Architect to review each submittal. C. Schedule submittals to allow sufficient time for possible revision and resubmittal of the rejected submittals, without affecting the construction schedule. D. Make the following submittals within 10 working days of the notice to proceed: 1. Certificates of Insurance. 2. Construction schedule. 3. List of Subcontractors and Suppliers. 4. Products list. E. Submittal Schedule of Values prior to first Application for Payment. 1/22/96\5/13/97 \05/13/97 01330 -1 01330 -2 SECTION 01330 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 1.4 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON A. Review submittals prior to submission. Verify specified requirements of products, field measurements, and field construction requirements. B. Stamp and sign each submittal as certification that the submittal has been reviewed by the Contractor. C. Coordinate each submittal with requirements of the work and of the Contract Documents. D. Notify the Architect in writing, at time of submission, of any deviations in the submittals from requirements of the Contract Documents. E. Make copies of all approved shop drawings and product literature available for use in the project. 1.5 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Submit horizontal bar chart with separate bar for each major trade or operation, identifying first work day of each week. B. Show commencement and completion dates proposed for each subdivision of work. C. Coordinate with the Owner's schedule, showing all Contract activities to be performed by the Owner including their start, duration, and completion. D. Update and submit monthly, reflecting actual start and completion of all scheduled activities. E. Show submittal dates required for shop drawings, product data, and samples, and product delivery dates, including those furnished by Owner. 1.6 PRODUCTS LIST A. Prior to commencing construction submit complete list of major products proposed for use, with name of manufacturer, trade name, and model number of each product. 1.7 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Submit typed schedule on AIA Form G703. Contractor's standard form or media - driven printout will be considered on request. B. Format: Table of Contents of this Project Manual. Identify each line item with number and title of the major Specification Sections. C. Include in each line item amount of Allowances. For unit cost Allowances, give quantities measured from Contract Documents multiplied by the unit cost equal to the total for the item. D. Include in each line item a directly proportional amount of Contractor's overhead and profit. E. Revise schedule to list change orders, for each application for payment. 1.8 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submit Shop Drawings required by individual Sections of the Specifications, and as otherwise required for proper performance of the work. 1/22/96■5/13/97 \05/13/97 WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 01330 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES B. Illustrate fully the requirements of the Specifications and the Contract Drawings, and accurately show quantities, kinds of materials, methods of assembly, and all data required for fabrication, erection, and installation. C. Show the relationship of adjoining work, relevant field conditions and dimensions; coordinate with affected subcontractors and suppliers if in conflict. D. Number of Copies: Unless otherwise specified, submit to the Architect one legible sepia reproducible and one print for review, except that shop drawings 11 "x17" or smaller may be submitted in the form of two blackline or electrostatic copies. E. Shop drawings will be reviewed by the Architect for conformance to the design concept, only. F. Review and approval of Shop Drawings by the Architect shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for the proper fitting, finishing, quantities, and erection of the work in strict accordance with the Contract requirements. G. Review and approval of shop drawings by the Architect shall not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility for providing work not indicated on approved Shop Drawings, but otherwise required for the completion of the work. H. The Architect will return the reproducible copy to Contractor with corrections, notations and Architect's stamp indicating action to be taken. I. In the case of rejected Shop Drawings, the Architect will keep the reproducible copy and return two prints to the Contractor for his use in the preparation of a revised reproducible for resubmittal. J. Do not fabricate or erect work in advance of review of the Shop Drawings. K. Should discrepancies become evident, immediately notify Architect for resolution before proceeding with shop work. L. Inclusion of substitution requests into shop drawing submittals will be considered cause for rejection of the submittal. 1.9 PRODUCT DATA A. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. Include manufacturer's printed installation instructions. B. Submit the number of copies which Contractor requires, plus two copies which will be retained by Architect. C. Inclusion of substitution requests into product data submittals will be considered cause for rejection of the submittal. D. Modify product data and installation instructions to delete information which is not applicable to the work. E. Supplement standard information to provide information specifically applicable to the work. 1.10 SAMPLES A. Submit samples as specified in the technical Sections. B. Include identification on each sample, giving full information. 1/22/96\5/13/97\05/13/97 01330 -3 ....- _ .�.. SECTION 0,1330 SUB MITTAL PROCEDURES 01330-4 WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH , TUICWIL;A; WASHINGTON • Unless specified otherwise, submit three samples where samples are required in the technical Sections. One will be retained by the Architect. Reviewed samples which may be used in the Work . . are indicated in the Specification Section. D. . Unless specified otherwise, submit full range of manufacturers' standard colors, textures, and patterns for Architect's selection. . „ E. Submit samples to illustrate functional characteristics of the product, with integral parts and . . . attachment devices. Coordinate submittal of different categories for interfacing work. END OF SECTION 1/22/9615/13/97\05/13/97 WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. General requirements. 2. Workmanship. 3. Manufacturer's Instructions. 4. Manufacturer's Certificates. 5. Mock -ups. 6. Manufacturers' Field Services. 7. Testing Laboratory Services. 8. Contractor Tests and Inspections. B. Related Sections: 1. 01110 - Summary of Work: Applicability of specified reference standards. 2. 01330- Submittal Procedures: Submittal of manufacturer's instructions. SECTION 01450 QUALITY CONTROL 1.2 GENERAL QUALITY CONTROL A. Maintain quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce work of specified quality. 1.3 WORKMANSHIP A. Comply with industry standards, except when more restrictive tolerances or specified requirements indicate more rigid standards or more precise workmanship. B. Perform work with persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality. C. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, and racking. 1.4 MANUFACTURERS' INSTRUCTIONS A. Comply with instructions in full detail, including each step in sequence. Should instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect before proceeding. 1.5 MANUFACTURERS' CERTIFICATES A. When required by individual Specifications Section, submit, in duplicate, manufacturer's certification that products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.6 MOCK -UPS A. Provide mock -ups as specified in the individual specification sections. Provide additional mock- ups, as required by the Architect, until approval is obtained. B. Do not proceed with subsequent work until approval of the mock -up is obtained. C. Approved mock -up shall be the standard of workmanship and materials for the remainder of the work similar to the mock -up. D. Maintain mock -up in approved condition, until directed otherwise. Remove mock -up at completion, when directed by Architect. 1/22/96\5/13/97\05/13/97 01450 -1 SECTION 01450 QUALITY CONTROL 1.7 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES A. When specified, require product manufacturer to furnish qualified personnel to observe field conditions and quality of workmanship, and to provide recommendations, certifications, and other specified services. B. Representative shall submit written report to Architect listing observations and recommendations. 1.8 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES A. The Owner will arrange for the services of an Independent Testing Laboratory to inspect and test the Work to verify compliance with the contract documents. Contractor's Responsibilities: 1. Cooperate with Testing Laboratory personnel, and furnish access, tools, samples, certifications, test reports, design mixes, equipment, storage, and assistance as requested by the Testing Laboratory. 2. Notify Architect and Testing Laboratory 48 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring inspection and testing. When tests or inspections cannot be performed, through the fault of the Contractor, reimburse the Owner for the additional costs incurred. 3. Remove and replace all work found not complying with the Contract Documents. Remedies shall be in accordance with the Contract Documents and code requirements. 4. If initial tests and inspections indicate deficient work, the Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for the costs of all subsequent tests and inspections related to the deficiency. 5. All damage which may occur to the work as a result of normal testing operations shall be repaired to match surrounding surfaces. 6. Schedule testing and inspection so that the work of testing and inspection personnel will be as continuous and brief as possible. 7. Reimburse the Owner for travel and lodging expenses incurred for testing and inspection services performed outside a radius of 100 miles of the site. C. Tests and inspections shall be in accordance with code requirements, and as listed on the Structural Drawings. 1.9 CONTRACTOR TESTS AND INSPECTIONS A. Tests and Inspections are specified in the individual specification Sections. B. Contractor's Convenience Testing: Inspection and testing performed exclusively for the Contractor's convenience shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 01450 -2 END OF SECTION WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 1/22/96\5/13/97 \05/13/97 WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. General Requirements. 2. Electricity, lighting. 3. Heat, ventilation. 4. Telephone service. 4. Water. 5. Sanitary facilities. 6. Barriers. 7. Enclosures. 8. Protection of installed work. 9. Security. 10. Cleaning during construction. 11. Project identification. 12. Field offices and sheds. B. Related Sections: 1. 01110 - Summary of Work: Contractor use of premises. 2. 01770 - Closeout Procedures: Final cleaning. 1/22/96\5/13/97\05/13/97 SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Temporary facilities and controls shall conform to the requirements of the jurisdictional code authorities. B. Conform to the requirements of the Mall Management. 1.3 ELECTRICITY, LIGHTING A. Existing power and lighting systems shall be used to the greatest extent possible. When approved by the Owner, provide service required for construction operations, with branch wiring and distribution boxes located to furnish additional service and lighting. Contact Mall Management for modifications to all mall systems beyond the boundary of the tenant space. B. Provide additional temporary lighting for construction operations. C. Repair all existing lighting and power equipment, when damaged due to construction operations. D. The Owner will pay for power used. Take measures to conserve energy. 1.4 HEAT, VENTILATION A. Existing heating and ventilation systems may be used. Coordinate use of existing systems with the Owner and Mall Management. Extend existing systems and provide additional temporary units as required to maintain specified conditions for construction operations, and to protect materials and finishes from damage due to temperature or humidity. Owner will pay costs of energy used. Take measures to conserve energy. B. Provide temporary ventilation of enclosed areas to cure materials, disperse humidity, and prevent accumulations of dust, fumes, vapors, or gases. 01500 -1 SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON C. Provide maintenance and repair of existing systems damaged by construction operations. 1.5 TELEPHONE SERVICE A. Provide telephone service to field office with additional lines for computer and fax service. Pay for all calls made. 1.6 WATER A. Use existing water outlets to the greatest extent possible. Extend branch piping with outlets only as approved by the Owner. B. The Owner will pay the costs for all water used. Conserve water use whenever possible. 1.7 SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide and maintain required temporary facilities and enclosures. B. Existing mall facilities shall not be used, unless approved otherwise by Mall Management. 1.8 BARRIERS A. Provide as required to prevent public entry to construction areas and to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction operations. 1.9 ENCLOSURES A. Provide temporary weathertight closures of openings in exterior surfaces to provide acceptable working conditions and protection for materials, to allow for temporary heating, and to prevent entry of unauthorized persons. Provide doors with self - closing hardware and locks. B. Provide temporary enclosures as required to prevent penetration of dust and moisture into occupied areas separate from work areas, damage to operating systems and components, and to create environmental conditions necessary for the proper installation of materials and systems. C. Exterior enclosures shall be sufficiently well constructed to prevent blow off during inclement weather, and shall be sealed tight to prevent water penetration and excessive air infiltration. 1.10 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A. Provide temporary protection for installed products. Control traffic in immediate area to minimize damage. B. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, jambs, sills, and soffits of openings. Protect finished floors and stairs from traffic, movement of heavy objects, and storage. 1.11 SECURITY A. Provide security program and facilities to protect Work, and Owner's operations from unauthorized entry, vandalism, and theft. Coordinate with Mall security program. 1.12 CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Control accumulation of waste materials and rubbish on a daily basis; periodically dispose of off - site. 01500 -2 1122/96\5/13/97\05 /13/97 WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON B. Clean interior areas prior to start of finish work, maintain areas free of dust and other contaminants during finishing operations. C. Remove excess debris from cavities which are to be concealed in the finished Work. D. Work areas to remain accessible to the public shall have tools, materials, and construction debris removed, broom cleaned, and suitably cleaned to allow daily business operations. 1.13 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION A. Owner will provide a Project identification sign. Contractor shall provide supports and anchorage materials to mount sign. B. Erect on site at location established by Architect. C. Allow no other signs to be displayed. 1.14 FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS A. The Mall will designate areas on site for use by the Contractor for placement of field office and storage sheds. B. Office: Weather- tight, with lighting, electrical outlets, heating, cooling, and ventilating equipment, and equipped with furniture. Provide, in addition, space for Project meetings, with table and chairs to accommodate 12 persons. C. Storage Sheds for Tools, Materials, and Equipment: Weather- tight, with adequate space for organized storage and access, and lighting for inspection of stored materials. 1.15 REMOVAL A. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary facilities. Restore existing facilities used during construction to specified, or to original condition. 1/22/96\5/13/97 \05/13/97 END OF SECTION SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 -3 WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Products. 2. Manufacturer's instructions. 3. Transportation and handling. 4. Storage and protection. 5. Product options. 6. Substitutions. 7. Systems demonstration. B. Related Sections: 1. 01110 - Summary of Work: Owner- furnished Products. 2. 01450 - Quality Control: Submittal of manufacturers' certificates. 3. 01600A - Substitution Request Form. 4. 01770 - Closeout Procedures: Operation and maintenance data, warranties and guarantees, spare parts and maintenance materials. 1.2 PRODUCTS A. Products include material, equipment, and systems. B. Comply with size, make, type, and quality specified, unless otherwise approved in writing by the Architect. Specifications and referenced standards are minimum requirements. C. A component required to be supplied in quantity shall be the same, and shall be interchangeable. This requirement applies to items furnished under one or several sections of the specifications. D. Unless specified or indicated otherwise, materials employed for construction purposes, such as formwork, scaffolding, and temporary lighting, shall not be used in the work. 1.3 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Transport products by methods to avoid product damage. B. Deliver products in manufacturer's original containers or packaging, with identifying labels intact and legible. C. Furnish equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling or damage. D. Promptly inspect shipments to assure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged. E. Immediately replace nonconforming products with new conforming products, at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.4 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, with seals and labels intact and legible. 1/22/96\5/13/97\05 /13/97 SECTION 01600 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600 -1 SECTION 01600 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON B. Store sensitive products in weather -tight enclosures. Maintain within temperature and humidity ranges required by manufacturer's instructions, and as otherwise required to prevent damage. C. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground. Protect from soiling or staining through ground contact. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering; provide ventilation to avoid condensation. D. Store loose granular materials on solid surfaces in a well- drained area; prevent mixing with foreign matter. E. Arrange storage of products to furnish convenient access for inspection and inventory. 1.5 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Unless indicated or specified otherwise, install each product in accordance with the product manufacturer's instructions. B. Obtain and distribute copies of manufacturer's instructions to parties involved in the installation, including two copies to Architect. C. Maintain one set of complete instructions at the job site during installation and until completion. 1.6 PRODUCT OPTIONS A. Product Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Provide product meeting those standards. B. Product Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with an "or approved" provision: Use specified product or submit a request for substitution in accordance with the specified substitution requirements. When approved a substitute product may be used. C. Product Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers, without a provisions for Substitution: No substitution will be allowed, except as specified under the Article on Substitutions. 1.7 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Substitution requests will be considered until 10 working days prior to the Bid Opening, unless approved otherwise by the Architect. Subsequently, substitutions will be considered only for the following reasons: 1. A product becomes unavailable due to no fault of the Contractor. 2. Subsequent information or changes indicate that the specified product will not perform as intended. 3. A substitute product will be in the Owner's best interest. B. Requests for substitution shall be made on the attached form. C. Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with contract documents. 01600 -2 I/22/96\5/13/97\05113/97 WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON D. Request constitutes a representation that Contractor: 1. Has investigated proposed product and has determined that it meets or exceeds, in all respects, the specified product. 2. Shall provide the same warranty for substitution as for specified product. • 3. Will coordinate installation and make other changes which may be required for work to be complete in all respects. 4. Waives claims for additional costs which may subsequently become apparent. 5. Agrees to pay all costs of redesign related to the substitution. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawing or product data submittals. F. Architect will determine acceptability of proposed substitution, and will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection within a reasonable time 1.8 SYSTEMS DEMONSTRATION A. Prior to final inspection, demonstrate operation of each system to Architect and Owner. B. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of equipment and systems, using the operation and maintenance data as the basis of instruction. 1/22/96\5/13/97\05/13/97 SECTION 01600 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS END OF SECTION 01600-3 l t 1 i WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON TO: CALLISON ARCHITECTURE, INC. 1420 Fifth Avenue, Suite 2400 Seattle WA 98101 We hereby submit the following for your consideration in lieu of the specified item(s) for the above project: Specification Section , Paragraph Specified Item: Proposed Substitution: COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING (Use back or additional sheets if necessary). 1. Does the substitution affect dimensions shown on Drawings? Yes . No If yes, indicate changes: 2. Will the undersigned pay for changes to the building design, including architectural, engineering and detailing costs caused by the requested substitution? Yes . No 3. What effect does the substitution have on other trades? 4. What effect do applicable code requirements have on substitution? 5. Describe the differences between the proposed substitution and the specified item(s): 6. How do manufacturer's guarantees compare between proposed and specified items(s)? Same Different (Explain on back.) Submitted By: Signature Title Firm: Address: Telephone: Date: Attachments: A. B. Approved for Architect Review: Contractor's Signature Title SECTION 01600A SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM ❑ Approved ❑ Not Approved ❑ Approved As Noted Date: By: CALLISON ARCHITECTURE, INC. 1/22/96\5/13/97\05/13/97 Signature END OF SUBSTITUTION REQUEST Title 01600A -1 1. WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Closeout Procedures. 2. Final Cleaning. 3. Project Record Documents. 4. Operation and Maintenance Data. 5. Manufacturer's Warranties. 6. Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials. 1.2 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES . Related Sections: 1. 01110 - Summary of Work. 2. 01500 - Temporary Facilities and Controls: Cleaning during construction. 3. Division 15 and 16 for special closeout requirements for mechanical and electrical systems. A. Comply with procedures stated in General Conditions of the Contract for Substantial and Final Completion. B. Submit Certificate of Occupancy and all other certificates of approval required by the governing authorities. D. Submit final Application for Payment identifying total adjusted contract sum, previous payments, and sum remaining due. 1.3 FINAL CLEANING 1/22/96\5/13/97\05/13/97 It Olt 4}..1rfr SECTION 01770 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES C. Prior to final payment, submit the following affidavits using the forms listed below: 1. Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims AIA Document G706. 2. Consent of Surety to Final Payment AIA Document G707. 3. Contractor's lien release, and lien releases from each subcontractor; Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens AIA Document G706A A. Immediately prior to final inspection, clean all exposed interior and exterior surfaces affected by the Work of this Contract, and not previously cleaned under daily cleaning operations: 1. Clean interior and exterior surfaces exposed to view; remove temporary labels, stains and foreign substances, polish transparent and glossy surfaces, vacuum carpeted and soft surfaces. 2. Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition. 3. Clean or replace filters of mechanical equipment. 4. Clean site; sweep paved areas, rake clean other surfaces. B. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from the Project and from the site. 01770 -1 . SECTION 01770 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 1.4 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON A. Maintain a complete set of record documents which clearly and neatly indicate all changes from the contract documents, and all uncovered existing conditions which will be subsequently concealed. Record documents shall include: 1. Contract drawings. 2. Specifications. 3. Addenda. 4. Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract. 5. Reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples. B. Record documents shall be used for no other purpose and shall be stored separate from those used for construction. C. Keep documents current; do not permanently conceal any work until required information has been recorded. D. Mark specifications legibly and record at each Product section a description of actual products installed. Include the manufacturer's name and product model and number. E. Drawings shall indicate exact installed locations and dimensions of all concealed work, including conduit, piping, ducts, mechanical and electrical equipment, and foundations. Indicate all changes to details which involve concealed construction. F. Prior to approving each Payment Request, the Architect reserves the right to inspect the Record Documents. The Payment Request may not be approved until the record documents are current to the Date of the Payment Request. G. The Contractor will be furnished by the Architect, a set of reproducibles on which the Contractor shall incorporate all record data in a clearly legible and reproducible manner, utilizing the symbols of the contract documents. H. At Contract Closeout, submit documents with transmittal letter containing date, Project title, Contractor's name and address, list of documents, and signature of Contractor. I. As a condition for acceptance of the work, submit certification that the Project Record Documents are an accurate representation of the work as installed. 1.5 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Provide operation and maintenance data for: 1. Mechanical equipment and controls - Division 15. 2. Electrical equipment and controls - Division 16. B. Submit two complete sets prior to final inspection, bound in 8 -1/2 x 11 inch three -ring side binders with durable plastic or cloth covers. C. Prepare binder covers with printed title "OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS ", title of project, and subject matter of binder when multiple binders are used. 01770 -2 1/22/96\5/13/97105/13/97 «: WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON END OF SECTION SECTION 01770 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES D. Subdivide each binder contents with permanent page dividers, organized as described below: 1. Table of Contents 2. Directory: listing names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Architect and Contractor. 3. Operation and Maintenance instructions, arranged by Specification Division. Include the following: a. Names, addresses, and telephone numbers of subcontractors and suppliers. b. Significant design criteria. c. List of equipment. d. Parts list. e. Operating instructions. f. Maintenance instructions, equipment. g. Maintenance instructions, finishes. 4. Project documents and certificates, including the following: a. Shop drawings and product data. b. Certificates c. Photocopies of warranties and guarantees. E. Submit to the Architect, one copy of the completed operation and maintenance data binders prior to 15 working days before final inspection. F. The Architect will review the submitted copy, and will return the reviewed copy with comments before final inspection. Make corrections as required to meet contract requirements. G. Submit final revised copies within ten days after final inspection. 1.6 MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTIES A. Furnish original and duplicate copies of each manufacturer warranty executed to the Owner. B. Execute Contractor's submittals and assemble documents executed by each manufacturer. C. Provide table of contents and assemble in binder with durable plastic cover. D. Submit material prior to final application for payment in accordance with 01300. For equipment put into use with Owner's permission during construction, submit warranty within 10 days after first operation. For items of Work delayed materially beyond Date of Substantial Completion, furnish warranty within ten days after acceptance, listing date of acceptance as start of warranty period. 1.7 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Furnish products, spare parts, and maintenance materials in quantities specified in each Section, in addition to that used for construction of Work. Coordinate with Owner, deliver to Project site and obtain receipt prior to final payment. 1/22/9M5/13/97\05/13/97 01770 -3 WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 1 GENERAL SECTION 01816 LIGHTING SURVEY 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Lighting survey at ATM & night drop locations. B. Related Work: Division 16 - Electrical; Lighting 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Candlefoot Power: Light intensity, measured in foot - candles, on horizontal plane at 36 inches above the ground.. B. Hours of Darkness: 30 minutes after sunset until 30 minutes before sunrise. C. Fixture: ATM or night drop box. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals under provisions of Section 01330, except as otherwise noted. B. Submit lighting survey report directly to the Owner with copy to the Architect. Project Architectural site plan may be used as background for the survey if acceptable to the Owner. Include the following as a minimum. 1. Site Plan indicating building footprint, and location of ATM and night drop box; locations, including elevations, of principal light fixtures within areas surveyed; and all landscape, earth, and built features on the site, which are greater than 36" in height, and which are visible from the either the ATM or the night drop box. 2. Candlefoot power iso- illuminance contour charts of vicinity of each ATM and night drop box locations showing lines of 10 candlefoot power and 2 candlefoot power. Include reference radii at 5 feet, 50feet (excluding obstructions), and 60 feet within defined parking areas, centered on each fixture. Where fixture is free standing, include contours and reference radii for full 360° around fixture. Where fixture is mounted to the building within 10 feet of a building outside corner, include spot candlefoot power readings at the corner and at a point around the corner, adjacent to the building 40 feet from that corner a. Call attention to areas within 5 feet horizontally of centerline of each fixture, which ere illuminated at less than 10 candlefoot power. b. Call attention to areas within 50 feet horizontally of centerline of each fixture, which are illuminated at less than 2 candlefoot power. c. Call attention to defined parking areas within 60 feet horizontally of centerline of each fixture, which are illuminated at less than 2 candlefoot power. 3. Elevations of each ATM and night drop box and surrounding facade, indicating 10 foot - candle contour. Call attention to areas within 5 feet horizontally of centerline of each fixture, and between 3 feet and 7 feet above grade which are illuminated at less than 10 foot - candles. 4. Additional measurements as directed by the Owner. C. Include at the surveyor's option, recommendations for improvements and remedies. D. Submit supplementary report if necessary to verify compliance of corrected lighting. 8/29/96\5/13/97\05/14/97 01816 -1 SECTION 01816 LIGHTING SURVEY. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE • 01816-2 WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON A. Lighting survey shall be performed by a firm properly equipped and experienced in performance of photometric surveys, and familiar with the legal lighting lever standards around exterior ATM and night drop locations. 1.4. SURVEY A. Prior to project turnover, perform an exterior lighting survey in the vicinity of and within 60 feet (excluding obstructions) horizontally of each ATM and night deposit box. Include survey of • elevation of each fixture within 5 feet horizontally of centerline of each fixture, between 3 feet and 7 feet above grade. Include spot measurements at corners and along accessible adjacent building facade as required for report. Survey shall be performed during hours of darkness with site lighting on, but without extraneous lighting such as automobile headlights, and interior lighting through windows of bank or adjacent buildings. • END OF SECTION 8/29/9615/13/97105114/97 • ;.] WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Demolition and removal from the site of existing construction to accommodate the new construction. 2. Removal of existing components for reinstallation. 3. Salvaging of existing materials. 4. Capping and identification of utility lines. 5. Contractor design of shoring and bracing. B. Related Sections: 1. 01100 - Summary: Special work requirements. 2. 01500 - Temporary Facilities and Controls: Temporary enclosures, guardrails, barriers, barricades, lighting and dust control. 3. 01770 - Closeout Procedures: Project record documents. C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with Section 01330, unless specified otherwise. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with the applicable health and safety regulations of the jurisdictional authorities. B. Obtain and pay for all permits required for the demolition work. C. The design of shorings, temporary supports, and restraining systems shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. D. Pre -bid Inspection: Visit the Site to determine existing conditions, and as much as possible to determine the extent of demolition required. PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION 2/4/97\5/13197 \05/13/97 SECTION 02225 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION A. Prior to starting work, carefully inspect existing conditions and verify that the work of this Section may properly commence. Notify the Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. 02225 -1 SECTION 02225 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 3.2 PREPARATION B. Protect existing construction which will not be subject to demolition. 3.3 DEMOLITION 02225 -2 WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA. WASHINGTON B. Do not begin demolition until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of site conditions and responsibility for defective demolition caused by prior observable conditions. A. Provide and maintain all temporary barriers and security devices necessary for the demolition work. Conform to requirements specified in Section 01500. A. Perform demolition as indicated and as required to accommodate the new work. Demolish in an orderly and careful manner, and in accordance with the demolition procedures and sequences approved by the Owner. Where it is evident that demolition must exceed that indicated, verify such demolition with the Architect prior to proceeding B. Protect existing structural members. Contact the Architect prior to modifying structural members beyond the extent indicated. Cease operations and notify the Architect immediately if continued demolition operations might endanger the existing structure. C. During demolition operations, notify the Architect of all conditions which differ substantially from those indicated, specified, or expected. Notify the Architect if previously unknown operational, or potentially operational elements, are uncovered during demolition operations. Perform no demolition in such areas, unless approved by the Architect. D. Provide Contractor designed temporary shoring as required to support existing construction against movement or overload during demolition operations, until permanent supports are in place. E. Except where noted or specified otherwise, take possession of materials being demolished, and immediately remove from site. Do not overload existing construction to remain with demolished materials. F. Carefully remove, store, and protect all materials and components to be reused. G. Where removal of materials indicated to remain is necessary to facilitate new construction, carefully remove, store, and protect such materials for future reinstallation. H. Carefully remove, protect, and turn over as directed, materials and components claimed by the Owner for salvage. Prior to demolition, contact the Owner to determine which items will be claimed. I. Where cut edges of the existing construction will be visible in the completed work, cut in uniform straight lines. Concrete and masonry shall be sawcut or coredrilled. J. Repair all demolition performed in excess of that required, at no additional cost to the Owner. K. Remove all disconnected utility lines. Cap remaining ends. Place markers to indicate location of disconnected utilities. Indicate location of disconnected utilities on the Project Record drawings as specified in Section 01770. L. Pay for and coordinate the work performed by public utilities. Notify the affected utility company well in advance of the scheduled work. 2/4/97\5/13/97 \05/13/97 L I. WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 2/4/97\5/13/97\05/13/97 END OF SECTION SECTION 02225 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION M. Electrical Demolition Requirements: 1. Remove electrical system components which are to be abandoned. 2. Abandoned underslab conduit shall be removed and cut off below the finished surface line, and all conductors shall be removed. Patch and fill the opening flush with the finish. 3. Abandoned electrical conductors shall be removed back to the branch circuit panel, unless indicated otherwise. Abandoned conduit which is exposed and readily accessible shall be removed. Leave abandoned conduit which is concealed in existing construction to remain. 4 Retain removed light fixtures for relocation and reuse as indicated. All light fixtures not to be reused shall be delivered to the Owner. N. Plumbing Demolition Requirements: 1. Abandoned underslab piping shall be removed and cut off flush with the floor line. Patch flush with the floor. 2. Abandoned piping which is exposed and readily accessible shall be removed. Leave abandoned piping which is concealed in existing construction to remain. 0. Removal of Bonded Floor Finishes: 1. Scrape, grind and otherwise remove existing floor finish and bonding materials as necessary to receive new floor finishes. 2. Prepared surface shall present a uniform flat surface ready to receive the new floor finishes free of telegraphing and other surface irregularities. 3. New floor finishes shall not be installed over existing floor finish materials unless approved otherwise. P. Existing Carpet: 1. Remove existing carpet to receive new finish materials; dispose of existing removed carpet at an offsite legal dump site. 2. Scrape and grind substrate surfaces as necessary to produce a uniform surface ready to receive new finish. Q. Wood Trim: At locations where wood trim is indicated for reuse, remove and store to prevent damage. Retain for reuse only those materials identified by the Owner to be free from damage and significant wear R. Leave site in a condition acceptable to the Owner at all times. Remove demolished materials from site daily as work progresses. Do not overload existing structure with demolished materials. 3.4 CLEANUP A. Occupied spaces which receive demolition work shall be thoroughly and completely cleaned prior to daily operations. Cleaning shall include, without limitation: vacuuming, dusting, stain and dirt removal, and cleaning of glass and countertops. 02225 -3 n» eu01.1aef *.W Otte nLl L 1._ 1 __; 1.2 REFERENCES WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Excavation. 2. Filling and backfilling. 3. Shoring. 4. Slab on grade vapor barrier. 5. Compaction. 6. Trenching. 1.4 SHORING I/22/96\5/13/97\05 113/97 SECTION 02300 EARTHWORK B. Related Sections: 1 02225 - Selective Demolition: Removal of existing construction. 2. 02760 - Portland Cement Concrete Paving: Curbs. C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): D1557 - Moisture Density Relations of Soils and Soil- Aggregate Mixtures Using a 10 -lb (4.54 kg) Rammer and 18 -Inch (457 mm) Drop. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use only appropriate equipment and personnel skilled in earthwork of the type specified or indicated on drawings. B. All fill material and soil bearing values shall be subject to approval by the Owner's geotechnical engineer prior to placement. Notify the geotechnical engineer at least four working days in advance. Designate the proposed borrow areas, and permit the geotechnical engineer to obtain samples for testing. A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the design and installation of any shoring required to maintain the stability of any adjacent excavations required. 1.5 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. At exterior locations, schedule earthwork operations during dry weather as necessary so that more water sensitive native soils may be used to the greatest extent possible. 02300 -1 SECTION 02300 EARTHWORK PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Structural Fill: Non - expansive; predominantly granular; free from particles greater than 3 inches in diameter, debris, organic materials, alkali, salt, petroleum products and other deleterious substances; no more than 5% passing the No. 200 sieve based on a 3/4 inch fraction. B. Gravel: Crushed natural stone, free from shale, clay, friable materials, and debris; graded in accordance with ASTM C136. C. Sand: Clean manufactured or natural river or bank sand, graded in accordance with ASTM C136: 02300 -2 Sieve Size Percent Passing 3/4" 100 No. 4 0 - 25 No. 100 0 - 3 Sieve Size Percent Passing No. 4 100 No. 14 10 - 100 No. 100 4 - 30 No. 200 0 - 5 D. Utility Line Bedding Material: Granular; as recommended by the utility line manufacturer. E. Vapor Barrier: 6 mil polyethylene. B. Store and cover excavated materials where directed. Remove soils not considered suitable for use in structural fill or backfill areas from the building site and dispose at a legal disposal site. C. Remove all loose and disturbed soils left in the bottom of the footing excavation prior to pouring concrete. WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXCAVATING A. Excavate to the depths required to accommodate the fills and construction indicated and specified. 3.2 MOISTURE CONTROL AT EXTERIOR LOCATIONS A. If, in the opinion of the Soils Engineer, soil material becomes either too wet or to dry for the required compaction, the soil moisture content shall be corrected by a method approved by the Soils Engineer prior to commencing or continuing compaction operations. B. Flooding: If flooding seems imminent due to adverse weather conditions, provide berms or channels to prevent flooding of subgrade. Promptly remove all water collecting in depressions. C. Softened Subgrade: Where subgrade or compacted soil has been softened or eroded by flooding or placement during unfavorable weather or by construction traffic, remove all damaged areas and recompact as specified herein. 1/22/96\5/13/97\05/13/97 a t WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 02300 EARTHWORK D. Dewatering: 1. Provide, and maintain at all times during construction, ample means and devices with which to promptly remove and dispose of water entering the excavations or other parts of the work. 2. Dewater by means which will ensure dry excavations and the preservation of the final lines and grades at bottoms of excavations. 3.3 PREPARATION OF SUBGRADE A. Bring the subgrade to a moisture content of 4% above optimum. 3.4 FILL AND BACKFILL A. Place fill in maximum 12 inch horizontal loose lifts, to the elevations required to receive the fills and construction indicated. B. Use structural fill, unless indicated or specified otherwise. C. Under interior floor slabs place the following: 1. Place 6 inch lift of free draining gravel fill, and compact as specified. Choke off the top surface of the gravel with sand to prevent puncturing of the vapor barrier during placement operations. 2. Place vapor barrier. Lap joints a minimum of 6 inches and seal with tape. 3. Overlay with 2 inches of compactable granular fill to underside of slabs to equalize moisture migration between top and bottom of slab during curing process. The fill shall be kept moist prior to pouring of the concrete slab on grade. D. Filling and Backfilling Prior to Approvals: 1. Do not fill or backfill prior to approval from the Soils Engineer. 2. Uncover unapproved work as directed at no additional cost to the Owner. 3. Remedy non-conforming work. 3.5 COMPACTION A. Compact each lift to the degree specified; repeat compaction process until required elevation is attained. B. Compact all fill and backfill material under pavement and walk areas to 90%, as obtained by ASTM D1557, except the top 12 inches shall be compacted to 95%. C. Compact all fill and backfill material under building foundations to 95%, as obtained by ASTM D1557. D. Compact all aggregate base material to at least 95% maximum dry density, per ASTM D1557. E. Compaction of fills and backfills by flooding and jetting is prohibited. F. Compact material within planting areas to 80% dry density for cohesive soils and 85% for cohesionless soils. 3.6 TRENCHING A. Where the trenching is not specifically described in other Sections of these Specifications, perform trenching as specified below. I/22/96\5/13/97\05/13/97 02300-3 SECTION 02300 EARTHWORK WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK ' SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON B. Excavation: 1. Make trenches with sufficient width to provide free working space at both sides of the trench and around the installed item as required for caulking, joining, backfilling, and compacting. 2. Slope trench excavations as recommended by OSHA regulations to prevent cave in. Where sloped trench excavations are not possible, properly shore such trenches in strict accordance with all pertinent rules, regulations, and codes. 3. Elevations: a. Trench as required to provide the elevations shown on the Drawings. b. Where elevations are not shown on the Drawings, trench to sufficient depth to give a minimum of 18 inches of fill above the top of the pipe measured from the adjacent finished grade, except provide a minimum of 30 inches of cover on asbestos cement pipe. Correction of Faulty Grades: Where trench excavation is inadvertently carried below proper elevation, backfill with properly compacted approved material to provide a firm and unyielding subgrade and/or foundation to the approval of the Soils Engineer and at no additional cost to the Owner. 5. Subsurface Conditions: In areas where soft, unstable materials are encountered at the surface upon which nonexpansive material is to be placed, remove the unstable material and replace it with compacted structural fill, making sufficient depth to develop a firm foundation for the item being installed. C. Bedding: Place a minimum of 6 inches of bedding material in the trench to fully support the utility line. After installation of the line, fill equally on both sides of the utility line to the midpoint elevation of the line. Hand tamp bedding materials. D. Backfill: 1. Place fill as specified for the area surrounding the utility line. 2. Hand tamp fill materials which are within 12 inches of the crown of the line. 3.7 CLEAN -UP A. Upon completion of the work of this Section, remove all rubbish, trash, and debris resulting from operations. B. Remove surplus equipment and tools; leave the site in a neat and orderly condition acceptable to the Architect. 02300 -4 END OF SECTION 1/22196\5/13/97\05113/97 _.l WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Placement and compaction of top course. 2. Placement of asphalt pavement. SECTION 02745 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING Related Sections: 1. 02225 - Selective Demolition: Requirements for removal of existing paving. 2. 02300 - Earthwork: Subgrade. 3. 02753 - Portland Cement Concrete Paving: Adjacent concrete paving. 4. 02765 - Traffic Marking C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Washington State Department of Transportation (WSDOT). "1994 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction. B. Standard Specifications for Municipal Public Works Construction prepared by Washington State Chapter, American Public Works Association (APWA). C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. D1557 - Moisture- Density Relations of Soils Using 101b. (4.5 kg) Rammer and 18 inch (457 mm) Drop. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 BASE COURSE MATERIALS A. Match existing. 2.2 ASPHALT PAVEMENT MATERIALS A. In accordance with State of Washington standards for Class B mix. B. Primer: Homogeneous medium curing liquid asphalt; of type recommended for asphaltic paving; of grade to suit job conditions. 2.3 ASPHALT PAVEMENT MIX A. Conform to APWA Standard Specification. 5/19/93\5/14/97105 /14/97 02745 -1 SECTION 02745 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PLACEMENT OF BASE COURSE WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON A. Verify that subgrade is properly placed, shaped, graded, and compacted. B. Spread base course materials over prepared sub -base, thickness to match existing construction. Add water during compaction to bring granular material to optimum moisture content. Compact to 95 percent maximum dry density in accordance with ASTM D1557. Ensure top surface of base course is true to lines and grades indicated, with all points within 1/2 inch of elevations indicated. C. Add water during compaction to bring stabilizing base course materials to optimum moisture content. When an excess moisture exists, rework stabilizing base course materials until optimum moisture content is obtained. 3.2 PRIMING A. Prime surfaces of curbs, gutters, and manhole bases which will be in contact with asphalt pavement. B. Coat metal surfaces of manholes, catchbasins, and other structures which are to remain free of asphalt with oil to prevent asphalt adhesion. 3.3 PLACEMENT OF ASPHALT PAVEMENT A. Place asphalt pavement to compacted depth to match existing. B. Do not place asphalt pavement when surface temperature is 40 degrees F or lower. Ensure asphalt pavement is minimum 245 degrees F immediately after placing and prior to initial rolling. C. Compact each asphalt paving course to required density, with approved rolling equipment. Start compaction as soon as pavement will bear equipment without checking or undue displacement. D. Carry out compaction in three operations in pass sequence. Ensure each pass of roller overlaps previous passes to ensure smooth surface free of roller marks. Keep roller wheels sufficiently moist so as not to pick up material. E. Perform hand tamping in areas not accessible to rolling equipment. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL AND PROTECTION A. Ensure joints made during paving operations are straight, clean, vertical and free of broken or loose material. Prime vertical surfaces of joints to ensure tight bond. B. Ensure surface of completed asphalt pavement is true to lines, profiles and elevations indicated, and is free from depressions exceeding 1/4 inch when measured with a 10 ft. straightedge. C. Do not allow vehicular traffic on newly paved areas until surface has cooled to atmospheric temperature. 02745 -2 END OF SECTION 5/I 9/93\5/ 14/97 \05 / 14/97 L 1. WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART I GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY .1.2 REFERENCES PART 2 PRODUCTS 2. A. Section Includes: 1. Concrete walks and 2. Subgrade preparatio B. Related Sections: 1. 02300 - Earthwork: Drawings, the provisions Conditions, and Division D. Substitutions: Substitute Section 01600. 8/15/95 \5 /13/97 \05 /14/97 curbs. n. SECTION 02760 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING Site preparation. of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1: A185 Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement. 2. A615 - Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. 3. C33 - Concrete Aggregates. 4. C94 - Ready -Mixed Concrete. 5. C150 - Portland Cement. 6. C260 - Air - Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. 7. C309 - Liquid Membrane- Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. 8. D994 - Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete (Bituminous Type) 9. D1557 - Tests for Moisture - Density Relations of Soils using 10 lb. Rammer and 18 inch Drop. 10. D1751 - Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction. FILL MATERIALS A. Structural Fill: As specified in Section 02300. 2.1 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150; normal - Type I. B. Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C33; severe weather exposure. C. Water: Clean and free from injurious amounts of oil, alkali, organic matter, or other deleterious materials. D. Admixtures: 1. Free of calcium chloride and thiocyanates; not more than .05 percent chloride ions. 2. Air Entrainment: ASTM C260. 02760 -1 SECTION 02760 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 2.2 REINFORCEMENT WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON A. Reinforcing Steel: 60 ksi yield strength (unless indicated 40 ksi); deformed billet steel bars; ASTM A615; size as shown. B. Welded Steel Wire Fabric: Plain type, ASTM A185; plain finish; 6 X 6 - W1.4 X W1.4 size. C. Tie Wire: Minimum 16 gage annealed type, or patented system acceptable to Architect. 2.3 FORMWORK AND ACCESSORIES A. Formwork: Matched, tight fitting and adequately stiffened to support weight of concrete without deflection detrimental to tolerances and appearance of concrete. B. Preformed Joint Fillers: 1. Non - extruding type; ASTM D1751; Sonneborn "Sonoflex Canefiber," "Sonoflex F," The Burke Company "Fiber expansion Joint," or approved. 2. Joint Cap: Strippable plastic type; W.R. Meadows "SealTight Snap- Cap "; width to match expansion joint filler material. C. Concrete Curing Compound: ASTM C309, clear acrylate type; Sonneborn "Kure -N- Seal," or Master Builders "429." 2.4 CONCRETE MIX A. Mix and proportion to produce minimum 4500 psi concrete at 28 days with slump of 2 to 4 inches and 4 to 6 percent air entrainment; ASTM C94. B. Use accelerating admixtures in cold weather only when acceptable to Architect. Use of admixtures shall not relax cold weather placement requirements. C. Use set - retarding admixtures during hot weather only when acceptable to Architect. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PLACEMENT OF FILL A. Examine the areas and conditions under which the work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Place and level structural fill over prepared subgrade to a compacted depth indicated on the drawings, true to lines and levels. Compact to 95% of standard dry density per ASTM D1557. 3.2 FORMING A. Form vertical surfaces to full depth and securely position to required lines and levels. Ensure form ties are not placed so as to pass through concrete. B. Arrange and assemble formwork to permit easy dismantling and stripping, and to prevent damage to concrete during formwork removal. 02760 -2 8/15/9515/13/97105/14/97 • WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 02760 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 3.3 PLACING REINFORCING A. Reinforce concrete walks, curbs and gutters as indicated on drawings. Allow for minimum 1-1/2 inch concrete cover. Do not extend reinforcing through expansion joints. Provide doweled joints through expansion joints, with one end of dowels fitted with capping sleeve to allow free movement. 3.4 FORMING SEALANT FILLED JOINTS A. Form sealant filled joints at locations as indicated on the Drawings. Form joints 1/2 inch wide x full depth of slab. Do not permit reinforcement to extend through sealant filled joints. Install strippable joint cap and recess 1/2 inch below finished concrete surface, at joints to receive sealants. • 3.5 PLACING CONCRETE A. Place concrete, screed and float surfaces to a smooth and uniform finish, free of open texturing and exposed aggregate. B. Avoid working mortar to surface. C. Finishes: • 1. Broom Finish: Provide medium broom finish for exposed surfaces of walks and pavements; broom in parallel, linear patterns, in directions as indicated on the Drawings, or if not indicated, in direction perpendicular to principle direction of travel, and parallel to joints or edges of walks. 2. Smooth Finish: Provide for curbs. 3. Tool walkway edges after finishing to form smooth borders. D. Ensure finished surfaces do not vary from true lines, levels or grade by more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet when measured with a straightedge. E. Apply curing compound on finished surfaces immediately after finishing. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 8/15/95\5/13/97105/14/97 END OF SECTION 02760.3 WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Traffic graphics. B. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. C. Substitutions: Substitutions will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. 1.2 SITE CONDITIONS SECTION 02765 TRAFFIC MARKING A. Environmental Requirements: Pavement shall be dry and not be less than 40 degrees F, unless recommended otherwise by the traffic marking product manufacturer. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Marking Paint: Traffic line marking paint conforming to AASHTO M248, Type F, unless approved otherwise; white color. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Prior to starting work, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where work of this Section may properly commence. Notify the Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. B. Do not begin installation until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of site conditions and responsibility for defective installation caused by prior observable conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Remove all dirt, debris, grease, oil, and other materials which would impair the bonding of traffic marking systems. B. Accurately layout patterns prior to installation of traffic markings. 3.3 PAINT MARKING A. Provide directional arrow as indicated on the Drawings for new construction. B. Apply evenly at paint manufacturer's recommended rates. 4/5/93\5114/97\05/14/97 END OF SECTION 02765 -1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART I GENERAL SUMMARY Section Includes: Exterio Drawings, the provisions Conditions, and Division Substitutions: Substitute Section 01600. SUBMITTALS Make submittals in accordance with Section 01330. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data where applicable. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator: Signage manufacturer with three years documented experience in work of similar type and scope. Qualifications of Installers: Use only skilled and experienced installers for preparation and actual installation of graphics. B. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 A. Exterior Traffic Signs: 1. Manufacturer: Seton Nameplate Company (Branford, CT; 800/243 - 6624), or approved: 2 Material: Galvanized, bonderized steel, with baked enamel finish. 3. Support: U- Channel hot - rolled steel; deep green baked enamel finish; punched for bolt mounting of sign. 4. Type: As indicated on Drawings. 5. Finish: Beaded embossed. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. B. SIGNS Verify locations and spacing with Architect prior to final installation. Set sign posts plumb and rigid, where indicated on drawings and as detailed. 5/3/96\5/13/97105/13/97 r traffic signage. of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of END OF SECTION SECTION 02891 TRAFFIC SIGNAGE 02891 -1 4311:42re arzs s5 wiici1nm.J..V boa WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 1.2 REFERENCES A. Section Includes: 1. Cast -in -place concrete. 2. Concrete accessories. 3. Formwork, shoring, bracing, and anchorage. 4. Concrete reinforcement. B. Related Sections: 1. 02300 - Earthwork: Coordination with installation of subgrades and vapor barrier. 2. 02753 - Portland Cement Concrete Paving. C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. A. American Concrete Institute(ACI) 1. 301 - Specifications of Structural Concrete for Buildings. 2. 315 - Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. A185 - Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement. 2. A615 - Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel for Concrete Reinforcement. 3. C33 - Concrete Aggregates. 4. C94 - Ready -Mixed Concrete 5. C150 - Portland Cement. 6. C494 - Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with Section 01330. SECTION 03001 CONCRETE B. Shop Drawings: 1. Reinforcing and Concrete Configuration: a. Detail reinforcing in accordance with ACI 315. Indicate reinforcement sizes, spacings, locations and quantities of reinforcing, bending and cutting schedules, splicing, and supporting and spacing devices. b. Indicate embedded items. c. Show concrete configurations. C. Product Data: Submit data for each accessory, admixture, and curing material proposed for the work. D. Mix Designs: Prior to concrete work, submit nix designs for approval. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with ACI 301. Maintain copy of ACI 301 on site. 1/22/96\5/13/97\05/14/97 03001 -1 SECTION 03001 CONCRETE WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON B. Subtnit proposed mix design of each class of concrete to appointed firm for review prior to commencement of work. C. Concrete work is subject to special testing and inspection as specified in 01450. Notify Architect at least 48 hours before concrete is poured. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 FORM MATERIALS A. Unless specified otherwise, conform to ACI 30L B. Plywood: One of the following. I. APA B -B Plyform Class 1, EXT. C. Form Ties: Snap -off metal; cone ends. D. Chamfers and Rustication Strips: Wood or plastic; fabricate to the shapes indicated. 2.2 REINFORCING STEEL A. Reinforcing Steel: Types as indicated on the Structural Drawings. B. Welded Steel Wire Fabric: Types as indicated on the Structural Drawings. C. Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, and Spacers: Sized and shaped for strength and support of reinforcement during installation and placement of concrete. 2.3 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cement: ASTM C150, normal - Type 1 Portland, grey color. B. Normal Weight Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C33; severe weather exposure. C. Water: Clean and not detrimental to concrete. 2.4 ADMIXTURES A. Use admixtures only as approved by Structural Engineer. B. Air Entrainment Admixture: Conform with ASTM C260, Chem- Masters "ADZ- AIR ", "Darex AEA ", or approved, added in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. C. Water Reducer: ASTM C494, Type A; Euclid Chemical Company "Eucon Retarder - 75 ", Master Builders "Pozzolith 200N ", Sika Chemcial Corp. "Plastocrete ", or approved. D. Superplasticizer: ASTM C494, Type F or G. Euclid Chemical Company "Eucon 327 ", Sika Chemical Corporation "Sikament ", or approved. 2.5 ACCESSORIES A. Bonding Agent: Acrylic type; Sonneborn "Sonnocrete ", W.R. Grace "Duraweld C ", Euclid Chemical Co. "Flex- con ", or approved. 03001 -2 1/22/96 \5/13/97 \05/14/97 r. S. r_ t 1/22/M5/13/97105/14197 WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 2.7 REINFORCEMENT FABRICATION A. Fabricate as indicated and in accordance with ACI 315. SECTION 03001 CONCRETE B. Form Release Agent: Colorless material which will not stain concrete, absorb moisture, or impair bonding or color characteristics of coating intended for use on concrete. C. Curing Compounds: 1. Curing Compound: Burke "Res -X" All Resin Base; fugitive dye. D. Curing Paper: Burke Kraft Curing Paper Type I- SK -30, or approved. 2.6 CONCRETE MIX A. Mix concrete in accordance with ASTM C94, and in accordance with the requirements indicated on the Structural Drawings. Provide concrete with minimum 3000 psi compressive strength, unless indicated otherwise. B. Admixtures:. 1. All concrete shall contain a water reducing admixture. 2. Normal weight concrete: 5% - 7% entrained air by volume, for concrete exposed to freeze- thaw or de -icing salts, and all exterior concrete including, but not limited to, slabs, paving, sidewalks and perimeter building foundations. All pumped concrete, and concrete with required water /cement ratio below 0.50 shall contain superplasticizer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 FORMWORK ERECTION A. Verify lines, levels, and measurement before proceeding with formwork. Align form joints. B. Use plywood forms, unless other systems are approved by the Architect. C. Use form release agent on forms in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Verify that form release agents will not affect the bond of subsequent concrete surface treatments. D. Coordinate with work of other Sections in forming and setting openings, slots, recesses, chases, sleeves, bolts, anchors, and other inserts. E. Tolerances: Comply with ACI 301, Table 4.3.1 - Tolerances for Formed Surfaces. F. Where earth forms are used, hand trim sides and bottoms of earth forms. Remove loose dirt. 3,2 REINFORCEMENT A. Place, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. B. Locate reinforcing splices not indicated on the drawings at points of minimum stress. C. Provide laps and concrete cover as indicated in the Drawings. 3.3 PLACING CONCRETE A. In accordance with ACI 301, 0300] -3 WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK • SECTION 03001 SOUTH CENTER BRANCH :CONCRETE TUKWILA; WASHINGTON B. Bonding Agent: Mix thoroughly and apply strictly in accord with the manufacturer's instructions; do not use when ambient temperature is below 45 degrees F. Place concrete in contact immediately • while bonding agent is still tacky. 3.4 SLABS A. Curing: I. Apply curing compound to slabs not to receive additional finishes. 2. Apply curing/sealing compound at slabs to receive sealer. 3.., Moisture cure slabs to receive tile, resilient flooring, and other floor finish materials which are bonded to the concrete substrate. Moisture cure with curing paper. Seal the edges and secure in position to avoid displacement during subsequent construction operations. Finishes: Unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings provide the following: I . Full Trowel finish interior floor slab surfaces, unless specified otherwise. 2 Light steel trowel finish interior floor slab surfaces scheduled to receive tile: Slab Tolerances: Class B in accordance with ACI 301. END OF. SECTION 03001-4 1/22/96\5/1/97\05/14/97 . , _ :- WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 1.2 REFERENCES 2.1 A. Section Includes: 1. Custom metal fabrications not specified in other sections. B. Related Sections: 1. 03001 - Concrete: Embedment of metal fabrications. 2. 09900 - Painting: Field painting of metal fabrications. C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. A36 - Specification for Structural Steel 2. A53 - Specification for Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe 3. Al23 - Specification for Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. 4. A143 - Safeguarding Against Embrittlement of Hot Dipped Galvanized Structural Steel Products and Procedures for Detecting Embrittlement. 5. A307 - Specification for Carbon Steel Externally Threaded Standard Fasteners. 6. A384 - Safeguarding Against Warpage and Distortion During Hot Dip Galvanizing of Steel Assemblies. 7. A385 - Providing High Quality Zinc Coatings (Hot Dip) 8. A500 - Specification for Cold- Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with Section 01330. PART 2 PRODUCTS MATERIALS 1/22/96 \5/13/97 \05/13/97 SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS B. Shop Drawings: Show details of fabrication and installation; indicate materials, thickness of materials, sizes, dimensions, methods of reinforcement and embedment, attachments, anchorages, provisions for work of other trades, and other pertinent information as requested by Architect. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: Must be experienced and regularly engaged in producing metal fabrications of the type specified; must employ only skilled personnel using proper equipment to produce work. A. Carbon Steel: 1. Structural Shapes, Plates, and Bars: ASTM A36. 2. Pipe: ASTM A53, seamless, Type S, plain end; schedule 40 unless indicated otherwise. 05500 -1 SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS 3. Tubing: AST M A500. B. Fasteners: Provide fasteners of types as indicated, specified, or required for the assembly and installation of fabricated items. 1. Bolts: ASTM A307, unless indicated otherwise; include nuts and plain harden washers. 2. Drilled -In Concrete Anchors: Ramset "Trubolt Stud Anchor," or Hilti Fastening Systems "Kwikbolt," or approved. 2.2 FABRICATION - FERROUS METAL FABRICATIONS A. General. Fabrication Requirements: Fabricate as follows, unless specified or indicated otherwise. 1. Verify all dimensions and fabricate to detail with accurate sizes and shapes, straight lines, smooth curves, and sharp angles. 2. Welds shall have sufficient strength to withstand the loads applied. 3. For items exposed to view or subject to contact, grind welds smooth and level with adjacent surfaces; remove all burrs from cut edges. 4. Bend curved sections to a smooth radius free from buckles and twists. 5. Fabrications in exterior locations shall be fabricated to shed water. Fabrication of Elements to Receive Galvanized Coatings: 1. Fabricate in accordance with the applicable requirements of ASTM A143, A384, and A385. 2. All welding slag and burrs shall be removed prior to galvanizing. 3. Care shall be taken to avoid fabrication techniques which could cause distortion or embrittlement of the steel. 2.3 SHOP FINISHES A. Hot Dip Galvanizing: L Steel fabrications shall be galvanized in accordance with ASTM Al23. Bolts, nuts, washers, and other hardware shall be galvanized in accordance with A153. 2. Surface Finish: The galvanized coatings shall be continuous, firmly adhered, smooth, evenly distributed, and free from defects detrimental to the usefulness of the product. 3. Locations: Provide hot dip galvanizing for all metal fabrications in exterior or moist conditions, including exterior bollards. 2.4 PROTECTION A. For Metal in contact with concrete, masonry, and other dissimilar materials, provide contact surfaces with coating of an approved zinc- chromate primer in manner to obtain not less than 1.0 mil dry film thickness. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA. WASHINGTON A. Prior to starting work, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where work of this Section may properly commence. Notify the Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. B. Do not begin installation until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 05500 -2 1/22/96 \5/13/97 \05/13/97 a WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH . TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 3.3: SCHEDULE • A. The following list includes the principal metal fabrications and finishes in the Work. 1. Steel bollards; galvanized finish to receive coating specified in Section 09900. 2. Low partition support: Unfinished. 1/22/9615/13/97\05/13/97 END OF SECTION SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS INSTALLATION A. Install metal fabrications in accurate locations shown. Unless indicated otherwise, fabrications shall be installed plumb and level. • Provide all anchorage devices as indicated and required for a secure installation. Touch-up all surfaces damaged during installation. Patch all welds and damage marks with Matching primer. 05500-3 WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA. WASHINGTON PART 2 PRODUCTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Sheathing. 2. Dimensional wood framing. 3. Blocking and nailers. 4. Plywood terminal back boards. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. Substitutions: Substitutions will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Institute of Timber Construction (AITC). B. American Plywood Association (APA) C. American Wood Preservers' Association: Book of Standards (AWPA). D. National Lumber Grading Authority of Canada (NLGA) E. Product Standard (PS): PS -20 - American Softwood Lumber Standard F. West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau: Standard Grading Rules for West Coast Lumber (WCLIB). G. Western Wood Products Association (WWPA). 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with Section 01330. B. Product Data: Submit complete technical and product data on the following: 1. Framing and sheathing accessories. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Work shall conform to the requirements of the currently enforced Uniform Building Code, as adopted by the jurisdiction. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store and protect products under provisions of Section 01600. 2.1 DIMENSION LUMBER 1/22/96\5/13/97\05/13/97 SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY A. Lumber shall be manufactured in accordance with PS 20, and shall be stamped and graded in accordance with WWPA, WCLIB, or NLGA grading rules. 06100 -1 SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY B. Moisture Content: Kiln dried to 19% maximum moisture content, except for material whose least dimension is 4 inches thick or greater. C. Species: Hem -Fir, Spruce- Pine -Fir (SPF). or Douglas Fir Larch. unless indicated or specified otherwise. D. Structural Lumber Grades: As indicated on the Structural Drawings. E Architectural Lumber Grades: Unexposed non - structural wood framing and blocking indicated on the Architectural Drawings shall be graded as follows: 1. Non - Structural Framing (2" to 4" thick, 2" to 6" wide): "Construction - Light Framing," "Stud," or better. 2. Blocking and Nailers: "Utility - Light Framing," or better. 2.2 PANEL MATERIALS A. Floor Sheathing: As indicated on the Structural Drawings. B. Terminal Backboards: APA AC grade exterior; fire retardant treated. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners: 1. Hot - dipped galvanized steel for exterior, high humidity, and treated wood locations. 2. Use ring shank nails at floor sheathing. B. Metal Connectors: Types as indicated on the Structural Drawings. C. Construction Adhesive: Maklenburg Duncan MD400, or other product meeting the requirements of AFG -01. 2.4 WOOD TREATMENT A. Wood Preservative (Pressure Treatment): 1. Preservative treat all exterior lumber and plywood, including all roofing nailers, curbs[, parapet sheathing], and other wood in contact with concrete, masonry, and moist conditions. Site treat sawn ends with preservative treatment. 2. For above ground use, use AWPA Treatment C -2 using CCA waterborne preservative with 0.25 pounds per cubic foot of wood retention. 3. For ground contract use, use AWPA Treatment C -22 using CCA waterborne preservative with 0,40 pounds per cubic foot of wood retention. 4. Treated wood shall have a maximum moisture content of 19 %. 5. Treated wood shall bear the quality stamp of an inspection agency approved by the jurisdictional code authorities. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Prior to starting work, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where work of this Section may properly commence. Notify the Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. 06100 -2 WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 1/22/96\5/13/97\05/13/97 4,.1. WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON B. Do not begin installation until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning_ work constitutes acceptance of site conditions and responsibility for defective installation caused by prior observable conditions. 3.2 FRAMING A. Erect as indicated. B. Erect wood framing members level and plumb unless indicated otherwise. C. Place horizontal members crown side up. D. Nailing shall be in accordance with UBC Table 23 -I -Q, unless indicated otherwise. E. Use framing members full length without splices. F. Tolerances: 1. Maximum 1/4 inch from true position. 2. Maximum 1/4 inch in 10 feet from true plumb or level. 3.3 SHEATHING A. Install sheathing as indicated. When not indicated, install as follows: 1. Secure sheathing with edges on firm bearing. Provide solid edge blocking between sheets. 2. Secure roof sheathing perpendicular to framing members with ends staggered. B. Fastening shall be in accordance with Chapter 23 of the UBC, unless indicated otherwise. C. Allow 1/8 inch spacing at ends and edges between panels, unless otherwise recommended by panel manufacturer. D. Floor sheathing shall be glued to framing members in accordance with panel manufacturer's recommendations. 3.4 BLOCKING, NAILERS, AND CURBS A. Provide blocking, nailers, and curbs for all sheathing, roof construction, metal flashing, and other construction as indicated. B. Wood Blocking: Install wood blocking to receive mechanical fasteners for support of plumbing and electrical fixtures and equipment, cabinets, door stop plates, wood base, wainscots, coat hooks, toilet and bath accessories, kitchen equipment, and all other wall and ceiling mounted components. 3.5 PLYWOOD TERMINAL BACKBOARDS A. Telephone Terminal Backboards: Provide a fire retardant treated plywood for telephone systems where indicated on the Drawings. B. Mechanically apply directly over gypsum backing board. 1/22/9615/13/97 W5/ 13/97 END OF SECTION SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 -3 WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Wood standing and running trim. 2. Door and relite frames. 3. Option for shop applied finishing. 1.2 REFERENCES 1.4 SUBMITTALS ,(" 1/22/96\5/13/97105/13/97 B. Related Sections: 1. 06100 - Rough Carpentry: Blocking for finish carpentry 2. 06410 - Custom Cabinets: Adjacent casework. 3. 08210 - Wood Doors: Doors for wood frames. 4. 08710 - Door Hardware. 5. 08730 - Door and Hardware Installation: Installation of wood doors and frames. 6. 08800 - Glazing: Glazing for relites. 7. 09900 - Painting: Stains and finish coatings; field application. C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 Specification Sections apply to all the Work of this Section. D. Substitutions: Substitutions will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. A. Make submittals in accordance with Section 01330. SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY A. Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI): Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards, current edition. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator: A minimum of 5 years experience in the fabrication of custom architectural woodwork of the type specified. The Fabricator shall be approved by the Architect. B. Qualifications of Installers: Use only journeyman finish carpenters who are thoroughly trained and skilled in the work, and who are completely familiar with the materials and quality standards specified. No allowance will be made for lack of skill on the part of workmen. B. Submit shop drawings. Indicate materials, components, profiles, fastening methods, jointing details, finishes and accessories. Details shall be at a minimum scale of 1 -1/2 inch per foot. C. Samples; Solid Wood with Transparent Finish: When shop finishing is selected, submit a minimum of three 12 inch long samples representative of the maximum range of color and graining to be expected for each species, cut, and finish combination specified. Include samples of transparent finish with site applied putty filler in nail holes. 06200 -1 SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA. WASHINGTON A. In accordance with 01600, and as follows: 1. Do not deliver wood materials to the building until "wet" work such as gypsum wallboard work has been completed. 2. Store materials indoors in ventilated area with a minimum temperature of 60 degrees F., and a maximum humidity of 55 %. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Lumber: 1. Maximum moisture content of 6%. 2. Transparent Finish Lumber: AWI Grade I; American Cherry, hand select for color and grain match. 3. Opaque Finish Lumber: AWI Grade II Poplar. 2.2 . STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM FABRICATION A. Shop cut and mill all lumber to the shapes indicated. B. Mill and assemble built -up sections. All glue lines shall be free of squeeze -out where transparent finishes are to be applied. C. Tolerances for overall assembly dimensions shall be within 1/32 of an inch. D. Shop fit and assemble to the greatest extent possible. 2.3 WOOD DOOR AND RELITE FRAME FABRICATION A. Fabricate door and relite frames to the shapes indicated. B. Fabricate to provide the following door installation clearances: 1. 1/8 inch at top, and edges. 2. 1/2 inch from door bottom to the floor finish. C. Machine frames to receive hardware specified in Section 08710. Request templates from the hardware supplier. D. Fabricate to receive glazing with proper clearances for expansion and contraction. E. Fabricate frames from single length pieces, without joints, for each straight length. F. Fabricate each section from solid stock, except composite construction consisting of fabricator selected solid wood clad with specified transparent finish veneer may be used. Exposed edges shall consist of tninimutn 1/8 inch thick solid wood to match the veneer. 2.4 FINISHING A. Sand all exposed and semi- exposed wood surfaces smooth, always sanding in the direction of the wood grain. B. Sand all exposed transparent finish wood surfaces to AWI "Premium " grade standards. Sand all semi- exposed transparent or opaque finish wood surfaces to AWI "Custom" grade standards. 06200 -2 I/22/96\5/13/97\05/13/97 1�h I ._ r WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON C. Fill all depressions and imperfections in transparent finish woods with color matched putty. D. Finish Coating: As specified in Section 09900. E. Finish carpentry shall be shop finished or field finished at the Contractor's option. Items which have been shop finished shall be retouched as necessary to conceal all damage. Items which cannot be successfully repaired shall be replaced with new complying items. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Prior to starting work, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where work of this Section may properly commence. Notify the Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. B. Do not begin installation until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of site conditions and responsibility for defective installation caused by prior observable conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Coordinate the installation of blocking and other supports required for the installation of architectural woodwork elements. 3.3 STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY A. Jointing: Make all joints to conceal shrinkage; miter all exterior corners; cope all interior corners, miter or scarf all end -to -end joints; install all trim pieces as long as possible, jointing only where solid support is obtained. Make no joints closer than 4 feet to corners. B. Lengths of Material: Use random lengths and show typical joint locations on shop drawings. The minimum length shall be 8 feet, except where short lengths are required by installation conditions. C. Fastening: 1. Install all items straight, true, level, plumb, and firmly anchored in place; where blocking or backing is required, coordinate as necessary with other trades to ensure placement of all required backing and blocking in a timely manner. 2. Fasten trim with finish nails of proper dimension to hold the member firmly in place without splitting the wood. 3. On exposed finish work, set all nails and putty at transparent finish wood; use non - shrink filler at opaque finish wood.. 4. Align exposed fasteners for uniform pattern; random or "shotgun" patterns will not be accepted. 3.4 DOOR AND RELITE FRAMES A. Install wood door frames to receive operable doors in accordance with 08739. B. Install in accordance with the applicable requirements specified for standing and running trim. C. Provide wood support framing and nailers. D. Glazing of relites is specified in Section 08800. I/22196\5/13/97\05/13/97 06200 -3 • • ' • -,, „, • ., • ' • SECTION 06200 • FINISH CARPENTRY • 3.5 SITE FINISHING • A. Set all exposed fasteners. • B. Apply non-shrink wood filler to exposed fastener indentations and other minor imperfections. Filler at transparent fini0i wood shall be color matching. Filled applied•to shop finished materials shall be wiped clean from adjacent shop finished surfaces. For wood to be field finished, sand all exposed and semi-exposed wood surfaces smooth, always sanding in the direction of the wood grain. Sand all exposed transparent finish wood surfaces to . AWI "Premium " grade standards. Sand all semi-exposed transparent or opaque finish wood • surfaces to AWI "Custom" grade standards. • • 3.6 CLEANING UP • A.- Keep the premises in a neat, safe, and orderly condition at all times during execution of this portion of the work, free from accumulation of sawdust, cut-ends, and debris. . At the end of each working day, or more often if necessary, thoroughly sweep and/or vacuum surfaces. Remove the refuse to the area of the job site set aside for its storage. 06200-4 END OF SECTION WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTERBRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON I/22/96\5/13/97\05/13/97 • WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA. WASHINGTON PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Plastic laminate casework. 2. . Closet shelves and hardware. 3. Wall shelves and wall standards. Related Sections: 1. 06100 - Rough Carpentry: Blocking for wall mounted items. 2. 06200 - Finish Carpentry: Adjacent finish work. C. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. D. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. 1.2 REFERENCES SECTION 06410 CUSTOM CABINETS A. The Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI): Architectural Woodwork Quality. Standards, current edition. B. American Plywood Association (APA): Grades and Specifications 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Exposed Portions: Those surfaces visible when doors and drawers are closed, including edges of doors and drawers, edges of cabinet boxes visible between drawers and doors, and countertop knee braces. B. Semi - Exposed Portions: Those areas not defined as exposed, but visible when solid (not glazed) doors and drawers are opened. C. Concealed Portions: All remaining areas not defined as exposed or semi- exposed. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Requirements: Fabricator shall have a minimum of 5 years experience in producing premium grade commercial quality millwork. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Make all submittals in accordance with Section 01330. B. Shop Drawings: Show all casework configurations, construction details, and locations of all hardware. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery: Do not deliver casework to building until "wet work" such as concrete, plaster and gypsum wallboard work have been completed and cured. 3/3/97\5/13/97\05/13/97 06410 -1 SECTION 06410 CUSTOM CABINETS PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.2 HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES 06410 -2 WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON B. Casework Storage: Store in dry place with adequate air circulation, avoiding excessive moisture, limiting average moisture content of wood to 8 percent or less at delivery time. C. .Handling: Protect casework from excessive moisture and damage during shipment from fabrication plant. D. Replacement: In the event of damage to casework, immediately make all repairs or replace as necessary, to the approval of the Architect at no additional cost to the Owner. 2.1. MATERIALS A. Prefinished Board: Low pressure laminate polyester over particle board core; Pickering Industries "PlyGuard," or approved; color as selected. Plastic. Laminate: Brands and colors as noted on the drawings. 1. Exposed: NEMA LD -3, general purpose and vertical grade as specified. 2. Backing Sheets: NEMA LD -3; backing grade; undecorated. C Particle Board: Medium density particle board; comply with HUD standard 24 CFR Part 3280.308 for formaldehyde emissions. D. Plywood: PS 1; exterior grade; A grade face veneer where plastic laminate is bonded to the face; touch sanded. E. Hardboard Plywood: HPVA Grade B -2 or approved, 7 ply birch plywood; 3/4 inch thickness unless otherwise indicated. A. Casework Adjustable Shelf Support Clips: Knape and Vogt (K &V) #346; zinc plated metal B. Drawer and Door Pulls: Green Street Details (Portland OR; 800/275 -7855 or 503/222 -5537) Series 350A; Model #350/013/000; brushed chrome wire pulls; 3 -1/2" c to c. C. Hinges: European style concealed hinges; Blum, Grass, Hafele, or approved; self closing; 110 degree opening; number of hinges as recommended by the manufacturer for the door size and weight. D. Wall Standards: K &V No. 87 standard with No. 187 brackets. E. Drawer Glides: Accuride or approved; full extension; 75 Ib. minimum load rating. F. Closet Rods: K &V No. 770; 764/766 brackets. 3/3/97\5/13/97\05 /13/97 4 "f iFG�.0 r kbv /i3:•*b v; - p•+x:wa4'Po- mravruw+. ,as -...,. WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 2.3 CASEWORK FABRICATION A. Plastic Laminate Casework Construction: 1. Fabricate casework in accordance with AWI standard section 400; custom grade. 2. Design: AWI Flush overlay design, unless indicated otherwise. Joint between exposed doors, drawer faces, and countertop edges shall be 1/8 inch plus or minus 1 /16. 3. Unless indicated otherwise, fabricate casework of plastic laminate covered particle board with plastic laminate self edging. Prefinished board with matching plastic laminate or PVC edges may be used for the semi - exposed portions of the casework. 4. Particle board shall be minimum 3/4" thick unless indicated otherwise. 5. Provide openings in casework for the incorporation of all electrical and mechanical components. 6. Provide all hardware, fasteners, and exposed trim. 7. Adjustable Shelves: Provisions for shelf adjustment shall be by adjustable shelf hardware as specified herein. 8. Provide adjustable base to provide level installation which accommodates variations in floor levelness. B. Hardware Installation: 1. Install hardware straight and true and in perfect alignment horizontally and vertically with adjacent casework and hardware. 2. Carefully fit and securely attach cabinet hardware in accordance with manufacturers' printed instructions, and exercise caution not to mar or injure existing surfaces. 3. Recess adjustable shelf standards to be flush with face of finished surface. 4. Upon completion of work, and in the Architect's presence, demonstrate hardware to work freely as intended. 2.4 PLASTIC LAMINATE COUNTERTOPS A. Fabricate to AWI Custom grade. B. Fabricate countertops from particle board and general purpose grade plastic laminate in the shapes indicated. C. Where countertops are indicated with sinks, use exterior grade plywood in lieu of particle board. 2.5 WALL SHELF FABRICATION A. Unless indicated otherwise, fabricate from minimum 3/4 inch thick hardwood plywood with matching self edging. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION 3/31970/13/97\05113/97 SECTION 06410 CUSTOM CABINETS A. Prior to starting work, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where work of this Section may properly commence. Notify the Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. B. Do not begin installation until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of site conditions and respohsibility for defective installation caused by prior observable conditions. 06410 -3 SECTION 06410: CUSTOM CABINETS 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Coordinate casework installation with the work of other trades for final electrical and mechanical connections. 13. Install all casework accurately, scribed plumb, square, and level, and permanently secured in accurate position as indicated on the Drawings. . , C. . All fasteners securing casework shall be in concealed or semi-concealed locations '..,. :,...:... . D. Repair or replace all damaged components in a manner approved by the Architect. ...*: . E. .Install wall shelves with standards firmly anchored to studs or other supports. Coordinate installation of studs or other supports to create symmetrical location of wall.standards. .': 3.3 . CLEAN A. Following completion of casework installation, remove all rubbish and debris resulting from the work from the premises, legally disposed of and leave the entire project in a neat, clean condition acceptable to the Architect. 06410-4 WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK • SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON Do not damage adjacent surfaces while cleaning the work of this section. END OF SECTION 3/3/97\5/13/97105/13/97 WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA. WASHINGTON PART .1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Thermal batt and blanket insulation. 2. Acoustical insulation. 1.2 REFERENCES PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS PART 3 EXECUTION 1/22/96\5/13/97\05/14/97 SECTION 07211 BATT AND BLANKET INSULATION Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. C. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. C665 - Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing. 2. E84 - Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. A. Thermal Batt and Blanket Insulation: ASTM C665, Type III, class A; preformed glass fiber roll with foil scrim kraft face; [oversize widths for friction -fit between metal framing members][staple flange edges for wood framing]; flame spread of 25 or less and a smoke developed of 50 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. B. Acoustical Insulation: ASTM C665; preformed glass fiber or mineral fiber; unfaced; widths as necessary to fit stud cavities; thickness, 3 inches minimum. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Tape: To match foil scrim kraft face; 2 inch width. B. Provide other accessories, not specifically described, but required for a complete installation. 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify adjacent materials are secure, properly spaced, dry, and ready to receive installation. B. Verify mechanical and electrical services within spaces to insulated have been installed and tested. C. Prior to starting work, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where work of this Section may properly commence. Notify the Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. 07211 -1 07211-2 SECTION 07211 BAIT AND BLANKET INSULATION WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON D. Do not begin installation until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of site conditions and responsibility for defective installation caused by prior observable conditions. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF INSULATION A. Install insulation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, and as indicated. B. Install insulation without gaps or voids. C. Trim insulation neatly to fit spaces. Use batts free of damage. END OF SECTION D. Install insulation with vapor barrier toward warm side of building spaces. Vapor barrier shall be continuous. Tape seal tears or cuts in vapor barrier. E At metal stud framing, insert the insulation edges tightly into the stud channels for a friction fit. Where insulation butts the backside of stud channels at insulated partitions with sheathing on one side only, continuously tape insulation flanges to the exposed metal stud flange. F. Provide thermal batt insulation in sufficient thickness to provide the following R values, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings: 1. Walls: R19. G. Additional Requirements for Acoustical Insulation: 1. Place insulation tight around cut openings, behind and around electrical and mechanical items within or behind partitions, and tight to items passing through partitions. 2. Acoustical Insulation at Ceilings: a. Lay acoustical insulation over each acoustically insulated partition which terminates at the ceiling. Insulation shall extend a minimum of 24" each side of the centerline of the acoustical partition b. Acoustical insulation batts shall be tightly butted. c. Cut and fit neatly around mechanical and sprinkler drops. d. Fill spaces between wall batts (at top plate line) and ceiling batts to ensure complete sound closure. e. Omit insulation over tops of recessed fluorescent light fixtures; and within 2 inches of recessed incandescent fixtures. 1/22/96\5/13/97\05/14/97 . WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Exterior insulation and finish system. SECTION 07240 EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM B. Related Sections: 1. 07920 - Joint Sealants: Joint fillers. 2. 09256 - Gypsum Sheathing: Substrate. C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: No substitute products will be considered. 1:2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. C578 - Specification for Preformed , Cellular polystyrene Thermal Insulation 2. D897 - Test Method for Tensile Properties of Adhesive Bonds. 3. E330 - Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure difference. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with Section 01330. B. Samples: Submit one 12 inch x 12 inch square finish sample for each color and finish texture combination proposed for the work. Submit additional samples until a sample for each combination is approved by the Architect. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: 1. Use only personnel who are thoroughly trained and experienced in skills required and completely familiar with manufacturer's current methods of installation for actual execution and installation of work. 2. Installer shall be approved by the product manufacturer prior to bidding. 1.5 PRODUCT STORAGE A. Store products prior to use at a minimum temperature of 40 degrees F. 1.6 JOB CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: 1. Temperature: Apply system only on unfrozen surfaces and at ambient temperatures above 40 degrees F.. Maintain ambient temperature above 40 degrees F. for minimum of 24 hours after installation. Provide supplementary heat if required. 2. Moisture: Apply system to dry surfaces only. B. Protection: Protect adjacent materials and this system from weather and other damage during installation, while curing or when unattended. 1/22/9615/13/97\05 /14/97 07240 -1 SECTION 07240 EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM 1.7 WARRANTY A. Provide 3 year warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. WASHINGTON. MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA. WASHINGTON PART 2 PRODUCTS 2,1 APPROVED SYSTEMS A. Dryvit System Inc., "Outsulation." 2.2 MATERIALS A. Provide manufacturer's standard materials, unless specified otherwise. B. Insulation Board: Expanded polystyrene board, properly aged, minimum six weeks; complying with ASTM C578 Type 1; average density 1.0 lbs /cu ft.; Radco quality control and labeling; 1- 1/2 inch minimum thickness unless noted otherwise. C. Finish and Base Coats: Manufacturer's standard; 100% acrylic; custom integral colors as selected by the Architect to match the storefront framing; listed by Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. as having a flame spread of 25 or less. D. Reinforcing Mesh: Manufacturer's standard alkaline resistant open weave glass fibermesh; standard duty and heavy duty. I. Standard: 4.3 oz psy minimum . 2. Heavy duty: 20 oz psy minimum. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Prior to starting work, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where work of this Section may properly commence. Notify the Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. B. Do not begin installation until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of site conditions and responsibility for defective installation caused by prior observable conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Protect adjacent surfaces, including bituminous roofing materials, from contact with overspray and spatter of solvent based primers, adhesives, and finish coats. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, unless indicated or specified otherwise. B. Attach insulation to substrate with adhesives. C. Apply basecoat in two applications; a minimum of 1/16 inch thick per application. Embed reinforcing mesh in the base coat.. Second base coat application shall be thick enough so that the reinforcing mesh does not show through the base coat. 07240 -2 1/22/96 \5 /13/97 \05/14/97 3.5 PROTECTION A. In accordance with Section 01500. END OF SECTION • . . Surface Flatness: Maximum deviation of 1/8 inch from a true plane when tested with a 10 foot straightedge. 2 Arrises: No point on an arris shall vary more than 1/8th inch in 10 feet. (..:::. . . 3.4 CLEAN UP A. Remove dirt and stains from EIFS surfaces and adjacent surfaces without damaging finishes. 07240-3 .,....h, WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Cleaning and preparation of joint surfaces. 2. Sealant and backing materials. B. Related Sections: 1. 07240 - Exterior Insulation and Finish System: Special preparation to receive sealant. 2. 09250 - Gypsum Board: Control joints. C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): C1193 - Guide for Use of Joint Sealants. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01330. 1 Product Literature for each material used. 2. Manufacturer's surface preparation and installation instructions. 3. Samples: Submit manufacturer's standard color card indicating available stock colors for entire line of sealants of each type. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installers: Use only skilled workmen specially trained in the techniques of sealing, and familiar with the published recommendations of the manufacturers of the sealants being used. B. Verify that sealants are compatible with the substrates and accessory materials provided under other Sections. Notify Architect of evidence of incompatibility. 1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 A. Install and protect installed sealants under conditions recommended by the manufacturer and as follows: 1. Do not apply sealant when ambient temperatures are below 40 degrees F, or expected to fall below 40 degrees F before sealant cure is complete. 2. Do not apply sealant to substrates or accessories that are moist. SEALANTS SECTION 07920 JOINT SEALANTS, A. Type P - Multi - Component Polyurethane, Non -Sag Type: ASTM C920, Type M, grade NS, Class 25; Tremco "Dymeric," Bostik "Chem -Calk 500," Pecora "Dynatrol II," Sonneborn "Sonalastic NP -2," PRC "Permapol RC -2," or approved, 3/31/97\5/13/97\05/14/97 07920 -1 SECTION 07920 JOINT SEALANTS PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION 07920 -2 WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA. WASHINGTON B. Type PT - Polyurethane Traffic Joint Sealant: ASTM C920, Type S, Grade P. class 25; Tremco "THC 901 ". Sonneborn "Sonolastic SL 1," Pecora "Urexpan NR-201", or approved. C. Type A - Single Component Acrylic Sealant: ASTM C834: Tremco "Acrylic Latex Caulk ". Pecora "AC -20 ", Sonneborn "Sonolac" or approved; standard colors to match adjacent construction. D. Type SM - Mildew Resistant Silicone Sealant: USDA Approved; Dow Corning "786," GE "Sanitary Sealant," or approved; translucent. 2.2 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Primer: Non - staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. B. Joint Cleaner: Non - corrosive and non - staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer; ' compatible with joint forming materials. C. Joint Filler: Closed cell polyethylene foam; round profile; thickness approximately 130% of joint width. D. Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. A. Prior to starting work, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where work of this Section may properly commence. Notify the Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. B. Do not begin installation until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of site conditions and responsibility for defective installation caused by prior observable conditions. C. Verify joint dimensions and conditions are acceptable to receive the work of this Section. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean and prepare joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Remove any loose materials and other foreign matter which might impair adhesion of sealant.- B. Apply masking tightly around joints to protect adjacent surfaces from excess sealant. C. Prime as required for proper bond to substrate materials. D. Place backing materials to achieve proper sealant width /depth ratios and to prevent sealant sag. Use bond breaker where required. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Perform work in accordance with ASTM C1193, unless specified otherwise or recommended otherwise by the sealant manufacturer. B. Sealant beads shall have a sectional width to depth ratio of 2 to 1, except no bead shall have a depth greater than 3/4 inch. 3/31197 \5/13/97 \05/14/97 r'+ 44, WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 07920 JOINT SEALANTS • 'Apply sealant within recommended temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied within recommended temperature ranges. Tool joints concave, unless indicated otherwise. Finish free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges, and sags. 3.4 CLEANUP Clean adjacent surfaces free of excess sealant as the work progresses. Use cleaning agents recommended by the sealant manufacturer. Upon completion, remove and dispose of masking. PROTECTION A. Protect sealant in joints subject to dirt, moisture, and traffic during the sealant curing process. Protection shall be able to resist traffic while remaining securely in position. 3.6 SCHEDULE A. Type P: Provide at all exterior joints, unless specified otherwise; color as selected by the Architect from the manufacturer's complete line. . Type PT: Provide at all exterior and interior horizontal joints subject to traffic and abrasion, unless specified otherwise; standard colors as selected. C. Type A: Provide at all interior joints, unless specified otherwise. D. Type SM: Provide at joints around countertops in lounge and toilet rooms; at joints around plumbing fixtures. 3/31/9715/13/97 \05/14/97 END OF SECTION 07920-3 WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK... SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA. WASHINGTON PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Wood doors. 2. Wood gate. 3. Door accessories. Related Sections: 1. 06200 - Finish Carpentry: Wood door frames. 2.. 08710 - Door Hardware. 3. 08730 - Door and. Hardware Installation. 1.2 . REFERENCES SECTION 08210 WOOD DOORS C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates. the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. A. Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI): Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards, current edition. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with 01330. B. Submit shop drawings and product data. Indicate door elevations, stile and rail reinforcement, internal blocking for hardware attachment. C. Submit two 8 x 10 inch samples of each transparent door finish applied to specified veneer. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. In accordance with Section 01600. B. Package, deliver, and store doors in accordance with AWI requirements. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Provide manufacturer's standard warranty under provisions of Section 01770. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 DOORS A. Solid Core Flush Doors: 1. AWI Section 1300, Premium grade. 2. Core: Solid particle board core. 3. AWI PC -5 or PC -7 (5 or 7 ply construction). 4. Face Veneer: As scheduled: a. Transparent Finish Veneer: Provide AWI Grade I American Cherry; minimum 1/50 ". I/22/96\5/13/97105/13/97 08210 -1 • , , 08210-2 • SECTION 08210 • • WOOD DOORS PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Installation of wood doors is specified in Section 08730. END OF SECTION WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON b. Paint Grade Veneer: Medium density overlay or paint grade Birch. 5. 1-3/4 inch thick, unless scheduled otherwise. 6. At transparent finish doors, vertical edges shall be wood to match face veneer. Hollow Core Flush Gate: 1. AWI Section 1300-G-6, Premium Grade "Standard Hollow Core Door". 2. Vertical edges minimum 1 inch thick. 3. Top and bottom rails minimum 2-1/4 inches thick. • 4. Face Veneer: AWI Grade I American Cherry; minimum 1/50". 5. Vertical and top edges shall be wood to match face veneer. • 6. .1-3/4 inch thick, unless scheduled otherwise. ' 2.2 FABRICATION A. Fabricate doors to the configurations indicated, in accordance with the AWI standards specified. B. Bond stiles and rails to solid core with hot melt or RF cured adhesive. C. Where matching hardwood edges are required, provide minimum 1/2 inch thick continuous edge strips, finger joints not permitted. D. Bevel latch edge 1/8 inch in 2 inches on all single acting doors. E. Prefit and premachine doors and frames in accordance with AWI 1300-S-6. Premachine for hardware specified in Section 08710, and locate as specified in Section 08730. F. Doors may be field finished or shop finished in accordance with the requirements of Section 09900, at the Contractor's option. G. Flush Door Blocking: For flush doors, provide solid lock blocks and special blocking as required for the hardware components specified elsewhere. 1/22/96\5/13/97\05/13/97 t" d 4 WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Finish hardware items. B. Related Sections 1. 01770 - Closeout Procedures: Submittal of keys. 2. 06200 - Finish Carpentry: Wood frames. 3. 08210 - Wood Doors. 4. 08730 - Door and Hardware Installation. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Make all submittals in accordance with Section 01330. B. Schedules: Upon award of hardware contract, submit three copies of the finish hardware schedule, organized into "hardware sets" and indicating complete designation of every item required for each door or opening. List in vertical form. Architect's review of hardware schedules does not relieve Contractor's responsibility to fulfill project requirements in accordance with Contract Documents. C. Templates: Furnish hardware templates to door and frame fabricators, and hardware installers. Upon request, check shop drawings of such other work to confirm that adequate provisions will be made for the proper installation of hardware. D. Manufacturer's Data: Submit three copies of manufacturer's data for each item of finish hardware. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Supplier: Finish hardware shall be supplied by recognized builders' hardware supplier who has been furnishing hardware in the same area as the project for a period of not less than two years. The supplier's organization shall include a member of the American Society of Architectural Hardware Consultants who is available at all reasonable times during the course of the work to meet with the Owner, Architect or Contractor for project hardware consultation. B. Installer: Finish hardware shall be installed only by experienced tradesmen in compliance with trade union jurisdictions, either at the door and frame fabrication plant or at the project site. C. Codes: 1. All finish hardware shall comply with applicable local and /or state current building codes. 2. Hardware for fire -rated openings shall also be in compliance with all fire building codes applicable to the district in which the building is located. Provide only hardware which has been tested and listed by UL for the types and sizes of doors required, and which complies with the requirements of the door and door frame labels. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery: Deliver all hardware in manufacturers' original unopened undamaged packages, clearly identifying manufacturer, brand name, and contents. B. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary. C. Mark each item of hardware as to description and location of installation in accordance with approved hardware schedule. 4/29/9715/13/97105/14/97 SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE 08710 -1 SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON D. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect the finish on hardware before. during and after installation. 1.5 GUARANTEES A. In addition to required one year warranty under Conditions of the Contract, furnish 5 -year unconditional guarantees for all door closers, under provisions of Section 01770. 1.6 MAINTENANCE A. Factory representatives for door closers, exit bolts. and locksets shall be available during the construction to instruct the Contractor on the proper method of installation of their materials. They shall inspect and adjust their materials at the completion of the work, and supply proper maintenance manuals to the Owner. B. Furnish two (2) sets of special tools for installation and maintenance of hardware. Tools for maintenance and adjustments are to be delivered to the Owner upon completion of the work. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 HARDWARE A. Furnish hardware items as scheduled and specified. B. Except as listed in the following paragraphs, no substitutions of materials will be allowed unless approved by the Architect five days prior to bid opening. 2.2 FINISHES A. In general, unless otherwise indicated, finishes shall be satin chrome US26D. 2.3 KEYING A. General: Construction master -key all locksets and cylinder items; provide 12 construction masterkeys. B. Owner shall be responsible for final keying. Contractor shall return all construction keys to the Owner. 2.4 DOOR HARDWARE A. Butts: 1. In the following paragraphs where Hager numbers are listed, equivalent items of Lawrence, McKinney Sales Company, or the Stanley Works may be supplied. 2. Exterior doors (outswing) 38" wide or less shall have Hager BB1191 butts, size 4 1/2 x 4 1/2. 3. Interior doors 38" wide or less shall have Hager BB 1279 butts, size 4 1/2 x 4 1/2. 4. Provide butts on exterior doors with nonremovable pins (set screw in barrel, pin nonremovable when door is closed), and safety stud. 5. All doors shall have 3 butts, aluminum entrance doors shall have pivots. 6. Provide full threaded wood screws for wood doors and /or jambs. 7. Butt widths listed are minimum. Provide butts of wider throw to suit conditions for 180° operation of doors, structural conditions permitting. 08710 -2 4/29/97 \5 /13/97 \05/14/97 • • WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON B. Pivots and Floor Closers 1. Manufacturer: Rixson. Closure Pressure: Set to 8.5 pounds for exterior doors, per current requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act. Locksets, Deadlocks, Cylinders and Padlocks: 1. Manufacturer: a. Locks and Deadlocks - Schlage, Adams Rite, or approved. b. Cylinders and Padlocks - Schlage. 2. Provide lock strikes with minimum projection to protect trim. 3. Provide wrought boxes for locksets and deadlocks. 4. Provide deadlocks with armored fronts. 5. Function as indicated in hardware groups. 6. Dead bolts at exterior doors shall have a minimum throw of 1 inch and of 3/4 inch. SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE minimum embedment D. Door Closers: 1. Manufacturer: Corbin. 2 Types: as scheduled. 3. Provide finished (US26D) sex nuts and bolts for all closers applied to fire rated wood doors. 4. Provide suitable feet and proper length arms to suit all conditions. 5. Sizes shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. Closers shall have a 5 -year unconditional guarantee. Finish shall match locksets 6. All door closers to be mounted on private side of door. No thru bolts. 7. Closure Pressure: Set to 8.5 pounds for exterior doors and 5 lbs for interior doors, per current requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act. E. Flush Bolts: By door manufacturer. F. Door Stops and Overhead Stops: 1. Manufacturer: a. Builders Brass as scheduled. b. Rixson 2. Locate floor stops free from foot traffic. 3. Provide silencers for metal jambs, 3 for single jambs and 4 for double jambs. G. Thresholds, Weatherstrip, Door Bottom and Gaskets: 1. Manufacturer: Pemko Mfg. Co., or approved equal by Rixson. 2. Types as indicated in Hardware Groups. 4/29/97\5113/97\05/14/97 08710 -3 SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE 2:5 HARDWARE GROUPS A. Furnish for each door, the items scheduled within the designated hardware groups: HW -1 Provide new cylinders in existing locks as directed by the Owner. HW -2 NOT USED 08710 -4 HW -3 (JANITOR) 1 -1/2 pr Butts BB1279 US26D 4 -1/2 x 4 -1 /2 1 ea Lockset L9050 12A US26D CLS WBX 1 ea Overhead stop 5 -233 x US26D 3 ea Silencers HW -4 NOT USED HW -5 (COUPON BOOTH) 1 -1/2 pr Butts BB1279 US26D 4 -1/2 x 4 -I /2 1 ea Lockset L9050 12A US26D CLS WBX 1 ea Closer DC2200 M72 689 1 ea Floor stop F8063 -1/2 US26D 3 ea Silencers HW -6 (MEN'S WOMEN'S) 1 -1/2 pr Butts BB1279 US26D 4 -1/2 x 4 -1/2 1 ea Hotel Lockset L9486 ( "Do Not Disturb"), Al2 US26D CLS WBX 1 ea Closer DC2200 M72 689 1 ea Wall stop WC9X US26D 3 ea Silencers HW -7 (LOUNGE) 1 -1/2 pr Butts BB1279 US26D 4 -1/2 x 4 -1/2 1 ea Lockset L9050 Al2 US26D CLS WBX 1 ea Closer DC2200 M72 689 1 ea Overhead stop 5 -333 US26D 3 ea Silencers HW -8 NOT USED HW -9 NOT USED HW -10 (TELLER ROOM) 1 ea Butt BB1279 US26D 4 -1/2 x 4 -1/2 1 ea Spring Hinge Bommer #4310 4-1/2 x 4 -1/2 US26D 1 ea Deadlock - B 180N, 626 Less Bolt or 90 -046 1 ea Bolt - 12 -103 626 2 -3/4 BS 1 ea Strike Plate 10 -001 626 2 ea Silencers 1 ea Wall stop WC9X US26D * locate thumbturn on teller side of the gate. WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAYINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 4/29197\5113/97\05 /14197 • 'WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA. WASHINGTON HW-1 I NOT USED .HW-12 NOT USED HW - (STORAGE & UTILITY) 1-1/2 pr Butts BB 1279 US26D 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 1 ea Lockset L9050 12A US26D CLS WBX 1 ' ea Overhead stop 5-333 x US26D 3 . ea Silencers PART 3 EXECUTION • ' 3.1 INSTALLATION • A. Installation of hardware is specified in Section 08730. END OF SECTION 4/29/9M/13/97\05/14197 08710-5 WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Replacement glass and glazing for existing modified storefront. B. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. C1036 - Standard Specification for Flat Glass. 2. C1048 - Standard Specification for Heat Treated Flat Glass, Kind HS, Kind FT (Coated and Uncoated). 3. E773 - Test Method for Seal Durability of Sealed Insulating Glass Units. 4. E774 - Specifications for Sealed Insulating Glass Units. Glass Association of North America (GANA): 'Glazing Manual.' . American National Standard (ANSI): Z97.1 - Performance Specifications and Test Methods for Safety Glazing Materials in Buildings. D. International Conference of Building Officials - Uniform Building Code (UBC) - currently enforced edition. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with all pertinent recommendations contained in the GANA "Glazing Manual." B. Safety Glass Standard: Comply with UBC requirements. C. Qualifications of Glazers: Provide personnel thoroughly trained and experienced in the skills required, and at least one person completely familiar with the referenced standards and the requirements of this Work, who shall personally direct installation of work herein. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Comply with applicable provisions of Section 01600. B. Provide cushions at edges of glass to prevent impact damage during shipment and storage. C. Keep vacuum cups free from foreign material that could scratch glass. D. Comply with insulating unit fabricators requirements for limits on exposure to reduced barometric pressure during shipment. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Submit warranties under provisions of Section 01770. B. Insulating Glass Units: Furnish ten year manufacturer's warranty, including coverage of units for seal failure, interpane dusting or misting, and replacement of same. 3/5/97\5/14/97\05/14/97 SECTION 08800 GLAZING 08800 -1 SECTION 08800 GLAZING PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GLASS A. Float or Plate Glass: ASTM C1036, Type I, class 1, clear, quality q3 glazing select. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Setting Blocks: Neoprene; 70 -90 Shore A durometer hardness; 4'inches long x 1/4 high x width as required for application indicated. B. Glazing Sealant: Compatible with insulating glass seal. C. Glazing Gaskets: Match existing. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Insulating Glass Units: 1. Dual lite units fabricated from glass as scheduled; 1/2 inch nominal airspace. 2. Twin primary seals of polyisobutylene and secondary seal of silicone or polysulfide sealant. Outer seal shall be compatible with glazing system. 3. Spacer Bar: Mill finish aluminum; fill with desiccant; corners shall be partially miter cut and bent (not cut through), or formed with corner keys ultrasonically soldered in place. 4. Certified through the Insulating Glass Certification Council (IGC) in accordance with ASTM E773 and E774; certified to level CBA. 5. Each piece shall bear certification number, date, and manufacturer's identification mark. 6. Assembly of insulating units shall be by a fabricator approved by the glass materials manufacturer. 08800 -2 WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON B. Tempered Glass: 1. Tempered Glass: Glass which has been heat treated to strengthen glass in bending to not less than 4 tines the annealed strength; free of "tong marks ". Certified safety glass in accordance with ANSI Z97.1. 2. •Fabricate tempered glass units so that principle distortion will be in the horizontal direction in the finished installation. 3 Unless otherwise approved by the building official, provide manufacturer's label on each light, indicating type and thickness of glass. 4 Comply with UBC Section 2406 for identification and labeling of safety - glazing materials in hazardous locations subject to human impact loads. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Verify surfaces of glazing channels or recesses are clean, free of obstructions, and ready for work of this Section. B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of substrate. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean contact surfaces with solvent and wipe dry. 3/5/9715/14/97 \05/14/97 1111 41: • . • . •• „ . „ • „ • . ; • , • . , . • . ...• • • . • . ' . • .. • -' • • , •• • •• ••••• ".■ • • • it..iirAunvOrti441.1‘1 A. Setting Blocks: Place setting blocks in frames for support of glass. Place at quarter points unless approved otherwise. Set glass tightly in position with proper clearances in accordance with the referenced standards. Perimeter glass clearances within setting frame shall be as recommended by GANA and as necessary to meet applicable UBC requirements for wind, earthquake drift, and thermal expansion. • D. Unless specified otherwise, glaze units with gaskets and other glazing components to match • existing. E. Adjust glazing materials to form a uniform sightline. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean excess glazing materials from adjacent finished surfaces. B. Remove labels after work is completed. 3.5 SCHEDULE A. Provide the following glass types in locations as indicated on the Drawings: GL-1: Insulating glass unit to match existing; fully tempered lites. • WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON Seal frame corner joints, and other leakage points with sealant. At insulating glass units the sealant shall be compatible with the seal of the unit. Do not plug weep holes. C. Prime surfaces scheduled to receive sealant, unless otherwise recommended by the sealant manufacturer. 3.3 INSTALLATION 315/9715/14/97105/14/97 END OF SECTION SECTION 08800 GLAZING 08800-3 WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Partition framing. 2. Ceiling and soffit framing. 3. Furring. 4. Exterior stud framing. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION SECTION 09111 LIGHTGAGE METAL SUPPORT FRAMING B. Related Sections: 1. 05500 - Metal Fabrications: Partial height wall bracing. 2. 06100 - Rough Carpentry: Wood. blocking. 3. 07211 - Batt and Blanket Insulation: Insulation between framing members. C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. C645 - Non - Loadbearing Steel Studs, Runners, and Rigid Furring Channels. 2. C754 - Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw - Attached Gypsum Wallboard, Backing Board, or Water - Resistant Backing Board. A. Structural Design: 1. Select framing systems, gages, supports, bracing, and connections as necessary to meet the structural requirements specified. 2. Partition framing shall conform to the widths indicated, unless approved otherwise. Provide thicker gages and increased stud spacing as necessary to meet the design requirements. • B. Design Loads: 1. Interior Ceiling Assemblies: 5 pounds per square foot uniform live load, plus dead loads. 2. Interior Partitions without Wall Mounted Casework: 5 pounds per square foot uniform live lateral load, 3. Interior Partitions with Wall Mounted Casework: 5 pounds per square foot uniform live lateral load, casework dead load, and casework live load of 25 PSF of shelf area. 4. Exterior Stud Framing: 25 pounds per square foot uniform live lateral load. 5. Seismic Loads: Conform to the requirements of the Uniform Building Code, seismic zone 3. C. Deflection Requirements: 1. Maximum deflection of 1/240 for flexible finish materials such as gypsum board. 2. Maximum deflection of 1/360 for rigid finish materials including ceramic tile. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Unless indicated or specified otherwise, perform work in accordance with ASTM C754. 1/22/96\5/13/97\05/14/97 09111 -1 SECTION 09111 LIGHTGAGE METAL SUPPORT FRAMING PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON Code Requirements: 1. Provide all calculations, drawings, product data, and other verification as required by the jurisdictional code authority to obtain approval of the lightgage metal framing installation. A. Non -Load Bearing Light Gage Metal Framing: 1. ASTM C645; galvanized; minimum 25 gage unless otherwise required. 2. Studs: "C" shaped with return lip and not less than 1 -1/4 inch flanges and prepunched openings for the installation of stiffening channels and mechanical and electrical items. 3. Accessories: U shaped runners, hat and "Z" shaped furring channels, and other sizes and shapes as indicated on the drawings, and required in the standards referenced. 4. Gages: As required to meet deflection requirements, unless indicated or specified otherwise. B. Channels: Hot or cold rolled channels; rust inhibitive paint coating; sizes in accordance with ASTM C754. C. Screws: Self tapping; low profile head; galvanized D. Other Framing Materials: Furnish in accordance with ASTM C754. A. Prior to starting. work, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where work of this Section may properly commence. B. Notify the Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. C. Do not begin work until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of site conditions and responsibility for defective installation caused by prior observable conditions. 3.2 PARTITION FRAMING A. Runners: 1. Secure runners with fasteners at maximum 24 inches oc. 2. Align to tolerances specified. 3. At concrete floors, use powder driven fasteners or drilled in concrete anchors. B. Unless indicated otherwise, install studs vertically at 24 inches o,c, and not more than 2 inches from abutting construction, at each side of openings, and at corners. C. Install double studs at the jamb of each door frame and cased opening. Studs shall be the same size as the adjacent studs, but no Tess than 20 gage. Provide diagonal steel stud bracing to structure at each jamb at partitions which do not extent to structure. 09111 -2 1/22/96\5/13/97\05114197 L j 5 WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA. WASHINGTON D. Secure studs to floor track with rigid connection and install in single lengths from floor to ceiling track. Where interior partition ceiling track is directly anchored to structural members, and unless flexible ceiling track is installed, cut studs 1/2 inch short of web of track and secure in position with metal channels or gypsum board anchored to the studs. only. 3.3 BACKING A. Provide steel backing plates where indicated. At the Contractor's option steel backing plates may be substituted for wood blocking specified in Section 06100. B. Unless indicated otherwise, steel backing shall consist of minimum 4 inch wide 16 gage steel plate screwed rigidly to the studs. Provide 12 gage backing plates at handrails. 3.4 CEILING , SOFFIT, AND FASCIA FRAMING A. Coordinate locations of hangers and supports with the work of other Sections. B. Ceiling framing shall consist of stud and runner framing, and suspended framing as indicated and specified. C. Stud and Runner Framing: 1. Secure runners to structure above with fasteners at a maximum of 24 inches on center. Size fasteners and use reinforcements as necessary to support the dead loads applied. 2. Screw fasten framing at each flange joint, 3. Space studs at 16 inches on center at horizontal locations. 4. Select members to meet the structural requirements specified. D. Suspended Framing: 1. Install in accordance with ASTM C754, unless indicated or specified otherwise. 2. Suspend ceiling from overhead structural elements only. Do not support from any electrical, HVAC, plumbing, or sprinkler system components. 3. Space carrying channels 4 feet on center with all splices lapped 12 inches and tied. 4. Support cold rolled carrying channels with hanger wires spaced at 3 feet on center for lath and plaster ceilings and 4 feet on center for gypsum board ceilings. Loop hanger wire around support element and tightly wrap around vertical wire 3 times; cut off neatly. 5. Space furring channels 16" o.c. with all splices lapped 12 ", minimum and tied; clip or saddle tie to runner channels with 16 -gage tie wire. 6. Where overhead obstructions prevent the regular spacing of hangers, provide secondary carrying members for indirect support of the suspension system, or reinforce the nearest adjacent hangers and related framing components as required to span the required distance. E. Stabilize suspended ceiling, soffit, and fascia framing against lateral movement by means of diagonal bracing. 3.5 TOLERANCES 1/22/96\5113/97\05/14/97 END OF SECTION A. Install members to provide surface plane with maximum variation of 1/2 inch in 10 feet in any direction. B. Locate assemblies within 1/4 inch of required locations. SECTION 09111 LIGHTGAGE METAL SUPPORT FRAMING 09111 -3 f WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Interior gypsum board. Related Sections: 1. 02225 - Selective Demolition: Removal of existing finishes. 2. 06100 - Rough Carpentry: Wood framing. 3. 09256 - Gypsum Sheathing. 4. 07211 - Batt and Blanket Insulation: Thermal and acoustical insulation. 5. 09300 - Tile: Finish materials. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. C36 - Gypsum Wallboard. 2. C442 - Gypsum Backing Board. 3. C475 - Joint Treatment Materials for Gypsum Wallboard Construction. 4. C630 - Specification for Water Resistant Gypsum Backing Board 5. C1002 - Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Board. B. Gypsum Association (GA): GA -216 Recommended Specifications for the Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE . A. Perform work in accordance with GA 216, unless specified otherwise. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GYPSUM BOARD MATERIALS SECTION 09250 GYPSUM BOARD A. Furnish boards of maximum permissible length for type of installation indicated, tapered edge for boards to be exposed, taped and finished; square edge for boards in concealed applications; 5/8 inch thick unless noted or specified otherwise. B. Types: 1. Standard Board: ASTM C36. 2. Backing Board: ASTM C442. 3. Water Resistant Board: ASTM C630. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Adhesive for laminated construction: ASTM C557, unless recommended otherwise by the gypsum board manufacturer. 1/22/96\5/13/97\05/14/97 09250 -1 SECTION 09250 GYPSUM BOARD WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA. WASHINGTON B. Acoustical Sealant: Non - hardening. non - skinning, for use in conjunction with gypsum board; similar to USG "Acoustical Sealant" or W.W. Henry Company "Henry 313." C. Trim: 1. Conform to GA 216, unless indicated or specified otherwise. 2. Concealed flange crimp -on or tape -on type; metal or PVC at Contractor's option. 3. Control Joint Trim: USG 093 or approved. D. Joint Compound, Tape, and Finishing Compound: ASTM C475. E. Screws: ASTM C1002. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Prior to starting work, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where work of this Section may properly commence. Notify the Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. B. Do not begin installation until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of site conditions and responsibility for defective installation caused by prior observable conditions. 3.2 GYPSUM BOARD INSTALLATION A. Install gypsum board in accordance with GA 216. B. Erect wallboard so that all edges and corners are firmly supported. C. Provide water resistant gypsum board in restroom areas. D. Double Layer Applications: 1. Use backing board or standard board for first layer. 2. Offset joints of second layer from joints of first layer. E. Trim: 1. Use longest practical lengths, with no piece less than 2 feet long for continuous runs greater than 8 feet. Securely fasten and align trim ends at joints. 2. Place concealed flange corner beads at all external corners. At angles other than 90 degrees, bend the flange to conform to the angle. 3. Place concealed flange type L trim where gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials. 4. Use J trim where sealant joint is indicated. F. Where the gypsum board extends to overhead structure at concealed locations, allow a 1/2 inch gap between the gypsum board edge and the overhead structure. G. Patch and repair existing damaged gypsum board surfaces to match new construction. 09250 -2 1/22/96\5/13/97\05/14/97 WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 3.3 FINISHING SECTION 09250 GYPSUM BOARD A. Taping: 1. Apply a uniform layer of taping compound to all joints and angles to be reinforced. 2. Apply reinforcing tape immediately centered over the joint and seated into the compound. 3. Skim coat shall follow immediately but shall not function as a fill or second coat. 4. Tape shall be properly folded and embedded in all angles to provide a true angle. Filling: 1. After taping compound has hardened, apply taping compound, filling the board flush with the surface. 2 The fill coat shall cover the tape and feather out slightly beyond the tape. Finishing: 1. Fastener Depressions: Apply taping compound to all fastener depressions followed when hardened by at least 2 coats of taping compound, leaving all depressions level with the plane of the surface. 2 Apply taping compound to all bead and trim, feathering out from the ground to the plane of the surface as specified for joints. 3. Finish joints with at least 2 coats of taping compound, each coat extending beyond preceding coat. Joints shall be feathered to 12 inches each side of the joint. 4. Feather the finish coat from the ground to the plane of the surface, with a maximum camber of 1/32 inch. 5. Where necessary to sand, do so without damaging the face of the gypsum board. 6. Provide a smooth wall surface with joints fully concealed. D. Smooth Wall Finish: 1. Provide a smooth wall finish, unless specified otherwise. 2. Skim coat exposed bare paper surfaces, except at utility rooms, storage rooms, and other locations where a completely smooth surface is not critical. E. Acoustical Sealant: Install acoustical sealant around perimeter of all acoustically insulated partitions, one bead each side of framing member interface with substrate for single layer construction, and at edge of base layer for double layer construction. Seal all penetrations. 3.4 TOLERANCES A. Install gypsum board with 1/8 inch in 10 feet maximum variation from plane in any direction. 1/22/9615/13/97\05/14/97 END OF SECTION 09250 -3 -/ WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION 1/22/905/13/97\05/14197 SECTION 09256 GYPSUM SHEATHING A. Section Includes: Gypsum sheathing. B. Related Sections: 1. 07240 - Exterior Insulation and Finish System: Finish materials. 2. 09110 - Lightgage Metal Support Framing. C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Sheathing: Georgia Pacific "Dens Glass Gold." B. Screws: Galvanized, self - drilling, self - tapping, bugle head screws. 1 inch long. C. Other Materials: Provide all other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete installation of gypsum sheathing. A. Prior to starting work, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where work of this Section may properly commence. Notify the Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. B. Do not begin installation until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of site conditions and responsibility for defective installation caused by prior observable conditions. C. Verify that stud framing is ready for installation of sheathing. 3.2 GYPSUM SHEATHING INSTALLATION A. Install square edge boards horizontally or vertically. All edges shall be firmly supported. B. Install sheathing with facing paper towards exterior. C. Screw to framing. Space fasteners 8- inches o.c. in field and 4- inches o.c. at ends along each framing member. 09256 -1 ,•• 09256-2 Coordinate with Division 16 work for cutouts for electrical penetrations, • END OF SECTION WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK . • • SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 1/2219615/13/97\05/14/97 3 WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Interior floor tile. 2. Interior wall and base tile. 3. Sealer for Lobby tile. Related Sections: 1. 02225 Selective Demoltion: Substrate preparation: 2. 09250 - Gypsum Board: Substrate. C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. SECTION 09300 TILE D. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 1. A108.5 - Ceramic Tile Installed with Dry -Set and Latex Portland Cement Mortar. 2. A108.4 - Ceramic Tile Installed with Organic Adhesives. 3. A118.4 - Latex- Portland Cement Mortar. 4. A136.1 - Organic Adhesive for Installation of Ceramic Tile. 5. A137.1 - Ceramic Tile B. Tile Council of America (TCA): Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation, current edition. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with Section 01330. B. Product Data: Submit for each type of grout, adhesive, additive, and accessory proposed for the work. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to ANSI Standard Specifications for the Installation of Ceramic Tile. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. In accordance with Section 01600. 1.6 EXTRA STOCK A. Furnish 1 percent additional quantities of each type of tile installed for maintenance purposes. B. Leave uninstalled quantities at site where directed, in clearly marked sealed cartons. C. Extra stock tile which is used to satisfy extra stock requirements shall be free of damaged tiles, seconds, or tile which is not in conformance with these specifications. 5/8/97\5/13/97\05/14/97 09300 -1 SECTION 09300 TILE PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 TILE WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON A. General: Furnish tile manufactured in accordance with ANSI A137.1. B. Special Shapes: Unless otherwise indicated or specified, furnish special shapes as standard with the tile manufacturer for uniform transitions and concealed edges in the finished installation. Shapes shall include bullnoses, corner bullnoses, cove assemblies, and other special shapes C. Tile Types: 1. CT -1 - CT -3: As indicated on the Drawings. Substitute products will not be considered. 2. CT -4: Furnished by Owner. 2.2 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Setting Materials: 1. Thinset mortar: Latex - portland cement in accordance with ANSI A118.4; 100% acrylic latex additive at all locations; Bostik "Hydroment Tile -Mate 760" with "Multi - Purppose Mortar Admixture and Grout Additive #425 "; proportions as recommended by the manufacturer. 2. Organic Adhesives: ANSI A136.1, type I; provide primer /sealer as recommended by the adhesive manufacturer. B. Grout: Bostik "Hydroment Ceramic Tile Grout "; sanded as appropriate for installation; with "Multi - Purppose Mortar Admixture and Grout Additive #425 "; proportions as recommended by the grout manufacturer; colors as listed in the Finish Schedule. C. Metal Screed: As manufactured by Schluter Systems, Inc. (800/225- 8902), or Ceramic Tool Company, (414/258- 9066); clear anodized aluminum tile edging trim; sizes as required for installation of top of screed flush with top of tile, as detailed. D. Lobby Tile Sealer: Bostik /CeramaSeal (508/750 -7336; 800/356 -4903) "Silox 8 OMS." PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Prior to starting work, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where work of this Section may properly commence. B. Verify that locations of control joints and construction joints in substrate correspond to tile expansion joint locations. C. Notify the Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. D. Do not begin work until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of site conditions and responsibility for defective installation caused by prior observable conditions, 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate surfaces free of grease, dirt, dust, organic impurities, curing agents, and other materials which would impair bond. Clean floors with "Blast- track" unit if necessary. 09300 -2 5/8/97 \5113/97\05114/97 W,. WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA. WASHINGTON 3.3 INSTALLATION OF TILE A. Interior Floor Application - Thinset over Concrete Substrate . 1. TCA System: F113. 2. Installation Standard: ANSI A108.5. 3. Setting Materials: Thinset mortar; 3/32 inch minimum thickness. B. Wall Application - Gypsum Board Substrate: I. TCA System: W223. 2. Installation Standard: ANSI A108.4. 3. Setting Materials: Organic adhesive. F. Install tiles with faces in same plane, and aligned with adjacent finishes, where indicated. G. Except as otherwise indicated, install bullnose tiles at exposed tile edges, including without limitation, external corners, and tops of bases and wainscots. H. Install ceramic tile for square corners at vertical inside corners. I. Clean joints of mortar to minimum depth of 1/4 inch to allow subsequent grout installation. 5/6/97\5/ 13/97 \05 / 14/97 SECTION 09300 TILE Joint Pattern: 1. Lay out tile pattern prior to commencing tile installation. 2. Accurately locate grout joints on lines indicated; where not indicated, adjust grout joints within specified tolerances to minimize use of cut tiles at field edges. 3. Where cut tiles are necessary, position floor tile such that cut tile at each edge of each rectilinear field is not less than half of a full size unit. D. Installation Tolerances, Level: 1. Install tile fields level to within tolerance specified for finished concrete substrate. 2. No portion of a tile surface shall vary more than 1/16 inch above or below an adjacent tile surface. E. Mix tiles from several boxes prior to installation to ensure that color variations within each tile field are uniformly distributed throughout the field. J. Joint Tolerances: 1. Joint Width Variation: Plus or minus 25% of the proposed joint width. 2. Taper: Plus or minus 25% from one end to the other. K. Special Bank Floor Tile Installation Requirements: I. Wash backs of each tile to remove all dust and soil which would compromise adhesion. 2. Dampen substrate as necessary to prevent excessive suction. Trowel mortar onto surfaces to receive tile. 3. Apply mortar bond coat with notched trowel as required for proper level. 4. Set tile within 15 minutes of spreading setting mortar. 5. Back butter tiles prior to setting to achieve 100 percent contact. 6. Set tiles in accurate alignment. Beat in with a wood block and small hammer as necessary to level tiles. 09300 -3 SECTION 09300 TILE 09300 -4 WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK. SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON Screed Installation: 1. Install screeds at tile field edges at the locations indicated. 2. Accurately cut to length for flush tightly butted joints. Provide miter cut angle joints. Remove burrs at field cuts. 3. Install in longest possible lengths, except that no screed section shall be longer than 12 feet or shorter than 4 feet in length for continuous runs greater than 16 feet. 4. Install screeds free from waves and variations in height, flush with top of adjacent tile surfaces. 5. Set screeds directly in setting bed as the tile installation proceeds. Comply with screed manufacturer's instructions to achieve mortar tightly compacted between screed and tile edge. 6. Grind screed joints as necessary to correct minor misalignment and to ease sharp outside corners. 3.4 GROUTING A. Mix grouts in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. . Grout all joints in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Float joints to a slightly concave profile. C. Remove excess grout from tile surfaces in accordance with the grout and tile manufacturer's recommendations. Do not use excess amounts of water. D. Protect adjacent surfaces from damage if acid cleaners are used. E. Cured grout joints shall be made free of efflorescence, prior to sealing. 3.5 CURING A. Cure installation in accordance with the grout manufacturer's recommendations. Protect tile and grout during curing operations. 3.6 PROTECTION A. Protect tile installations from damage, in accordance with Section 01500. B. Replace all damaged tiles. 3.7 CLEANING A. In accordance with Section 01500 and Section 01770. B. Prior to Substantial Completion, wash and thoroughly rinse all tile. Leave all tile surfaces clean. 3.8 TILE SEALING 5/8/97\5113/97\05/14/97 A. Maintain uniform temperature of minimum 60 degrees F, and humidity of 20 to 40 percent prior to, during, and after installation. 1.5 SEQUENCING /SCHEDULING A. Do not install acoustical ceilings until building is enclosed, sufficient heat is provided, dust generating activities have terminated, and overhead work is completed, tested, and approved. B. Schedule installation of acoustic units after interior wet work is dry. 1.6 EXTRA STOCK A. Provide 5% extra quantity of acoustic units under provisions of Section 01770. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SUSPENSION SYSTEMS A. Exposed T System: ASTM C635, intermediate duty classification; direct hung; exposed "T" design; factory baked on finish to match acoustical panels. Furnish stabilizer bars, splices, edge and wall moldings, and other items as required to complete suspended ceiling grid system. 2.2 ACOUSTICAL PANELS A. ACT -1: 24 x 24 inch size; tegular edge; white color; flame spread of 25 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM E84; manufacturer, style and texture as indicated on Drawings. 418197\5/13/97\05114/97 09510 -1 SECTION 09510 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09510 -2 WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA. WASHINGTON PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Verify that existing conditions are ready to receive work. B. Verify that layout of hangers will not interfere with other work. C. Install after major above - ceiling work is complete. Coordinate the location of hangers with other work. Ensure the layout of hangers are located to accommodate fittings and units of equipment which are to be placed after the installation of ceiling grid system. D. Beginning of installation means acceptance of conditions. 3.2 INSTALLATION, SUSPENDED TILE SYSTEMS A. Install system in accordance with ASTM C636, Drawing and UBC requirements for lateral bracing, the manufacturer's instructions, and as supplemented in this Section. B. Install grid to produce finished ceiling true to lines and levels indicated, within the specified tolerances. C. Install suspension systems in a manner to support all superimposed loads, with maximum permissible deflection of 1/270 of span. D. Hang system independent of walls, columns, ducts, pipes and conduit. Where ducts or other equipment prevent the regular spacing of hangers, provide secondary carrying members for indirect support of the suspension system, or reinforce the nearest adjacent hangers and related carrying channels as required to span the required distance. E. Center system on room axis according to reflected ceiling plans. F. Provide all anchors required for the installation of the ceiling system. G. Install edge molding at intersection of ceiling and vertical surfaces, using longest practical lengths. Miter corners. Provide edge moldings at junctions with other interruptions. Fabricate edge moldings to fit the surfaces encountered. H. Form expansion joints as detailed. Maintain visual closure. I. Fit acoustic lay -in panels in place, free from damaged edges or other defects detrimental to appearance and function. Fit border units neatly against abutting surfaces. Scribe and mill recessed tegular edge into partial border units supported at edge by wall molding. J. Adjust sags or twists which develop in the ceiling system and replace any part which is damaged or faulty. K. Install hold -down clips to retain panels tight to grid system within 20 ft of an exterior door. L. Install after major above- ceiling work is complete. 4/8/97 \5 /13/97 \05/14197 F WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH. SECTION 09510 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS Tolerances: 1. Variation from Flat and Level Surface: 1/8 inch in 10 feet .2. Variation from Plumb of Grid Members Caused by Eccentric Loads: Two degrees maxirnum. 4/8/97\5/13/97\05114497 09510-3 WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Resilient tile flooring. 2. Resilient base. Related Sections: 1. 02225 - Selective Demolition: Substrate preparation. 2. 09680 - Carpet. C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: No substitute products will be considered. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Installers: 1.. Use only skilled and experienced resilient flooring installers for preparation of substrate and actual installation of resilient flooring. 2. Helpers and apprentices used for such work shall be under full and constant supervision at all times by thoroughly skilled resilient flooring installers. 1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. In accordance with Section W600. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 RESILIENT FLOORING A. Resilient Tile Flooring: As scheduled on the Drawings. 2.2 RESILIENT BASE SECTION 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING 1.4 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Maintain minimum 70 degrees F air temperature at flooring installation area for three days prior to, during, and for 24 hours after installation. B. Store flooring materials in area of application. Allow three clays for material to reach equal temperature as area. 1.5 EXTRA STOCK A. Deliver 10 percent of installed quantity of each color and pattern of floor tile and base material required for project, for maintenance use. B. Clearly identify each box or roll. A. Resilient Base: Rubber; 1/8 inch thick; coved style; roll stock; manufacturer, color and height as scheduled on the Drawings. 1/22/96\5/13/97\05/14/97 09650 -I SECTION 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Subfloor Filler: White premix latex filler, mixed with water to produce a cementitious paste. B. Pruners and Adhesives: Types recommended by resilient flooring and base manufacturers for specific application. C. Transition Strips: Vinyl; color as selected by the Architect. D. All other materials not specifically described, but required for a complete and proper installation of resilient flooring, shall be only as recommended by the manufacturer of the material to which it is applied and shall be subject to approval by the Architect. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Prior to starting work, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where work of this Section may properly commence. Notify the Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. B. Ensure concrete floors are dry (maximum 7 percent moisture content) and exhibit negative alkalinity, carbonization, or dusting. C. Do not begin installation until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of site conditions and responsibility for defective installation caused by prior observable conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Install subfloor filler to fill low spots, cracks, construction joints, holes and other defects, and as required to adjust level to meet adjacent finishes. Feather to maximum slope of 1/8 inch in 3 feet; float to smooth, flat, hard surface. Prohibit traffic over filler. 3.3 FLOORING INSTALLATION A. Install all resilient flooring where scheduled in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. B. Unless indicated otherwise, install resilient flooring with joints parallel to building lines. C. Terminate resilient flooring at centerline of door at door openings where adjacent floor finish is dissimilar, and where no threshold is indicated. D. Install edge strips at unprotected or exposed edges where flooring terminates. E. Scribe flooring to walls, columns, cabinets, floor outlets and other appurtenances to produce tight joints. F. Clean substrate. Spread cement evenly in quantity recommended by manufacturer to ensure adhesion over entire area of installation. Spread only enough adhesive to permit installation of flooring before initial set. G. Set flooring in place, press with heavy roller to ensure full adhesion. 09650 -2 WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA. WASHINGTON 1122/96\5/13/97\05/14/97 WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA. WASHINGTON H. Special Requirements for Resilient Tile: 1. Open floor tile cartons, enough to cover each area, and mix tile to ensure shade variations do not occur within any one area. 2. Unless indicated otherwise, lay tiles parallel to building lines to produce symmetrical tile pattern. 3. Install with minimum tile width 1/2 full size at room or area perimeter. 4. Arrange to square grid pattern as indicated on the Drawings with all joints aligned. Seal joint between flooring and adjacent materials at restrooms, bathrooms, kitchens, and other moist areas with clear silicone sealant. 3.3 BASE INSTALLATION A. Adhesive install base materials in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. B. Install straight style base at all walls where resilient base is scheduled in areas with carpeted floors; install cove style base at walls scheduled for resilient base abutting hard surface and resilient floors. C. Install base to walls and to wood casework toe kicks in all areas where resilient base is scheduled, and where no other base finish is specifically noted or detailed. D. Coordinate installation of straight base with work of Section 09680. E. Fit joints tight and vertical, in accurate alignment. F. Score back of base material with grooving tool, at all outside corners; maintain minimum leg length 18 inches where wall length permits. Mount base so that scored groove is accurately aligned with corner, and with base tightly adhered to wall at both sides of corner, with no visible gaps at top of base. Where cove base is formed around outside corners, stretch toe of cove for smooth transition around corner, with toe in uniform contact with the finish flooring. G. Miter or cope inside corners for accurate fit. H. Scribe and fit to door frames, stairs, and other obstructions. I. Install straight and level to maximum variation of plus or minus 1/8 inch over 10 feet. 3.4 PROTECTION A. Unless recommended otherwise by the adhesive manufacturer, prohibit traffic from resilient flooring for 48 hours after installation. 3.5 CLEANING A. Upon completion of the installation, immediately remove all surplus adhesive from adjacent surfaces. B. As soon as practical after installation, and in accordance with the timing recommended by the manufacturers, clean the entire resilient flooring surface using the materials recommended for that purpose by the flooring materials manufacturer. 1/22/96\5/13/97\05/14/97 END OF SECTION SECTION 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING 09650 -3 . WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Installation of Owner furnished glue down carpeting. B. Related Sections: 1. 02225 - Selective Demolition: Substrate preparation. 2. 06200 - Finish Carpentry: Wood base. 3. 09650 - Resilient Flooring: Rubber base. C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: No substitute products will be considered. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Carpet Installer: Minimum of 3 years experience in carpet installations of similar size and scope. Able to show evidence of experience when requested by the Architect. 1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. In accordance with Section 01600. 1.4 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. HVAC system shall be permanently in operation.. B. Space shall be maintained at a minimum of 68 degrees F. a minimum of 72 hours prior to carpet installation. 1.5 INSTALLATION GUARANTEE A. Furnish a 1 year written guarantee covering defects in installation of carpets. Guarantee work shall include, without limitation, regluing, and all other procedures required to resolve installation deficiencies. B. In addition to the requirements of the 1 year guarantee, if installation defects have caused irreparable damage to the carpet, the Contractor shall furnish and install new materials to match that damaged at no additional cost to the Owner, at a time convenient to the Owner. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 CARPET A. Carpet: Furnished by the Owner. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Adhesives: Use adhesives as recommended by the manufacturer of the carpet. When none is recommended use adhesives as manufactured by Roberts Consolidated Industries Adhesives: waterproof for installation of carpets and mats at entries, sinks, and other wet areas. 1/22/96\5/13/97\05/14/97 SECTION 09680 CARPET 09680 -1 SECTION 09680 CARPET WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA. WASHINGTON B. Latex Underlayment: White premix latex filler, mixed with water to produce cernentitious paste. Dependable Chemical Company, Inc., "Dependable White Skimcoat Underlayment," with "Latex Liquid" additive; or approved. C. Edge Strips: Vinyl reducer strips; size as appropriate for conditions; color as selected from the manufacturer's standard line. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Prior to starting work, carefully inspect the preparatory work of other trades, and verify that such work is acceptable for the proper performance of the work of this Section. Report unacceptable conditions to the Architect. Do not begin work until unacceptable conditions have been corrected. B. Ensure that concrete floors are free from scaling, and exhibit acid neutrality. C. Moisture Testing of Concrete Slabs: Tape and seal a 24 inch square polyethylene sheet to the floor for a 24 hour period. Contact the Architect, and do not commence installation if condensation appears under the sheet. D. Upon commencement of carpet installation, the Contractor accepts the substrate and responsibility for unacceptable finished work caused by prior observable substrate conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean floors of dust, dirt, grease, and other substances which would be detrimental to the proper performance of adhesive and carpet. B. Fill low spots and cracks over 1/8 inch in width with latex underlayment. 3.3 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Carpet installation shall be tight and flat to the subfloor, securely adhered in position, and shall present a uniform appearance. Provide color, pattern, and texture match within each area. Seams shall be strong, tightly butted, and flat. B. Install carpets, in strict accordance with the respective manufacturer's printed instructions for the type of substrate and application indicated. C. Unless otherwise indicated, install resilient edge strips at carpet edges where carpet meets concrete or resilient flooring. Where carpet to resilient or concrete surface flooring transition is indicated at door openings, locate to center resilient edge strip under door. 3.4 ROLL STOCK CARPET INSTALLATION A. Perform installation using sequential rolls. B. Install all patterned carpet with exact end and side matches. C. Glue - Application at Coupon Booth Counters: Direct glue carpet in a single piece to counter, trim for tight fit to adjacent walls, wrap around countertop apron and staple to backside as detailed. 09680 -2 1/22/96\5/13/97\05/14/97 3.5 REMNANTS WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON • SECTION 09680 •CARPET A. Upon completion of the installation, contact the Owner's Representative for selection of remnants. Carefully wrap and mark separately the selected remnants for each type of carpet. and note the type and location(s) where installed. Deliver selected remnants to a location on site as directed by the Owner's Representative.. Remove and dispose of remainder at a legal off-site location. 3.6 CLEANUP A, • The premises shall be kept free from unnecessary accumulation of tools, equipment and surplus materials during the progress of the work. Remove threads with sharp scissors. Remove spots with manufacturer's recommended spot remover. • Immediately after laying, thoroughly power vacuum entire surface using equipment with motor driven brushes. ' 3•7 'PROTECTION A. Protect carpet from damage during remainder of construction and move-in period. 1/22/9615/13/97105/14/97 END OF SECTION 09680-3 WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA. WASHINGTON PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY SECTION 09720 WALL COVERINGS A. Section Includes: Wall coverings. B. Related Sections: 1. 09250 - Gypsum Board: Substrate. 2. 09900 - Painting: Alkyd primer for substrate. C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: No substitute products will be considered. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): E84 - Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with Section 01330. B. Certification: Submit certification that all fabric which does not meet flame spread requirements has been fire retardant treated to meet the requirements of the Uniform Building Code. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. In accordance with Section 01600. B. Store wall covering materials flat, not upright, in a dry area. Maintain temperature at a minimum of 45 degrees F, unless a higher temperature is recommended by wall covering manufacturer. Maintain temperature equal to the space or area where the wall covering is to be installed. 1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Temperature: 1. Do no wall covering work until surfaces and materials have been maintained at 60 degrees F. minimum, or higher if recommended by wall covering manufacturer, for 3 days before work begins. 2. Maintain minimum or above temperatures during the entire installing time and until adhesives have fully dried or cured. B. Lighting: During installation, maintain minimum lighting level of 15 foot - candles on the surfaces to receive wall covering. Use temporary lighting, if necessary, to attain specified level. C. Ventilation: Provide adequate continuous ventilation during the work and until adhesives have fully dried or cured. 1/22/96\5/13/97105/14/97 09720 -1 SECTION 09720 WALL COVERINGS PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 WALL COVERING A. Manufacturer and pattern shall be as scheduled on the Drawings. B. All wall coverings shall have a maximum flame spread of 75 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. Fire retardant treat all nonconforming wall covering. Treatment shall not alter the appearance of the fabric. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Adhesive: Gibson - Homans "Shure Stick.1 11," unless approved otherwise by the wall covering manufacturer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON A. Inspect the wall covering materials immediately after receiving shipment. Replace all defective materials with new acceptable materials. Inspect substrate conditions, and notify the Architect of all unacceptable condition which would prevent a satisfactory installation. Unacceptable conditions shall include, without limitation, unprimed surfaces, cracks, voids, ridges, oils, grease, moisture, porosity, indelible and water soluble . crayon, ball or felt tip pen marks, and foreign materials. Do no work until these conditions have been corrected. C. Ensure that all surfaces have received a coat of alkyd primer as specified elsewhere. D. The installation of wall covering constitutes the Contractor's acceptance of substrate conditions and responsibility for all unacceptable finished work caused by prior observable substrate conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Schedule work such that the subsequent work of other sections will not damage the work of this section. B. Verify the type, pattern, color, and quantity of each type wall covering for each location scheduled to receive wall covering. C. Remove electrical outlet and switch plates, mechanical diffusers, escutcheons, registers, surface hardware, fittings, and fastenings prior to starting work; store during and replace after work. D. Protection: Provide sufficient drop cloths, shields, and protective equipment to prevent wall covering materials from fouling adjacent surfaces, and in particular at storage and preparation areas. 3.3 WALL COVERING INSTALLATION A. Mix and apply adhesives in strict accordance with the adhesive manufacturer's directions for the type of material being applied. B. Install wall covering secure, smooth, clean, and without wrinkles, gaps or overlaps. 09720 -2 1/22/96\5/13/97\05/14/97 s WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 1122/96\5113/97105/14/97 END OF SECTION SECTION 09720 WALL COVERINGS C. Extend wall covering continuously behind such items as mirrors, and other items which are close to but not touching walls. D. Install wall covering where scheduled in strict accordance with the wall covering manufacturer's recommendations. Provide double -cut seams on nonmatch patterns; butt seams on match patterns. F. Horizontal seams are not permitted. G. Corner Seams: Make no seams within 6 inches of an inside or outside corner, except where a color or pattern change is indicated. Lap wall coverings at inside corner seams to prevent substrate show through. H. Fabrics: I. Use fabric rolls in consecutive numerical sequence of manufacture. 2. Place fabric sections consecutively in exact order in which they are cut from the roil including filling all spaces above or below windows, doors, relights, or similar penetrations. Trim patterned fabrics which are not factory pretrimmed on a work table with a straight edge and an industrial razor blade for exact pattern match. 3.4 CLEANUP A. Remove all adhesives, and other contaminants in a manner which will not damage the surface from which it is removed. B. Remove debris and leave areas neat and clean. C. Replace all removed wall plates and other accessories. D. Repair to like -new condition, or replace as directed by the Architect, all surfaces damaged by work of this Section. 3.5 EXCESS YARDAGE A. Notify designated Owner's representative at the site prior to removing excess yardage from the job. The Owner's representative will select the materials which are to be retained by the Owner. B. Carefully wrap the excess yardage selected to be retained. Deliver to a location on site as directed by the Owner. Remove remainder from the site and dispose of legally. 09720 -3 :: Gf.\ ZtS�PAmY: S: nrC, Bbwrcvn ..aiex!caor•ryrrs.r:v-nw.wrxs.. T r wwvnea.,n.rarrm•+vw.arrw.n�wne: WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA. WASHINGTON PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: L Site applied paint coatings. 2. Requirements for paint coating shop applied in other Sections. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC). 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with Section 01330. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE I/22/96\5/13197\05114/97 B. Related Sections 1. 05500 - Metal Fabrications: Pre - primed metal surfaces. 2. 06200 - Finish Carpentry: Option for shop and field applied finishes. 3. 08210 - Wood Doors: Option for prefinished doors. 4. 09720 - Wall Coverings: Finish material over primed surfaces. C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. SECTION 09900 PAINTING B. Materials List: Submit a typewritten list of materials proposed. Organize list to indicate painting systems to be used with each substrate. Include manufacturer's specifications and other data as required to verify compliance with the specified requirements. C. Paint Samples: 1. Submit three 8x10 samples of each paint finish on an 8"x10" piece of substrate. Reference manufacturer, type of paint, color, sheen, substrate, and application. 2. Furnish additional samples until all paint finishes are approved. D. Transparent Finish Samples: Submit the following when coating systems are to be field applied. 1. Submit samples of each wood species and transparent finish combination. 2. Submit samples in sets of three or more illustrating the full range of grain and color variations. A. Applicator: Company specializing in commercial painting and finishing with a minimum of three years documented experience. B. Environmental Requirements for Solvent Based Paints: Comply with the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) requirements for volatile solvents content limitations, as applicable to each classification of coating, C. Visual Standards: Each distinct area of the finished work shall be free of variations in color and sheen, orange peel. runs. sags, blistering, checking, cracking, scratches, dust, dirt, and other contaminants, 09900 -1 SECTION 09900 PAINTING 2.1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. In accordance with Section 01600. B. Delivery: Deliver paint materials to the jobsite in sealed, original, labeled containers, each bearing manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, color designation, and instructions for mixing and /or reducing. C. Storage Materials: Store paint materials at a minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F. in a well ventilated area. D. Toxic, acidic, and combustible materials: Take all necessary precautionary safety measures as recommended by the material manufacturers and governing regulations. E. Place cotton waste, cloths, and material which may constitute a fire hazard in closed metal containers and daily remove from the site. 1.6 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Weather Conditions: 1. Do no exterior work on unprotected surfaces when raining, or other moisture is present or expected, or before applied paints can dry or attain proper cure. 2. Allow wetted surfaces to dry and attain temperatures and condition specified hereinafter before proceeding with previously started work. B. Temperature: 1. Do no painting work when surface and air temperatures are below 40 degrees F or below those temperatures recommended by the manufacturer for the material type used. 2. Minimum temperatures for latex finishes: 45 degrees F for interior work and 50 degrees F. for exterior work, unless approved otherwise. C. Lighting: Maintain a lighting level of 15 foot - candles minimum on the surfaces to be painted or finished. D. Ventilation: Provide adequate continuous ventilation. 1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Furnish quantity of paint equal or greater than 10 percent of the quantity of each type, color, and sheen of paint used in the work, except amount shall be not more than 5 gallons, nor Tess than two one quart cans, of each type of finish coat of each color and sheen required. B. Material shall be furnished in manufacturer's labeled and unopened containers. PART 2 PRODUCTS A. Except for specific products specified below, provide "First quality" commercial products from The Sherwin - Williams Company, Kelly -Moore Paint Company, Pittsburgh Paints, Ameritone Paint Company, Fuller- O'Brien Corporation, Benjamin Moore Paint Company, and Pratt & Lambert may be used, subject to the Architect's approval. 09900 -2 PRODUCTS 1/22/9615/13/97\05/14/97 WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON B. Materials not specifically noted and otherwise required for the work. such as linseed oil. shellac. thinners and the like shall be of a quality not Tess than that required by applicable published Federal or State Specification Standards, and as manufactured by approved firms. C. Products for each general purpose shall be compatible. Each system shall be products of one manufacturer where ever possible. D. Epoxy /Urethane System: 1. Epoxy Primer: Tnemec Series 69 Hi -Build Epoxoline, Carboline 890, or approved. 2. Urethane Finish.Coats: Tnemec Series 75 "Endura- Shield III" Acrylic Polyurethane Enamel, Carboline "133HB," or approved; semi -gloss or satin sheen; custom color to match color scheduled. 2.2 . MIXING SECTION 09900 PAINTING A. Furnish paints ready -mixed unless otherwise specified, except site mixed coatings which are in paste or powder form, or to be site catalyzed, in accordance with manufacturer's directions. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Prior to starting work, carefully inspect the preparatory work of other sections, and verify that such work is acceptable for the work of this section. Report all unacceptable conditions to the Architect. Do not begin work in areas of unacceptable conditions until the conditions have been resolved. B. Starting painting work shall constitute Contractor acceptance of surfaces, and responsibility for unacceptable work caused by prior observable substrate conditions. 3.2 PROTECTION A. Adequately protect surfaces not to be painted, from spills, drips, over painting, and other damage caused by this work. Include surfaces within the paint storage and preparation areas. B. Hardware and Miscellaneous Items: 1. Carefully remove electrical outlet and switch plates, mechanical diffusers, escutcheons, surface hardware, fittings and fastenings prior to starting work. 2. Carefully store, clean and replace these items upon completion of work in each area. 3. Use no solvent or abrasives to clean hardware that will remove the permanent lacquer finish normally used on some of these items. 3.3 PREPARATION A. Prepare surfaces by removing all dirt, dust, grease, oil, moisture, and other contaminants which will impair the proper adhesion of the finish. B. Ferrous Metal Shop Primed Under Other Sections: Solvent clean previously primed surfaces to remove oil and grease. Remove loose rust, blistered and peeling paint to bare metal by scraping, sanding, and wire brushing in accordance with SSPC -SP2 and SSPC -SP3. Immediately apply touch up prime damaged or abraded surfaces. Lightly sand all shop prime painted surfaces to receive paint finish. C. Galvanized Ferrous Metal: Solvent clean in accordance with SSPC SP -1. 1/22/96\5/13/97\05/14/97 09900 -3 SECTION 09900 PAINTING D. Gypsum Wall Board: Remove all light dust and dirt. 3.4 GENERAL APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS A. Unless specified or indicated otherwise, follow paint manufacturer's label directions for general application procedures and coverage rates. B. Apply primer coats untinted. Where more than one coat of paint is required, tint each succeeding coat up to the final coat similar in tint, but slightly lighter in value (shade). Sand lightly between coats to achieve required finish. C. Do not apply finishes on surfaces that are not sufficiently dry. Make sure each coat of finish is dry and hard before a following coat is applied unless the manufacturer's directions state otherwise. D. Rollers for application of latex flat sheen paints shall have nap 1/2 inch or less; for all other paint types, rollers shall have nap 3/8 inch or less. E. Where roller finishes are scheduled for application to gypsum board surfaces, apply first coat with a 3/8 inch nap roller to achieve desired stipple texture; finish coats may be spray applied at. Contractor's option. Backroll spray applied finish coats immediately after application. F. Factory Primed Surfaces: Apply scheduled finish system, less primer coat, except as necessary to for patching damage to factory prime coating. 3.5 EXTERIOR PAINTING SYSTEMS A. Galvanized Metal - Epoxy /Urethane System: 1. System: Spray, brush or roller apply one coat epoxy primer, and two urethane finish coats in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Sheen: Semi -gloss or satin sheen, unless indicated otherwise. 3. Applications: Use on exterior bollardsand all other all exterior galvanized metal surfaces. C. EIFS - Latex System: 1. System: Two 100% acrylic exterior latex paint. 2. Sheen: Sheen to match existing storefront. 3. Applications: Apply to EIFS surfaces. 3.6 INTERIOR PAINTING AND FINISHING SYSTEMS WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON A. Gypsum Board - Latex System: 1. System: Three coats - first coat latex primer sealer ( untinted), second and third coat latex paint, roller finish. 2. Sheen: Provide eggshell sheen, unless scheduled otherwise. Verify locations of each sheen with Architect before proceeding with work. 3. Applications: Use on all exposed gypsum board surfaces, unless specified otherwise. B. Gypsum Board - Surfaces to Receive Wall Covering: Apply one coat of alkyd primer. 09900 -4 1/22196\5/13197105/14/97 � n':,w,iJ: =.C:uty a't asks.! 43; Blaur�ranK+ C. d =.wv:+..r.+4i,n.,aw..�r+....,.r w«« e.».... .......w.,.,.... ..way....,....,.- .- .....,..... .,.......w..,.. - ..,,..... ..�., _. _ .. ...+.«....w...•w.a....w WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 3.7 CLEANUP 3.8 COLOR AND SHEEN SCHEDULE 1/22/9M5/13/97\05/14/97 END OF SECTION SECTION 09900 PAINTING C. Wood - Stain & Lacquer Transparent Finish System: 1. System: Custom system to match Architect's sample. (Products available from Daly's: (206/633- 4200); file name: Office Clinic Washington Mutual Red. Contact: Polly or Bob.) 2. First Coat: Aniline stain, heavy wet coat, immediately wipe completely; minimum 4 hour drying time, check for bleeding. 3. Second Coat: Penetrating oil stain, heavy coat, wipe; minimum 8 hour drying time. 4. Third Coat: Catalyzed lacquer sealer; sand with 220 grit. 5. Fourth Coat: Catalyzed lacquer finish coat, low satin sheen. 6. Applications: Apply to all transparent finish woods as scheduled and as specified in Sections 06200 and 08210, except where shop finishing is selected as specified in those Sections. D. Wood- Opaque Finish Alkyd System: 1. System: Three coats; first coat alkyd wood primer, and second and third coat alkyd enamel. 2. Sheen: Semi- gloss, unless indicated otherwise. 3. Applications: Use on all wood surfaces not indicated for transparent finish, including opaque finish wood doors, and standing and running trim. E Ferrous Metal - Alkyd System: 1. System: Three coats; first coat alkyd rust - inhibitive primer, second and third coats alkyd enamel. primer may be eliminated at pre - primed surfaces. 2. Sheen: Semi -gloss sheen, unless indicated otherwise. 3. Applications: Use on all interior ferrous metal surfaces including exposed steel surfaces including electrical panels, relocated fire hose cabinet, existing hollow metal doors, and access doors and panels A. As the work proceeds and on completion of the work, promptly remove all sealers, primers, paints and finishes where spilled, splashed or splattered in a manner not to damage the surface from which it is removed. B. Remove masking. C. Clean, or replace with new, all lamps and electrical fixtures damaged by overspray; replace with new identical components all lighting fixture louvers and reflectors damaged by overspray. A. Provide paint colors to match those indicated on the Drawings. Where a paint color is listed from a specific manufacturer, paint products from other approved manufacturers may be used, provided the color exactly matches the specified color, and the paint system meets the specified requirements. Where no paint color is indicated, provide color and sheen as selected by the Architect. 09900 -5 5 T' i 44 wem1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Toilet and bath accessories. SECTION 10810 TOILET ACCESSORIES Related Sections: 1: 06100 - Rough Carpentry: Blocking. 2. 09111 - Lightgage Metal Support Framing: Perimeter wall construction; metal backing. C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: Substitute products will not be considered. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturers product data, including a description of each item to be supplied, under: provisions of Section 01330. 1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Do not deliver accessories to site until rooms in which they are to be installed are ready to receive them. B. Pack accessories individually in a manner to protect accessory and its finish. B. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCESSORIES A. Provide accessories as manufactured by Bobrick Washroom Equipment Company, unless otherwise indicated. Accessories: As scheduled on the Drawings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Deliver inserts and rough -in frames to jobsite at appropriate time for building -in. B. Furnish templates and rough -in measurements as required. C. Before starting work notify Architect in writing of conflicts detrimental to installation or operation of units. D. Protect adjacent or adjoining finished surfaces from damage during installation of work of this Section. E. Verify exact location of accessories. 1/22/9615/13/97105/14/97 10810 -1 :.:INSTALLATION fixtures, accessories and items in accordance with manufacturers instructions. Install true, plumb, and level, securely and rigidly anchored to substrate 10810-2 • 11 1/22/96\5/13/97\05/14/97 • ): fi t WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK ,.... SOUTH CENTER BRANCH SECTION 10999 1- TUKWILA, WASHINGTON MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES ` PART GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 2.\ A. Section Includes: 1. Clear plastic corner guards. 2. Fire extinguishers. 3. Fire extinguisher cabinets. 4. Plastic signs 5. Kitchen appliances. '' B. Drawings, the provisions o[de Agreement, inc|udVgbon. and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. C. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Makesubrnittals in accordance with Sec 01330. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's product data for each item specified. 1.3 DELIVERY, STORAC]E, AND HANDLING A. In accordance with Section 01600. PART 2 PRODUCTS CORNER GUARDS A. Clear polycarbonate angle, \/D'' thick x2'l/2" x 2-1/2" u4''O" long. Tri-Guards, Inc. TG4212, or approved furnish with predr countersunk mounting ho and chrorne plated oval head mounting screws. B. Installation: As indicated "PCG" on the Drawings; set bottom of corner guard flush with wall base. 1 .2 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS (FE): A. Dry Chemical Type - ABC Multi-purpose Type: 1. Type: Standard Fire-west Model ABC-5, Potter-Roemer Model No. 3005, Larsen's Manufacturing Company Model MP5, J.L. lndustries Cosrnic 5E, or approved. 2. 5 }b. capacity, UL rated 2/\-1OB:C approximately 4-1/2 inch diameter x 14 inches high, baked enamel steel shell. 3. Agent: Ammoniurn Phosphate Base. 4. Location: Provide at all fire extinguisher and fire extinguisher cabinet |000dono, unless noted otherwise. 2.3 FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS (FEC): A. Potter-Roemer, Inc. #7023-DV, Larsen's Manufacturing Company #24Dy'R3'VI},orJJL.Industries #1817-V-10. B. Type: Serni-recessed; white baked enamel interior and door. 10999-1 ` �— SECTION 10999 MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES 2:4 PLASTIC SIGNS 2.5 WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON A. Type: Engraved ES plastic signs, white core, face color as selected. 1. Text: As scheduled. below. 2. Style /Size: Helvetica Medium / 1" high. 3. Manufacturer: Best Sign Systems, or approved. 4. Submit sign for approval. Schedule 1. Entry Doors: "This door to remain unlocked during business hours; "size as required; blue core, white face color; location as directed by the Architect. For Toilet Room Door: a. #BLT1 -A, Black; "RESTROOM;" accompanied with Grade 2 Braille symbol; 2-1/2 inch high by length required. Mount on wall adjacent to latch side of door; 60 inches on center above finished floor. . International Symbol of Accessibility: nominal 3 inches by 3 inches; standard blue and white. Mount below identification sign. KITCHEN APPLIANCES A: Provide refrigerator, dishwasher, sink, garbage disposal, microwave oven, and coffee maker, as .scheduled on the Drawings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Prior to starting work, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where work of this Section may properly commence. Notify the Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. B. Do not begin installation until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of site conditions and responsibility for defective installation caused by prior observable conditions. C. Install each item in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, as detailed, and in accordance with special requirements of each article. 10999 -2 END OF SECTION 4/29/97 \5/13/97 \05/14/97 .rm.ir■wcu WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Rubber fabric walk -off mat. B. Related Sections: 1. 09300 - Tile: Adjacent finish materials. C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: Substitutions will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 WALK -OFF MAT A. As specified in the Finish Schedule on the Drawings. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Adhesive: US Rubber Recycling, Inc. (10410 Tradmark Street, Rancho Cucamonga, CA) "Sure Bond Adhesive." PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION SECTION 12481 FLOOR MAT A. Prior to starting work, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where work of this Section may properly commence. Notify the Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. B. Do not begin installation until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work • constitutes acceptance of site conditions and responsibility for defective installation caused by prior observable conditions. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Fill substrate as necessary to align top of walk -off mat with adjacent finish surfaces. B. Adhesively install walk -off mat in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Coordinate with installation of adjacent finish materials. 4/29/9715/13/97W/14/97 END OF SECTION 12481 -1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK SOUTH CENTER BRANCH TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 12491 VERTICAL LOUVER BLINDS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Vertical louver blinds with accessories for attachment. B. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. C. Substitutions: No substitute products will be considered. 1.2 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. In accordance with Section 01600. 1.3 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Do not install blinds before painting in the immediate area is complete. PART 2 PRODUCTS A. Approved Systems: 1. "MR -CSII" by Levolor Home Fashions Contract Division (800/221- 6801). 2. "PT2000" by Hunter Douglas (800/327 -2030) B. Description: 1. Provide manufacturer's standard components unless indicated or specified otherwise. 2. Operation: Single draw. 3. Louvers: Vinyl; smooth finish; solid; 3 -1/2 inch width; curved; colors as scheduled 4. Headrail: Extruded aluminum; special painted finish to match louvers; snap -in clip mounting. 2.2 FABRICATION A. Fabricate units to fit the openings indicated, from head to sill, and from mullion to mullion. Size to allow smooth operation of the unit. B. Fabricate elements to integrate with adjacent construction. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Prior to starting work, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where work of this Section may properly commence. Notify the Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. 13. Do not begin installation until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of site conditions and responsibility for defective installation caused by prior observable conditions. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install window blinds in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 4/29/97\5/14/97\05/14/97 12491 -1 Secure with concealed fasteners where possible. Adjust blinds for smooth operation. ...„ .• ; '.• • W A SNIN PTO NMU TU L .S AYIN Q S . BA NK I.s.,. 1- .. - . SOUTH CENTER BRANCI ••• . „ . . . 12491-2 4/29197\5/14/97\05/14/97, u • - OP Haas LaaltipPring r?ix: 200 529 11054 Ware: 200 946 5772 To William Shim al: Ca Olson: 1 • . • • WASHINGTON MI /Ti.TAL SAVINGS BANK BRANCH BANI<. • S01.0CENTER TUKWILA, WA PART 1 GENERAL :1.01 SUMMARY This section contains the criteria by which the plumbing and HVAC systems are to be designed and bid. All bids must be based upon these criteria. Cost savings, energy savings, and performance enhancing alternatives are welcomed, but Must be bid and submitted as additive or deductive alternatives to the base hid. 1,02 REFERENCES 1. Uniform Building Code - 1994 2.. Uniform MechaniCal Code - 1994 3. 'Uniform Plumbing Code - 1994 4. State Eneru Code- 5. State Building Code 6 A S.H.R.AE: Handbook of Fundamentals 7, S1vIACNA Duct Constniction Standards-1995 PART 2 DESIGN CONDITIONS AND LOAD CALCULATIONS 2.01 INDOOR General Cooling - 75°F DB Occupied, 85°F DB Unoccupied Heating - 70°F DB Occupied, 62°F DB Unoccupied 2.02 OUTDOOR Cooling -83°F DB / 65°F \VB Heating - 19°F DB 2.03 VENTILATION Platform Areas: Teller area: Staff Lounge: Utility 108: Minimum of 20 CFM per person of outdoor air. 2.04 LIGHTING DENSITY As`shown on electrical plans. 2.05 PEOPLE LOAD Design for maximum of 30 people total. Size Lounge for 8 people 2.06 MISCELLANEOUS APPLIANCE LOADS 3000 BTUH 2000 BTUH 1000 BTUH 1000 BTUH 24 Hours 2.07 EQUIPMENT SIZING AND SAFETY FACTORS 05/14/97 Nur 2 pi 9 WPIIII0Ctlity. Mi-iy 11.1991 5:47:53 Mi • SECTION 15000 DESIGN/BUILD CRITERIA-MECHANICAL 15000.1 H Ia. EnglneerIng Fax: 2065290064 Voice: 2069465772, WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK BRANCH BANK.' SOITTHCENTER TUKWILA WA 2,10 LOAD CALCULATION 2.11 NOISE. PART 3 HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS 3.01 HVAC ROOFTOP UNITS 05 14 To: William Shen at: CalIlann Pape 3 of 9 Wednesday, May 14. 1997 5 :40:29 PM • SECTION 15000 DESIGN!13l.ItLD CR1TERIA- MECHANICAL Provide a minimum safety factor of 1.10 for sizing cooline equipment and 1.25 for sizing heating equipment. 2.08 RAINFALL RATES Design rain - leaders for 2 "/hour rainfall rate or more if required by local jurisdiction,, 2.09 DOMESTIC WATER PRESSURE Verify . pressure at site with local water district. If pressure at meter exceeds 80 psi provide a pressure regulating valve. Shall be performed using standard methods found in A.S.H.R.A.E. fundamentals. Load calculations shall be submitted with design drawings for Owner /Architect approval. HVAC and plumbing shall be designed to an occupied space sound level of NC 35. Designer shall give consideration to vibration isolation of A' equipment and to the extent of sound lining for attenuation in the supply and return ducts in order to meet the sound criteria. At a minimum, all supply, return, and exhaust drops from units and exhaust fans must be sound lined; and each diffuser, return grille, and exhaust grille must have at least four feet, but not more than eight feet, of insulated flex duct at its connection . A. The Bank is to be served by two rooftop package air conditioners. If existing air conditioning units are of adequate capacity and in good condition then they may he retained. If not, then replace or provide additional units as required. B. Any new units provided shall he Trane YCD or Carrier 48TJ or 481-1.1. No other manufacturers or models are allowed, New units (if provided) shall include the following features' Baked enamel painted galvanized steel cabinet - Copper evaporator and condenser coils (aluminum fin) - Aluminized steel heat exchanger - 2 " -30% pleated filters - Modulating 0- 100% integrated economizer outdoor air damper control for units of nominal capacity of five ton and above. - Motorized two position 25% O.A. damper for units of nominal capacity four tons and less. - Factory roof curb - Oversized fan motor capable of delivering design CFM at 1.1" E.S.P. shall be provided for VVT system unit. - R.A smoke detectors - Single point power connection - SEER rating shall be at least 12.0 or E,E.R of at least 10.0 15I r i m ) r:uc 20f 529 HHf4 Voice: 206 446 5772 \V,\SHINGTON 1\41TfUAL SAVINGS BANK BRANCH BANK S(:'11:TTHCEN'TER Ti JKWILA. WA • 3;02 ZONING, AIR. DISTRIBUTION. .A. Zoning and air distribution shall be as follows: To William Shen at: C.ailKOn Page 4 of 9 Wednesday. May 14. 1991 5;49.12 PM SECTION :1 5000 .DESIGN/BUILD CRITERLA- IvEECHANICAL If the existing unit(s) capacity(ies) are adequate then a single zone may used to supply the Platform 101. and 102 and Tellers 100 and Work 107 areas, and Coupon 103 A separate zone at sub zone (VVT or separate unit) shall serve the Lounge. Properly balanced supply air shall be provided in all room except the Vault, Restroom, and .Tunitor closet. 3:03 VENTILATION • HVAC systems shall be desigied to provide at least 350 CFM per nominal cooling ton of air conditioning and provide'a •minimum outdoor air quantity of 20 CFM per A. Exhaust ventilation for the Toilet Rooms shall he provided by quiet .90 cfm ceilinf: mounted exhaust fans controlled with wall mounted wind -up 15 minute timer switches. Exhaust ventilation for the Lounge 112 shall be provided by a 600 cfm roof mounted exhaust fan controlled with a wall mounted wind up 60 minute timer switch. The exhaust grille shall be located above the, countertop; . The exhaust grille shall be connected to the fan with a minimum of six feet of insulated flex duct for noise attenuation. 13. Utility 108 shall he exhausted with a thermostatically controlled 200 cfm ceiling exhaust fan. C. . Acceptable Products: Rooftop mushroom style belt drive exhaust fans as manufactured by: . - Tenn Air - Penn Ventilator - Greenheck Ceiling mount direct drive exhaust fans with: forward curved steel wheel in steel housing; cone rating of 2,0 or less; integral hackdraft damper as manufactured by : - Broan model 36 Series - Penn Ventilator Zeph }T series - Panasonic FV series - Greenheck SP series 3.04 DUCTWORK A. Ductwork shall he fabricated in strict accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards. Ducts shall he constructed to 1" w.g. pressure class standards. All new ductwork shall he sheet metal. Fiberglass ducthoard is not to he used. . 13. Install ducts in conformance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards and The Uniform Mechanical Code. C. Connect diffusers to low pressure ducts with eight foot (8') maximum length of flexible duct at connections. Pull 4 turns of wire helix over 2" wide collar, wrap with 2 layers of duct tape and secure to collar with 3 05/14 151100.3 Haas rnglnef+rin9 raa; 706 524 BII64 `Vnlce: 2o6 946 5772 ' . To: Wllllam Stool at 1:alllafln Papa 5 of 9 Wndnotday. May 14, 1991 5:49:55 PM WASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK BRANCH BANK SOi.1THCENTER TUKWILA, WA 0,5 14'97 SECTION 00 DESIGN /BUILD CRITERIA - MECHANICAL sheet metal screws. Tighten a non-metallic draw band over connection. Support flex ducts with 1' 4" wide metal strap. Flex ducts shall be installed as straight as possible and with minimum sag. Bends shall be made with not less than duct diameter inside radius. Ducts shall extend six inches beyond sheet metal collar before bendine. D. Ducts are to he run in the straightest possible line. Use of offsets and fittings shall he held to an absolute minimum. It is the responsibility of the Mechanical Contractor to secure the necessary clear space required to provide the most effective air distribution paths. E: All joints in metal duct systems, inclusive of exhaust, return, and supply, shall be sealed. All supply ducts shall be sealed with a mastic type duct sealer, applied under conditions recommended by the manufacturer. Duct tape is to he allowed only for sealing ducts under a negative pressure (ie. return, exhaust). F. Ducts shall he thermally insulated with external duct wrap. Internal duct lining shall only be used as required for sound attenuation. Duct wrap shall he flexible glass fiber insulation, .25 "K" value at 75F with factory applied reinforced foil kraft vapor barrier for systems where indicated on drawines. Owens Corning All Service Faced. Duct Wrap or equal. Install duct insulation strictly following manufacturer's guidelines. Adhere, staple, clip, and seal seams as directed by insulation guidelines published by Owens Corning Pub. 1-MS-9857-B, 1- MS- 5451 -C. Vapor harrier shall he continuous and unbroken. Cover breaks in jacket material with patches of the same material as the vapor harrier. Seal patches with tapes and sealants as recommended by the manufacturer. Externally insulate all metal ducts, not acoustically lined, supplying heating or cooling air, in a continuous fashion with a minimum 1" thickness to provide a minimum "R" value of R4, or more if required by the Mechanical or Energy Code. 3,05 SUPPLY, RETURN, AND EXHAUST GRILLES A. Supply Diffusers - Steel or aluminum 4 -way adjustable modular core square ceiling diffusers, flush frame. Size for NC criteria not to exceed NC25. Krueger 1240 or equal. Perforated diffusers are nut acceptable. Sizine shall he as follows: 0 -100 cfm use 6''x 6" size 101 -210 cfm use 8"x 8" size 211 -375 cfm use 10"x 10" size 375-580 cfm use 12 "x 12" size 550 -650 cfm use 14 "x 14" size The maximum air quantity supplied by a single diffuser shall not exceed 650 cfm. B. Retum Grilles -' /a" x' /," x Va aluminum lattice. Krueger EGC -5 or equal. Size at 600 fpm max. 3.06 CONTROL SYSTEM. A. Control system manufacturer /contractor: Alerton controls provided and installed by AVAC Incorporated, Redmond, Wa. Contact: Mark DeWeirdt. (206) 869-2822; no substitutions. 13. The control system shall provide scheduling and control of the following systems: Rooftop AC , VVT zone control dampers;; lighting contactors for exterior lighting, signage. 15000 -4 H u c. 144 MA 44540 xtr; .vin.,aw are. wov ....,....- ..+- ...- .o......w., .CnglneerIng rout 200029HI114 Vnlce:2019410772 \VASHINGTON MUTUAL SAVINGS BANK BRANCH BANK SOI.TTHCENTER TUK\W'ILA, WA 3.07 TESTING, AD.1T?STING, AND BALANCING 05'14'97 To: William Shen at: 1:0111snn i'ngo h or 9 WP(4■45day, May 14. 1997 S :10:44 1'M SECTION 15000 DESIGN,BU.III.,D CRITERIA - MECHANICAL. C. Scheduling functions: The system shall provide 365 day scheduling of all controlled systems. Each system shall be able to be independently scheduled. In addition the HVAC system control shall include Optimal start features so as to bring the space to comfort temperature in the most energy efficient manner possible. Unoccupied set -back and set -up temperatures shall be programmable in order to maintain minimum and maximum space temperature during unoccupied periods. The room temperature sensors shall incorporate a feature which when activated will provide a timed over -ride of the un- occupied mode for that zone. D. VVT system control: The Alerton control system shall contol the economizer, cooling and heating based on a poll of VVT zone demands. The Alerton system shall control the by -pass damper of the VVT system based on duct static and system total air flow. High and low discharge air limits shall be provided to protect the systems from operating beyond safe conditions. Minimum on and off cycles will be programmed to prevent short cycling. Zone dampers shall be controlled as pressure independent VVT terniinals which modulate from minimum to . maximum set points based on zone temperature and supply air temperature. E. Constant volume system control. The Alerton control system shall control the economizer, cooling and heating of based on the demands of temperature sensors. F. Monitoring: System status; set - points; scheduling; zone, supply, and return temperatures; shall be able to he monitored and adjusted remotely by modem. G. Smoke Detectors: Smoke detectors in the supply and return of HVAC units shall stop the supply fans. A. Use only testing, adjusting, and balancing firms certified by Associated Air Balance Council (AABC) or National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB). All testing, adjusting, and balancing shall he performed per the procedural standards for NEBB or AABC. B. At the substantial completion of the project all systems will be started and tested to assure that the systems are in proper working order. All systems shall he tested with only clean filters installed. C. All air moving systems will be balanced to the quantities shown on the contract drawings. The balance firm and the Mechanical Contractor shall work together to resolve all system deficiencies, to the extent of the project specifications and drawings, prior to final submittal of the air balance logs. D. All air conditioning equipment shall be cycled through all modes of control, including but not limited to: L Cooling 2. Heating 3. Fire/smoke alarms Each of these modes is to he tested to verify that compressors, auxiliary heat, and fans function per the manufacturers' intentions. A completed report including inlet and outlet flows and temperatures in each mode is required on each piece of equipment. All outside air intakes are to be adjusted to the air quantities indicated on the drawings and by code. E. Completed logs shall include : Air apparatus test report for AC -1, AC -2 indicating flows, pressures, and supply /return temperatures in each mode Air outlet test report including all supply, return, and exhaust outlets Fan test report for exhaust fans 15000 -5 His tncIneerInq 1'ax:206 5'24111164 Vnitei 206'946 5772 WASHINGTON Mt 71 JAL SAVINGS BANK • BRANCH BANK SO TTHCENTER TUKWILA, WA As built drawing with numbered outlets corresponding to air outlet test report, At the completion of balancing, testing, and adjusting, provide 4 copies each of the start-up and test logs to be incorporated into O &M Manuals. PART 4 PLUMBING SYSTEMS 4.01 FL\TURES A. Provide plumbing fixtures as scheduled on architecturals and to include: flush valve type water closets, lavatories, kitchen sink, mop sink, dishwasher, garbage disposal, ice maker connection, and coffee maker connection ` electric hot water heater to be suspended above the mop sink 4.02 MINIMUM PIPE STANDARDS SERVICE APPROVED MATERIALS Natural Gas Steel- Schedule 40; Black Iron (Welded or Seamless) ASTM A- 121 *Rainleader Below!Above Grade CI ASTM A74. ABS!D \WV *Waste Below /Above Grade CI ASTM A74, ABS /DWV *Vent Below /Above Grade CI ASTM A74, ABS/DWV *Domestic Water Above Grade Type "L" Copper; ASTM B -SS *Domestic Water Below Grade Type "K" Copper; ASTIVI B -SS 4.03 PLUMBING INSULATION A. 1. Insulate all hot water pipes. Insulate all horizontal cold water piping and vertical elbows and tees. 3. Insulate all horizontal rainleader piping. All undersides of roof drain bodies shall he insulated. B. INSULATION MATERIALS 1. Elastomeric - Closed cell neoprene, Armaflex AP, or equal. 2. Fiberglass - Preformed snap -on fiberglass pipe insulation with self sealing Kraft reinforced foil vapor harrier, Owens Coming ASI /SSL -II, or equal. 3. All pipe insulation shall have surface burning characteristics of less than a !lame spread of 25 or smoke developed of 50 per UL723 test methods. C. INSULATION THICKNESSES 05114 Tn: William Shen at: Calllann Page 7 019 Wednesday, May 14. 1997 PM 1. Cold water above grade: All pipes: Provide a minimum W for elastomeric insulation and 1" for fibrous glass insulation. • SECTION : 15000. DESIGN /BUILD CR1TERIA- MECHANICAL 15000.6, 6 L :L2 UeHaas Engineering lax. 206 529 0064 Voice: 206 946 5772 fv WASHINGTON MTTI'UAL. SAVINGS BANK BRANCH BANK SOUTHCENTER TUKWILA, WA 2. Hot water: 3. Rainleader: D. Cover fittings and valves with equivalent thickness of insulation material. All insulation shall be installed according to the manufacturer's recommendations for application. Vapor barriers shall be continuous. 4.03 DOMESTIC HOT WATER HEATERS A. All hot water heaters shall be electric. Provide glass lined tank with insulation meeting requirements of ASHRAE 90.1 - 1989 and the State Energy Code. Provide tank rated for 150 psi working pressure. Provide five year tank warranty.. Provide insulated pad under tank. 4.04 INSTALLATION A. Bury outside water and drainage pipe minimum 3 feet. B: Lubricate cleanout plugs with mixture of graphite and linseed oil. Prior to building turnover, remove cleanout plugs, re- lubricate and re- install using only enough force to ensure permanent leak -proof joint. C. Install vacuum breakers or backflow preventors on plumbing lines where contamination of domestic water may occur and on hose bibs and flush valves, except where provided integral in equipment. D. Disinfecting: After the entire system is completed flush system thoroughly, take sample, and have tested for compliance with local Health Department requirements. If sample is not in compliance, perform sterilization with 50 parts per million chlorine concentration. After flushing system, retest for compliance with Health Department requirements. Repeat as required. E. All waste piping must slope a minimum of 1/4" per foot (2 %). F All vents shall he free from drops or sags and each vent shall be so graded and connected as to drip back by gravity to the drainage pipe it serves. G. Sanitary Sewer Vents: Plumbing vents shall not terminate within 15 feet of outside air intakes to ventilation units. Plumper to coordinate with IHVAC Engineer. H. Mount water heater on platform in Janitors room above mop sink. Earthquake brace water heater. Provide plastic or galvanized steel drain pan under water heater. Pipe indirect drain from pan to mop sink. PART 5 COORDINATION 5.01 SUMMARY PART 6 DESIGN DRAWING CONTENT 05/14!97 To: William Shen at Calllson SECTION .15000 DESIGNBl.TILD CRITERIA - MECHANICAL Provide a minimum of 1" fibrous glass insulation. Insulation shall meet State Energy Code. Provide minimum '/z" for elastomeric insulation and 1" for fibrous glass insulation. A. Coordination with the Architect, Structural Engineer, Electrical Engineer, and Civil Engineer regarding equipment locations and weight, electrical power requirements, and building storm, waste, and water utility connections is essential and urgent. The design/build Contractor(s) shall complete this coordination within 14 days of award of contract. A. The complete design contract drawings shall include the following: Page 0 o19 Wednesday. May 14. 1997 5:52:15 PM 150(10.7 To: William Shen at: Ca Risen - • . Haas Engineering Fax 206 529 0064 Vnlce 206 946 9772 • • . ,•• : •' • •• ." • .• SAVINGS BANK •••••:,: BRANCH BANK ye scale backgrounds complete with ceiling exids, light fixtures, room names, and north arrow. - HVAC plan showing all duct locations, sizes, offsets, materials, and insulation. . Plumbing plan showing all fixtures, building service connections and invert elevations, piping, pipe sizes, clean out locations, materials and msulation HVAC equipment lists shoWing make, model, capacity, electrical, and weight data for all equipment, grilles, diffusers, etc. - Plumbing fixture schedules showing make, model, and connection schedules of all fixtures, equipment, and drains. Details showing equipment connections, and roof curbs and vibration isolation details. END OF SECTION , • 05/14/97 Page 9 of 9 Wednesday, May 1'4,1997 5;53:02 OM - ,, • ' - . • SECTION; 15000 , • DESIGN/BUILD CRITERIA-MECHANICAL' 15000-8 U u WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SOUTHCENTER BRANCH SECTION 16010 ELECTRICAL GENERAL. PROVISIONS PART' 1': - GENERAL .1.1 SCOPE A .. "A11 provisions of the Contract; including the General and Supplementary Conditions, and the General Requirements apply to this.work: This specification is' not intended to be used as a method, of division of work among subcontractors 1.2 WORK INCLUDED P.. Tt :is the intention of this'Section of the Specifications. and the accompanying drawings to describe and provide for the furnishing,.installing, testing and placing in satisfactory and .successful operation the equipment, materials., devices necessary accessories t� provide a complete electrical system. The work shall include all materials, appliances and apparatus ..not specifically mentioned herein or noted on the'plans, but which are necessary to make a complete working installation of all electrical systems on the plans or described herein: Certain equipment and devices furnished and installed under other Divisions of this Contract (or by Owner) shall be connected:under this Division. The drawings and specifications are complementary and what is'required either shall be. inferred to be required by both. 1.3 RELATED WORK A. Ali of the Contract Documents including those defining Structural, Architectural, Mechanical work (etc.) are pertinent to the electrical work. 1.4 ELECTRICAL REFERENCE SYMBOLS A. The Electrical "Legend" shown on the drawings is standardized for this project. Use legend as reference for symbols used on plans. 1.5 ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS A. Electrical drawings are diagrammatic and not intended to show all features of work. B. Install undimensioned electrical items in a manner to provide symmetrical appearance. Do not scale drawings for equipment location. Review Architectural, Structural and Mechanical drawings and adjust work to conform to conditions shown. 12 MIT..Y 1997 16010 - 1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SOUTHCENTER BRANCH P. SECTION 16010: ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Dimensional accuracy is not guaranteed and field verification of dimensions, locations, and levels to suit field conditions .is required., Circuits and connections are shown diagrammatically and indicate the general character and approximate location. The layout does not necessarily show the total number of conduits for the circuits required, nor are the locations of indicated runs intended to show the actual routing of the. conduits. Contractor.may modify circuit number assignments routing etc. wi intent of the design subject to incorporation of' changes into record drawings , The horsepower of .motors and apparatus wattages indicated on the plans are estimated requirements. of equipment furnished under'`other.'Divisions of this contract and bid is based on -these sizes. Overload elements shall be furnished to suit equipment :nameplate current. Advise Architect of any subsequent equipment changes affecting electrical circuits. .Any minor changes in the location of the conduits, outlets, e.tc., from those shown .on the plans shall be made .without extra charge, if so directed by the Architect before installation. F. Contractor shall consult the architectural drawings for the exact height of all outlets not specified herein or on the drawings. G. Outlet locations shown on the drawings are approximate. Contractor shall study the building drawings in relation to spaces and equipment surrounding each outlet so that the lighting fixtures are symmetrically located according to ceiling tile and room layout. When necessary, with the Architect's approval, outlet shall be relocated to avoid interference with structural features of the building. 1.6 CODES AND STANDARDS A. If any conflict occurs between legally adopted codes and this Specification, the codes are to prevail except that, this shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor from complying with any requirements of the plans or specifications which may be in excess of code requirements and not contrary to same. Notify Engineer of conflicts in the documents with regulations prior to commencing work. All materials and equipment installed, including lighting fixtures, shall have been tested and listed by Underwriters' '...1AY ,4 16010 - 2 4 WASHINGTON MUTUALFINANCIAL GROUP SOUTHCENTER BRANCH, 12 MAY 1997 SECTION 16010 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Laboratories (or other code recognized laboratory) unless otherwise permitted by the Code Inspector and the Owner. C. NFPA No. 70, National Electric Code (as adopted and amended by RCW 19.28, WAC 296.46, and WAC 296 -401: Laws, Rules & Regulations for Installing Electric Wires & Equipment) and as enforced by the local code, authority. Utility. Company Regulations. .The Contractor :is required to familiarize himself With the - detailed requirements: of these standards and 'any local codes . and ordinances as they affect the installation of specific electrical systems. 1.7 PERMITS,. FEES AND NOTICES Purchase all code authority required•electrical.permits and • pay fees. • Pay Utility charges. 1.3• COORDINATION A. The Division 16 Contractor shall coordinate his work with that of the other contractors doing work in the building and shall examine all drawings, including the several Divisions of mechanical, ventilating, structural and general, for construction details and necessary coordination. Special attention is called for the following items and all conflicts shall be reported to the Owner before installation for decision or correction: 1. Door swings such that switches will be located on the "strike" side of the door. 2. Location of fixtures, pipes, ducts and other mechanical equipment such that electrical outlets, lighting fixtures and other electrical equipment are mounted in proper relationship to these items. 3. Location of cabinets and counters such that electrical work is clear from and in proper relation to these items. 4. Penetration of Building Structure for Electrical Work: Refer to Section 16050, Basic Materials and Methods. B. Serving Utilities: Coordinate with the telephone and power serving utilities and make the necessary provisions and interfaces to assure an orderly constructed and properly operable system. 16010 - 3 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SOUTHCENTER.BRANCH Or;` -Equal Approved \.. .SECTION 16010, ELECTRICAL GENERAL. PROVISIONS When conduit, inserts, or sleeves for outlet boxes and/or conduits are.'required, Contractor. shall' fully coordinate: the installation thereof with other trades. ABBREVIATIONS Above Finished Floor 'ANSI American National Standards Institute NEC National Electrical Code, National Board of Fire Underwriters. Publication #70 (latest adopted . edition With amendments) Party responsible for electrical construction (Electrical) drawings 12 MAY 1997 by the Engineer Deliver to.jobsite Enter permanently into the project Furnish and'install Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (or other code authority recognized testing laboratory) . Contractor The company responsible for: accomplishing Division 16 work Owner Purchaser of Division 16'work or authorized representative Signal .Refer to Section 16700 Subcontractors) 1.10 WARRANTY A. The Contractor shall be responsible for all work installed under this specification. He shall make good, repair or replace, at his own expense as may be necessary, any defective work, materials or parts which may show themselves within the warranty period if said defect is due to imperfection in material, design or workmanship. The warranty period shall be as prescribed by law and as defined in Division One of this specification. Where not so prescribed or defined, the period shall be one year after final acceptance. Lamps are not 16010 - 4 31 • WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SOUT.HCENTER BRANCH. ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION.16010 warrantied, but all shall be Operating at the time of.final acceptance. DOCUMENTS AT JOB SITE Maintain on the site in.. good condition a complete file of all reviewed design drawings and specifications, submittal data, Shop ,drawings, etc , bearing:Engineer.'-s stamp: These documents shall be retained at:. the site until finale acceptance.o.f:work and shall be made available at all times for use of the Owner's representatives. 1.12' RECORD 'DRAWINGS'.. Conform with Specification Section 01700 "Contract,Closeout ". B. Corrections and changes -made. during the progress of:the work shall.be recorded continuously on a set of prints kept readily available at'the project during construction., Accurately locate, a11. underground and underslab piping and stub- outs. At the completion of the work, Contractor shall furnish the Owner a set of record prints. 1.13 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. The Contractor shall prepare maintenance manuals for all equipment installed as a part of the construction project including electrical work provided under separate contract with the Owner. B. Conform with Specification Section 01700 "Contract Closeout ". C The information included must be the exact equipment installed, not the complete "line" of the manufacturer. Where sheets show the equipment installed and other equipment, the installed equipment shall be neatly and clearly identified on such sheets. Parts lists shall give full ordering information assigned by the original parts manufacturer. Manuals shall contain shop drawings, wiring diagrams, operating and maintenance instructions, replacement parts lists, and equipment nameplate data for all equipment and systems installed under the project. Signal equipment submittals shall contain step -by -step circuit description information designed to acquaint maintenance personnel with equipment operation in each mode of operation. D. Diagrams for each system shall be complete drawings for the specific system installed under the contract. "Typical" line Xa 1997 16010 - 5 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SOUTACENTER BRANCH triagrams unless properly marked to: indicate the exact field installation. • • • 1:14 .DEMONSTRATION OF ELECTRICAL SY$TEMS A Conform with $ection*0.1700 Closeoutt' 6 During Contract Closeout, conduct an operating test for approval by Owner Staff Representative Demonstrate installation to be in:aCtordance with the ContractlDocuments_ Should any portion of the installation fail to meet requirements of Contract :Documents, repair or replace'itms failing to meet requirements until items can be demonstrated to comply. Obtain .signature of Owner Staff Representative on Job COMpletion:torm.. Ensure that instruments are available for measuring light •intensitieS, voltage and current values, and for demonstration of continuity, grounds, or 'open circuit'conditions D. - Ensure that personnel are available to take measurements and make tests.. • E. Operate each: I. Service entrance switch. 2. Motor circuit. 3. Light switch circuit breaker. 4. •Control circuit. 5. Fire alarm device (as applicable). 1.15 FINAL ACCEPTANCE REQUEST 12 MAY 1997 END OF SECTION SECTION 16010 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010 - 6 Li t 4, ci A. The Cdntractor shall submit a Job Completion Form properly 13 filled out at least 3 days prior to request for Substantial Completion acceptance of the electrical work. Substantial Completion project review will not be started until form is !) received by.Engineer. Li WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP • . SECTION 16010 SOUTHCENTER E3RANCH 1 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS JOB COMPLETION FORM :PROJECT. NAME: Washington Mutual- Southcenter Branch' DATE: . : . PROJECT LOCATION': Electrical Inspector's Final Acceptance : .Name Agency ' Date Fire.:Marshal'.s Name " : 'Agency Date A.:'..The:following have been demonstrated to the Owner!s:,representativ.e:: " ."" • 1:.":Distibution:System Owner.'s Date. • 2. Security andAlarm System ATM:System , •, Owner's Rep. Date 4.. Telephone .System Owner's Rep. Date 5. 'Lightinq,and,CdntrolSystem 6. Under:Floor Duct Owner's Rep. Date • •Record Drawings: -. Quantity Attached Transmitted Previously To Prints Reproducibles C. Certifications:. (Refer to Section 16700) Quantity Attached Transmitted Previously To N E. • , • • • • . • . . • "„ ' „ Owner's Rep. Date Owner's Rep. Date Operation Instructions: Maintenance Manuals: Quantity Attached . Transmitted Previously To Keys: Quantity Attached Transmitted Previously To meet with: (Supervisor of Electrical Work) at: (Date). F. The work is complete and in accordance with contract documents and authorized changes.except for: 12 MAY 1997 and the Owner's Representative is requested to, Electrical Subcontractor's Representative's Signature Date (Time) on 16010 - 7 PART 1 7-.GENERAL ' - A This section provides for basic materials coordination and - --requirements for installation to accomplish electrical work WASHINGTON.MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SOUTHCENTERBRANCH • . • 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE J.3 REFERENCE ,STANDARDS A. NECA Standards of Installation 1.4 MECHANICAL - ELECTRICAL INTERFACE 12 MAY 1997 SECTION1.605.0 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS A Workmanship: Workmanship is conSidexed:important.and is subject to approval. Employ workmen skilled in the trade,' and familiar with particular techniques applicable to various sections of work,: Coordination: 1. Coordinate 'electrical work with the work of other crafts and trades for proper installation and for timely, execution of construction.' Any changes necessitated by failure to properly coordinate with work . of different trades shall be made at no increase in contract amount: 2. Verify the type and adequacy of information shown on approved electrical plans and shop drawings of equipment items (motors, pumps, fans, etc:). This shall be done prior to installation and connection of equipment furnished or installed by others. A. Separation of work between trades and subcontractors is not within the scope of these Contract Documents. The following is proposed for assistance in bidding only. B. Unless otherwise indicated, mechanical equipment and controls are suggested to be furnished, installed, and wired in accordance with the following schedule; coordinate all work with Division 15, Mechanical: 16050 - 1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SOUTHCENTER BRANCH MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND CONTROLS Magnetic Motor Starters : . Automatically :controlled . with: or HOA . switches E b:. Manually controlled: Furnished w/mech. eqUiprrient, factory- mounted. Furnished w/mech equipment, for field mounting : M .Disconnect switches, • manual motor starters, . • thermal .overload switches: . . Damper motors, other miscellaneous . Division 15 controls: M M Thermostats (Low Voltage Electric) : M - Division 15, Mechanical E - Division 16, Electrical PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL 12 MAY 1997 SECTION; 16050 BASIC MATERIALS 'AND' METHODS POWER CONTROL FURNISHED INSTALLED WIRING WIRING BY BY BY BY M E E E M M E M M A. All materials must be of the quality herein specified. All materials shall be new, of the best quality and free from defects. They shall be designed to insure satisfactory operation and operation life in the environmental conditions which will prevail where they are being installed. 16050 •- 2 L i WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SOUTHCENTER BRANCH. Each type •material shall be of the same make and quality. The materials furnished shall be of.the standard_ products of manufacturers regularly engaged in the production of such equipment and shall be the manufacturer's latest standard design. . 2.2 SUBSTITUTION OF MATERIALS A. SECTION,16050. BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Conform with Section 01600, Material and Equipment. B. No Substitute:. Any materials and systems indicated "no substitute" shall be provided as specified. 2.3 COMPLETE SYSTEMS A All the systems mentioned shall be complete in every detail except where specifically noted otherwise. Mention of certain materials in these specifications shall not to be construed a release from furnishing such additional materials and performing all labor required to provide a complete and operable system. • 2.4 SUBMITTALS A. Conform with Section 01300, Submittals. 5. The purpose of submittals by the Contractor is to supplement and demonstrate Contractor's knowledge of the design concept by .indicating which equipment and material he intends to furnish and install and by detailing the fabrication and installation methods he intends to use. Items to be included in submittals are: Wiring Devices and Materials Lighting Fixtures Under Floor Duct and Fittings Utility Metering Equipment Fire Alarm (as code required) Panelboards Motor Control Disconnects Division 16 Contract Cost Breakdown C. Product Data, Design Data: 1. Bind in three -ring binder. Label front of binder with name of project, name of Owner, year of completion, title "ELECTRICAL SUBMITTALS ", and names of Engineer and Electrical Contractor. Label back edge of binder with title, name of project, Owner, and year of completion. Fold drawings to 8 -1/2" size and bind as above or place in pocket of folder. Provide index and dividers with identifying tabs, organized and labeled by specification Section, including catalog numbers or drawing numbers if MAY 1 997 16050 - 3 WASHINGTON:' MUTUAL FINANCIAL SOU,THCENTER.BRANCH PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SECTION 16050 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS ::appropriate _Bind index as first sheet of submittal. Submittal will not be accepted unless it conforms to these requirements Provide'submittal data on all materials and equipment. Do :not fabricate or install until reviewed by A /E. Include descriptive bulletins, data sheets, :catalog cuts, diagrams, complete'dimensional drawings, and other additional information as required.. Acceptance: The acceptance of a manufacturer's name or product by the A/E does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for providing materials and equipment .which compl.y.in,all details with the requirements of the contract documents., GENERAL Install all material and equipment in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations,' instructions and installation drawings, unless otherwise indicated, and in accordance:with NECA'S "Standards of Installation ". Seal penetrations to maintain structural, fire integrity, and watertightness. . 3.2 CUTTING BUILDING CONSTRUCTION A. Obtain permission from the Engineer prior to cutting. Locate . cuttings so they will not weaken structural components. Cut carefully and only the minimum amount necessary. Cut concrete with core drills except where space limitations prevent the use of such drills and only as approved by the Engineer. B. All construction materials damaged or cut into during the installation of this work shall be repaired or replaced with materials of like kind and quality as original materials. 3.3 EXCAVATIONS A. Excavate, backfill, and compact per Section 02200, Earthwork. 3.4 PENETRATIONS OF FIRE RATED ELEMENTS 12 MAY 1997 A. Fire Rated Floors and Walls: Utilize metal sleeves. Fill voids around exterior of raceway with glass fiber or rock wool. Grout top of void. Option: Cast raceways into concrete. 16050 - 4 f '1 yf i WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16050 SOU.TH,CENTER BRANCH BASIC MATERIALS. .AND METHODS. 3.6 CLEAN UP A. Contractor shall continually remove debris, cuttings, crates, cartons, etc., created by his work. Such clean up shall be done at sufficient frequency to eliminate hazard to the public, other workmen, the building or the Owner's employees. Before request for acceptance of the installation, Contractor shall carefully clean cabinets, panels, wiring devices, cover plates, etc., to remove dirt, cuttings, paint, plaster, mortar, concrete, etc. 3.7 WORKMANSHIP AND OBSERVATION • A. Workmanship shall be of the best quality. Skilled mechanics shall be employed under the supervision of a competent foreman. All completed work shall present a neat and professionally installed appearance. B. All work and materials shall be subject to observation at any and all times by representatives of the Owner. 3.8 SLEEVES, BLOCKOUTS, AND CAST -IN -PLACE DEVICES IN CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION (OR MASONRY) A. Sleeves: Contractor shall furnish sleeves to form assemblers (of Masons) and identify required placement location for placement by others. B. Structural Steel Fire Proofing: 'Coordinate' withgeneral contractor for repair or or: penetration. for electrical system supports, etc Fire'Rated Suspended Ceilings: Coordinate, with general contractor for ",tent 'installation over lighting fixtures by others PAINTING Painting in general will be covered under another Division of the specifications, except items furnished under this' Division that are scratched or marred in shipment or installation are to have finish repaired by the Division 16 Contractor. f ;AY 1997 Blockouts: Contractor shall identify size and location for provision of blockouts by others. 16050 - 5 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SOUTHCBNTER;:BRANCH 12 MAY 1997 - . SECTION 16050 BASIC MATERIALS AND .METHODS , • • • '. •'. • C. : Cast:-.in7Place Sleeves and Devices: Contractor shall place (or identify placement 'location for permanent placement by others) as coordinated . END OF SECTION 16050 - 6 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SOUTHCENTER BRANCH PART 1 7 GENERAL • 1.1 ;.DESCRIPTION PART 2 PRODUCTS • RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL CONDUIT (RGS) AND INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT (Mc) , . A Hot dipped galvanized._ B. j7ittings. Galvanized malleable iron or noncorrosive alloy compatible with galvanized conduit Running thread or set. H fittings not permitted (Exception: Erickson couplings, watertight split couplings (OZ type or equivalent) permitted). 2.2 RIGID ALUMINUM yPrbvide:raceway system complete 2.3, • ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) A.. dip galvanized, electrogalvanized or sherardized, steel B. '.Couplings.and Connectors: Raintight; steel or malleable iron type using a split corrugated compression ring and tightening nut or stainless steel locking disc or set screw. Indenter or die-cast fittings are not acceptable., i.4 FLEXIBLE METALLIC TUBING • A. Electrogalvanized or sherardized steel. 2.5 FLEXIBLE CONDUIT A. Galvanized flexible steel for dry locations. Fittings: Malleable iron or steel, Thomas and Betts "squeeze" type or equal. B. Liquid Tight. PVC weatherproof cover over flexible steel conduit for damp and wet locations. Fittings: Thomas and Betts "Super-Tite" or equal. C. Use fittings approved for raceway ground continuity where a separate ground wire is not contained within the raceway. 12 MAY 1997 Fittings copper free cast aluminum. • • 16110 - 1 SECTION 16110 RACEWAYS PART 3 = INSTALLATION WASHINGTON::MUTUAL`FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION:J640., SOUTHCENTERBRANCH :'RACEWAYS 2.6 SURFACE METAL RACEWAY "One piece" formed steel type. Standard Factory painted finish, Wire mold #500, # 700, or #1000 as required. for circuit :conductors Surface: boxes, elbows, connectors, etc. shall.be of same manufacture : as surface metal raceway'system. Schedule 40 rigid polyvinyl chloride (PVC)' type unless noted. GENERAL. Install Rigid Galvanized.:Steel'Conduit (RGS) concealed in construction unless noted otherwise in the following, on the drawings, or unless specifically approved by the Engineer. Intermediate metal' conduit is permitted as . a substitute for rigid galvanized steel except where RGS is required by code. Interior Route raceways with: building lines. .(Exception: Raceways below grade or imbedded in concrete.) Grounding: Raceway system serves as equipment ground; make all joints tight for minimum impedence. 3.2 RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL CONDUIT (RGS) A. All connections shall be watertight. 3.3 RIGID ALUMINUM CONDUIT A. May be used in lieu of steel raceways where run above grade inside of buildings; rigid aluminum conduit not permitted where raceways are in contact with earth, concrete or masonry. 3.4 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) A. May be substituted for RGS for circuits concealed in construction and for wiring in furred ceilings and above suspended ceilings. 12 MAY 1997 16110 - 2 ' '• WASHINGTONMUTUALHFINANCIAL GROUP : S.OUTHCENTERBRANCH: SECTION:16110 RACEWAYS • B. ' May'be uSed for interior exposed work in:unfinished where not.exposed to phySicS1 damage:. Raceways intraffic.areas shall be' considered exposed.to phYsical'damage where within 10 ft. of floor,. Grounding: 'Where raceway, syStem serves as equipmentAround; , . make all:joints for. Minimum impedence. • ARACEWAYB:THAT PENETRATE:BUILDING'EXTERIOR A. The section of the-racewayHwithin the wall or roof shall be sea1ed. inside (sealing' conduit sealant, Shall be UL . approVedfor the 'and i around raceway.exterior using approved sealant. . Refer to Section 07900, Sealants., ' - Raceway penetrations through roof shall be sealed using :appropriately sized roof jacks. 3.6 BENDS A. Carefully made, to avoid injuring or flattening. . Bends 1-1/4" and larger shall be factory elbows or formed utilizing an 'approved bending .7 SECURING RACEWAYS A. Fasten to frame structures by means of clamps, screws, metal inserts or toggle bolts. Nails not permitted. 3.8 CAP RACEWAY A. Cap raceway, during construction, with manufactured seals, to prevent entrance of water or debris. Swab out all raceway before wires are pulled. 3.9 CONDENSATION A. Install raceway so as to prevent trapping of seepage or condensation. Slope exterior raceways away from building. 3.10 HANGERS FOR RACEWAYS A. In suspended ceiling spaces Contractor may not attach raceways to the ceiling suspension system. ". SURFACE METAL RACEWAY A. Permitted only as specifically approved by Engineer. 12 MAY 1997 16110 - 3 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SOUTHCENTER BRANCH B. Install. :parallel to a building surface wall, ceiling, flOor):.Fastehjto surface as recommended'by.Manufacturer* Mount so xaceway'i.s in the,leSst location. 3,,12: FLEXIBLE RACEWAYS , . . , A. Provide flexible conduit connection to motors and equipment y : subject to vibration with 90 degree loop minimum to allow for isolation. Use liquid tight for pumps, for equipment which is regularly washed down, and for equipment in damp locations B. 1 may-onlY-,:be used.for final connection o lighting fixtures in suspended ceilings (as permitted by c:: bonding jumper when required by Code. 3.13 RACEWAYS IN EARTH OR UNDER SLABS ON GRADE. A. PVC raceway systems are permitted as a substitute for RGS conduit's_ Exception': Bends shall be R.G.S: 3. RGS underground conduit raceway systems shall.be coated with bitumastic paint. 1 =1 C. Raceway sizes indicated on plans are for rigid galvanized steel. Adjust PVC raceways to allow for addition of code required ground wire. RACEWAYS IN CONCRETE SECTION 16110. RACEWAYS • D. Maintain 11-1/2-inches separation between parallel underground circuits in order to avoid the capacity derating required under NEC 310 for multiple buried ducts. A. Confer with structural concrete specifications for installation constraints. Raceway diameter shall not exceed one-third (1/3) the thickness of the concrete system in which it is embedded.. RGS only. 1 2 MAY 1997 END OF SECTION 16110 - 4 :•, !I I L. 4 Li $ •• c WASHINGTON:MUTUAL FINANCIAL. GROUP SECTION. 16120 •. SOUTHCENTER BRANCH `WIRES._AND`CABLES PART 1 GENERAL i.1 DESCRIPTION A .. Provide all wire and cable, complete. 1.2 RELATED WORK A Refer to Section 16700, Communications, for limited energy I•A'i 1997 systems and circuitry of less than 100•volts. 2 PRODUCTS NONMETALLIC SHEATHED CABLE Not permitted., WIRE AND CABLE IN RACEWAYS A. Copper or aluminum, insulated for 600V.. E. Wires (as sized on drawings) are to be copper type THWN. (Type THW, THHN, RHW, XHHW, or aluminum, wire may be utilized at Contractor's option). Wire and cable shall be delivered to jobsite in original containers bearing the Underwriters' label. Aluminum conductors permitted subject to raceway and conductor size adjustments and special terminations. Stranded conductors unless otherwise noted or recommended by equipment manufacturer. SPLICES A Solderless type only. Preinsulated "twist -on" type (limited to size #10 and smaller). Bolt -on compression type with application preformed insulated cover, heat shrinkable tubing or plastic insulated tape. 2.4 TERMINATIONS A. Copper: Eye -type compression lug when termination is to a bolt or screw terminal. B. Aluminum: Compression -type, oxide - inhibiting - compound- filled aluminum lugs. 16120 - 1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16120 SOUTHCENTER BRANCH 2.5 . CABLE TIES MIRESAND CABLES: • Nylon or equivalent, locking type. COLOR 'CODING A. • Identify all 'service conductors, feeders and branch circuits by, color code. Green . must be used for grounding only.' 6. C�lor .C'o'ding Schedule shall', •::208Y./.120V3 Ph 4w - " and-120/240V. 3 Ph Delta...4W' Phase..A -Black •PhaaeSt Red' . Phase C - Blue Neutral 'White . C.. Use a wrap of appropriately colored plastic tape at all splices .and'terminations where standard cable assemblies are color coded differently. D. All other to be approved by the Engineer. PART 3 - INSTALLATION' INSTALLATION OF WIRING A. Install all wiring in raceway unless specifically authorized otherwise. B. Refer to Specification 16700 for Signal and Communications systems circuits. • 3.2 WIRE SIZE. A. Number 12 AWG minimum for power and lighting circuits. Exception: Where other sizes are indicated on plans or by specification. B. Longer Branch Circuits: Branch circuits indicated to be #12 AWG (by designation or standard symbol) on plans and which are greater in conductor length (measured from panelboard to beginning of the last tap) than the following schedule shall be changed to #10 AWG: 1. 120 volt: 75 ft. 7.7 XAY 1997 16120 - 2 11 ! ti WASHINGTON .MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SOUTHCENTER BRANCH 3.3 CONDUCTOR SIZES REFERENCED ON PLANS A. Copper, type THW unless noted. END OF SECTION 3.5 TAPING A Taping, if used, shall be half lapped synthetic tape. MAY 1997 SECTION 16120 WIRES AND CABLES .4, - 'ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS Permitted .in sizes #9 'AWG and larger only . . B. Aluminum conductors shall be terminated or spliced using compression--type, oxide-inhibiting-compound-filled aluminum lugs .only. They shall not be terminated or spliced with bolted pressure fittings. Where a device is available with bolted lugs only, •a short length of copper conductor may be spliced to the aluminum conductor and the copper connected to the bolted pressure lug. As an alternate, a special-type compression-set ',aluminum lug with aluminum or Copper "finger" manufactured for this purpose may be used. Compression fittings shall be •sized for the conductor used and shall be set with a tool which assures a preset deformation 'before release. D. Aluminum lugs, where in contact with copper studs, bolts or bus, . shall be plated. . Bolted aluminum lugs shall be installed with a "Belleville" washer under nut unless specifically permitted otherwise. 16120 - 3 v WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SOUTHCENTER BRANCH-. . . . PART. 1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. - Provision and installation other sections PART - PRODUCTS .21..,GENERAL JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES 2.3 CUTLET BOXES 12 MAY 1997 .SECTION 16130' BOXES 0. Enclosure Rating - As follows: 1. Indoor ... 2 -NEMA 3R or A: Damp or outdoor Of cabinets and boxes as required. by , COnstruction: :•Code-gaugegalvanized oripainted sheetSteeL. Flush or surface mounting as indicated. Exposed Boxes Baked-On Gray Enamel'ANSI Z551-1967: A. Construction: Welded and galvanized sheet steel of sizes required by N.E.C. B. Sheet steel gauge requirements: 1. 24 inches or less: 14 USS gauge. 2.. 24 inches to 36 inches: 12 gauge. 3. 36 inches and greater: 10 gauge. A. General: Code grade steel; size as required by code or as shown on the drawings. Allow extra space when splicing. B. Cover: Full access screwed covers mounted with corrosion resistant machine screws where device plates are not used. C. Cast Metal: 1. Crouse Hinds with threaded hubs FS or FD or type RS. 2. Full gasketed cast plates. 3. Size for devices including ganging requirements. 4. Stainless machine screws for covers and side plates. 5. Threaded hubs. 16130 - 1 PART 3 EXECUTION • 3.1 CABINETS WASHTNGTOWMUTUAL:.FINANCIAL' SOUTHCENTER.BRANCH 12 MAY•1997 .JUNCTION AND PULL „BOXES SECTION. BOXES 'HA*MouirigidlyandwithHpropek'alignment_on building structure with of cabinet:6feet6- B. 'Install cabinet interior after all conduit connections are . made: C. Close all unusecl.cabinet openings. A.' Iocate,aothat'icbvers are accessible* at all . .tiMea':'.. Mount boxes. tor so covers are flush surface of . .. liniahed, ceiling or wall'. . . . . ‘.. 11. Contractor may provide pull boxes in addition to those shown on ,- plansor:required'by codes, to facilitate installation of work. „ . 3,3: DEVICE BOXES. , . . . . . _ . - A, Switches shall be located 6-inches minimum from door casing, or centered in spaces less than 12".„ See Architectural Drawings for exceptions* Heights as shown on Architectural 'Drawings: For all dimensions, measure from the finished floor to the , . centerline of device, END OF SECTION 16130 - 2 Li kr L WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SOUTHCENTER BRANCH PART 1 - GENERAL , , „ • , .. • • 1.i .DESCRIPTION A: Provide floor outlet devices for power, data, telephone, and security at the locations shown on drawings COordinatetrenchingof:'existing floor with Architect Patch to match surrounding Surfate. PART 2 -- PRODUCTS 2.11 , MANUFACTURER A. Hubbell', 1q4lIcer apprOyed.. RECESSED BOX ASSEMBLY Formed steel, concrete tight, shallow construction Hubbell Al:3=2529. Duplex convenience outlet cover: Forgedlorass, dupiex flap. Hubbell 4S-3825. See Section 16144 for receptacles. • B. Telephone outlet cover: plugs. Hubbell #S-2525. cable (100% of covers). •C.. Specialpurpose. outlet: device configuration. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION NAY 1997 Forged brass, combination screw . •nclude split nozzle for each phone Hubbell #S-3086. Forged brass, screw cover, to suit A. Coordinate with Architect for exact location of all devices. Adjust top surface to level and flush with finished floor. END OF SECTION 16132 - 1 „, . : :, : , ,.......• , : , WASHINGTON ::MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP ' SOUTHCENTERHBRANCE PART 1. GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Provide wiring devices. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 12 MAY 1997 ,SECTION 16144 WIRING .DEVICES . ..A:: : ,A112::wiring devices shall be new, UL approved, and ,ratedfor:the serVice:in they are.to)pe used Devices with."PUsh7In", Hterminals':arenot acceptable... . , SWITCHES - SIDE OR BACK WIRED :Specification grade 20A, 120-27,7 VAC, white handle, silent type for all locations Pass _& Seymour 20AQ1 : - B„:::SPecification grade 20.A, 120-277 VAC, white handle, double pole, three-way as indicated on drawings. Pass & Seymour #20AC3-W- RECEpTACLES. A. Convenience Outlets, Side or Back Wired: 1•.:Spetification Grade. Duplex.grounding type with. composition base and slots to accommodate parallel blade Ord caps. Mount with grounding slot down. 20 ampere at 125 volts, NEMA 5-20R. 2 UL approved, self-grounding, certified to comply with NEMA Standards. Screw terminals only. : 3. White color:: (Exception: Gray for dedicated or designated circuit.), 4. Pass & Seymour 5352-W. B. Isolated Ground: 1. Orange-colored devices similar to "2.3 A." above, except with ground terminal insulated from mounting yoke. 2. Pass & Seymour 1G-6300-W. C. Special Purpose Outlets: 1. Specification Grade single outlet grounding type. Flush mount with grounding hold down. 2. 250V, Amperage as shown on drawings. 3. Black color. 4. Match receptacle with plug of unit to be connected. 16144 - 1 WASHINGTON:MUTUAL: FINANCIAL GROUP SOUTACENTER BRANCH . . .—G,F:CrI. Receptacle NEMA 5-20R, white; Pass & Seymout2091-S-W.' 2.4: PHOTO 'CELL AND LIGHTING CONTACTOR Paragon CW201 Photocell. ,•B..':Lighting,Contactor:' :Electrically held, .silent, tungsten .rated 20 .amp contactSof the quantity'required plus (2):,-spare, - - NEMAI enclosure. 2 5 •SURFACE METAL RACEWAY PLUGGING STRIP A Install as noted on plans complete with all fittings,,end%Caps, entrance plates, as required for a completely finished job. Witemold 2100.' • 26 DEVICE. PLATES . _._ . . T1 i. „-- .PrOvideU,L listed, one-piece type, flush device plates.. :„:white 'color, high-impact thermoplastic, countersunk head screws. . Fl colored to match device plate and of rounded edge "streamline" .design; Pass & Seymour 302 S-WSeries.,, Provide galvanized -device plates where exposed wiring is permitted.. : •1 B.. Weatherproof Plates: stainless steel U.1,. listed, . , . . Self-closing weatherproof plates where shown. Duplex flap for duplex outlets. Each flap to open in an AlpWarddirection, not More than 90 degrees above the closed position. Aluminum covers with same features are approved. Pass & Seymour Inc, WP series, or approved equal: !'l 7 .7 SPRING WOUND TIMER SECTION 16144' .:WIRING DEVICES A. Spring wound decorator timer with SPST switch contacts to be rated at 20 amps @ 125VAC tungsten. Time range shall be from 0 to 12 hours. B. Paragon Electric SWD series with white knob and inner plate. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 WIRING DEVICE INSTALLATION 7' B. Receptacle Grounding: Verify positive connection between ground terminal and conduit box. (Exception: Isolated ground receptacles), 12 MAY 1997 Mounting Heights: Refer to Section 16130 "Boxes". 16144 2 • r" ' _ WASHINGTON MUTUAL. FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 1614`4 SOUTHCENTER BRANCH WIRING DEVICES LIGHTING CONTROL Replace noisy lighting contactors with silent.type. SPRING` WOUND TIMER Wire `. to. control coffee receptacle. Mount at 44" AFF adjacent'. to coffee receptacle.. OF SECTION IT • 2 MAY 1997 16199 - 3 •' 2.3 LABELS 12 MAY 1997 • • • • • .• • . , • WASHINGTOWMUTUAL• FINANCIAL GROUP SOUTKCENTER13RANCH . • . • • " PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION 2.2 MANUFACTURER SECTION'16170 CIRCUIT AND MOTORDISCONNECTS Provide 411 disconnects, - fused and-unfused, shown and required by ,COde:for 'equipment. furnished under this and other divisions .of these specifications. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2:1 : DISCONNECTS • • , . A. Switch shall be heavy duty type, shall be quick-make 'quick- break and shall be suitably horsepower rated' for motor loads. Switch 'shall have' blades as required to open all ungrounded •conductors and in addition an auxiliary contact for each • control circuit wire energized, from a source not interrupted by • the .disconnect switch. Option: A . separate switch for control • circuits may be mounted immediately adjacent to the main power •disconnect.' - Disconnects shall be single throw unless noted otherwise. • B. Enclosure shall have interlocking coverto prevent opening door when switch is closed. Interlock shall include a defeating • scheme. C. Enclosure shall be suitable for location in which mounted. D. Fusible disconnects shall be as above with addition of fuse space and clips to accept only Class R fuses. A. Same as listed in Section 16480. Exception: Disconnect Switches for Single (1)-Phase Motors: Pass & Seymour HP 20 or equal as manufactured by General Electric, Westinghouse, Square D, Sierra, Hubbell or other approved. A. Include the following information on the labels: Load served and source of supply. 16170 - 1 .....„. WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL H•GROUP PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Supports: : Secure solidl.y to wall or Opproved :Mounting- frame Di,sconnects :6uPported ..}?y Taqewayare. 12 MAY 1997 16170 - 2 : WASHINGTON, FINANCIAL:GROUP SOUTHCENTER BRANCH PART 1, - GENERAL • SECTION.„.16190 ,.' SUPPORTING. DEVICES'. . _ 1.1 . DESCRIPTION' Provision of supports and fastenings for properly mounting and .,,anchoring all raceways, equipment, and fixtures. J"‘ • PART 2 PRODUCTS • , 2.1 STEEL SUPPORTS • , ,„ " ' . • . , • . A Provide brackets, frames, and•hangerSfabricated:from standard , rolled :structural steel shapes or prefabricated structural • system manufactured byoneof the foliowing 1 Kindorf Electrical Products Company 2 Powerstrut Division/Van Huffel Tube Corporation 3 Unistrut Construction a-Line Systems, Inc. . . . . , Provide threaded steel rods, where required, 3/8 inch diameter or:larger.' Use hot dip galvanized steel on installations exposed to the weather. Do not use chain except where Specifically required. Do:not use perforated strap or wire. 2.2 FASTENINGS A. Provide necessary fastenings in accordance with the following: 1. Bolts and nuts: ANSI B18.2.1 regular series, semi- ' finished, hexagon, galvanized. 2. Lock washer: ANSI B18.21.1 medium, spring type, galvanized. 3. Beam clamps: Thomas beam and angle clamps. 4. Wall anchors: Use 3/8 inch (minimum) toggle bolts in hollow tile and concrete block. Use 3/8 inch (minimum) taper plug drive anchors in solid masonry and concrete. Do not use fiber, lead, plastic, or wood plugs; do not use expansion shields and lag bolts. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Steel Supports: Fabricate and install supports so that support installation does not weaken or overload the building structure. Do not impose the weight of electrical equipment, raceways, or fixtures on supports provided for other trades or systems. Secure steel supports to the building structures by 12 MAY 1997 • 16190 - 1 • . • WASHINGTON mUTUAL FINANCIAL, GROUP. SOUTHCENTER 12 f1; 1997 • : SECTION - 16190 SUPPORTING DEVICES. meanS:Of.boltingor welding. Do not support loads from the bottOmchordmember openwebHsteeljoiStsexcept:: Where : diagonal members attach to the bottom chord Do not support loads from roof decking; : - : DESIGN - . • restraints and structural supports for all eqUipment installed under this',division,of the wOrV,Or, obtain,: design from:-.project:structuralengineer inacCordance.with . Uniform, Building Code requirements as required by the code authority having jurisdiction. END OF SECTION 16190 - 2 •• ;4. •",' 0 :.t r i. 1 1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SOUTFICENTER BRANCH PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Provide labels, nameplates, directories and coding. 'PART2pRODUCTS:. BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARD DIRECTORIES A. Provide neatly typed schedule (odd numbered circuits on left: side or top, 'even on right side or bottom) under plastic jacket or:A5rOtective cover to protect the schedule from damage or dirt :'Securely mount on inside face of panelboard door Define briefly, but accurately, nature of connected load Lighting-Office, Receptacles-Mechanical/Electrical Room, etc.): as approved. B. Use room numbers or designations actually installed, not those use on contract drawings, unleSe.they..are the same 0. Spare circuit breakers. and space positions, shall be noted in pencil. 2.2 NAMEPLATES A. Provide nameplates constructed of 1/16 inch thick plastic (black on white) laminated material engraved through black surface material to white sublayer. Provide nameplates for the following: 'B. Service Entrance Label (1/2" letters). C. Motor Starter and Disconnect Labels (1/4" letters). D. Special Equipment Outlet (identified "DED" on drawings) Labels (1/4" letters). F. Panelboard Labels (1/2" letters). G. Switches where item controlled is not visible from switch (1/8" letters). 2.3 EMPTY CONDUITS 12 MAY 1997 SECTION'16195 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION A, Provide labels with description'of purpose, and location of opposite end, on each end of conduits provided for future 16195 - 1 - .Label all J-box covers with panel and circuit numbers'. A PART '3', -- ,EXECUTION 1 ATTACH WITH: SCREWS ; Refinish! defaced .finishes... ▪ ABBREVIATIONS A. Labeling abbreviations perrnitted • 12 MAY 1.997 END OF SECTION only as approved. SECTION 16195 ELECTRICAL '-IDENTIFICATION' equipment. 1 Paper or :plastic handwritten tags are perm Note accurately on as-build drawings. 2..4 -BOX COVERS • B. ..Use black indelible marker and hand print label in workman-like • manner or use stencil and black paint'.: , - A. - Securely :. attach engraved labels and . nameplates, with screws. . , • 3 • TEMPORARY MARKINGS ' . • „ , ..• • • • : • No marking, permitted on equipment Remove all temporary ' marking where possible. Where markings .cannot be removed, repaint trims, housing, etc., to cover markings. 16195 - WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SOUTHCENTER BRANCH L A 2.2 • PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 • DESCRIPTION . Provide permanent service entrance complete:: B. Coordinate: with utility and extend circuits •from the interface point. Pay for all utility charges. 1.2 SHORT CIRCUIT. FAULT DUTY All equipment and circuitry shall berated for the maximum available SymMetrical fUalt current available from utility. "DownstreW.- rating 'may be used where in conformance with manufacturer's recommendations for series rated systems or where coordinated with current limiting overcurrent devices. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SERVICE ENTRANCE EQUIPMENT A. Refer to Specification Section 16470. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 ARRANGEMENT A. Verify space available with equipment sizes and code required working clearances prior to submittal of shop drawings. Notify Engineer, prior to submission of shop drawings, if sufficient space has not been allowed. 3.2 METERING A. Provide current transformer, meter base, and metering conductors per utility requirements. 3.? GROUNDING A. Refer to Specification Section 16450. PANELBOARDS 1997 SECTION 16420:. SERVICE ENTRANCE_ (Underground) Provide raceways, conductors and metering per plans and the following. torramr.a;o4wriommeolorermiNiavrinei 16420 - 1 • WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SOUTHCEN'I'ER. BRANCH • 3.4 LABELING - - . Provide nameplate. (see Section 16195) engraved with t . - fo11odng information Project Name s • • , Electrical Contractor Engineer • Year of Manufacture 3.5 WORK • BY . UTILITY . • „ . „ „ ' . • . , " " • , . A. Utility will provide: Distribution system to site complete including service lateral to transformer. 2 Transformer and transformer ground.. 3 Meters 4 . Termination of service entrance circuit conductors. 3.6 WORK BY CONTRACTOR A. Contractor, shall provide: 1. Service entrance circuit (raceways and conductors) from site perimeter into building. 2. Service ground at building. 12 MAY 1997 END OF. SECTION: 16420 - 2 • tl F L.! • , . ,...,•.• L. 1. .WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SOUTHCENTER BRANCH .PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 •DESCRIPTION . A. Grounding electrodes. • B. 'Grounding bonding) of equipment and building steel. C. Grounding of building electrical service neutral. D. .Communications ground. • • E. • Isolated ground. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 .1 CONDUCTOR • - A. #6 AWG and Larger: • - 1.. Stranded copper, bare, •soft-drawn, B. #8 AWG and Smaller: 1. Bare: Solid copper, soft-drawn. 2: 'Insulated: Stranded copper with green insulation, 2:2 GROUND RODS A. 3/4" diameter, copper clad steel, minimum length 10 feet. 2.3 CONNECTOR AND LUGS A. Cable-to Cable (or Cable-to-Rod) Compression-Type, Copper. 1. T B 53500 series or 53000 series. 2. Burndy type YGS or YGL. B. Cable-to-Flat: 1. Compression-type copper lugs, with silicon bronze bolts. a. T & B 53200 series. b. Burndy Type YCA-2N. 2. Bolted-type copper lugs, with silicon bronze bolts. a. T & B 32000 series, tandom type. b. Burndy Type QQA, with 2-hole pad. 12 MAY 1997 SECTION. 16450 GROUNDING 16450 - 1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP '.,SECTION 16450 SOUTHCENTERR'BRANCH 2.4 MARKING Connectors must be clearly and permanently marked with the information listed below. 1. Symbol and /or, logo. `2. Catal.og.,number. Conductors accommodated. :Installation.die index number or die catalog number, as required. Underwriters Laboratories "Listing Mark ". GROUNDING:. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GROUNDING ELECTRODE A. Consult with•code authority and conform to code requirements. .Contact Engineer if code authority requirements appear:to conflict with contract documents. B Provide bonding conductor(s) between service neutral bus and building metallic plumbing systems. C Installation of connectors shall be made in accordance with the connector manufacturer's recommendations. These, should include; cable preparation if required, installation tools and dies and the required number of crimps. ROUTING OF GROUNDING CONDUCTORS A. Underground: Maintain at least 10 feet clearance between ground conductors and parallel underground metallic piping, and 5 feet clearance at points of crossing. When such clearance is not possible at points of crossing, insulate the ground conductor for 5 feet on either side. B. Above Ground, Exposed: Install ground cables in aluminum (non - ferromagnetic) raceway or route in a fashion to be protected from damage. 3.3 GROUND CONDUCTOR TERMINATIONS A. Exothermic Welds: Exothermic welding is permitted for all cases where copper is connected to copper, or to structural steel, provided the following conditions are met: 1. All surfaces to be jointed must be "bright clean" and thoroughly dry. 12 MAY 1997 16450 - 2 n • WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SOUTHCENTER BRANCH 3.4 GROUNDING OF RACEWAYS, STRUCTURES AND EQUIPMENT :442' 1997 SECTION 16450 GROUNDING 2 Install. flared copper sleeves over stranded conductors. Note: Shim stock, wrap sleeves, or adapter sleeves are not acceptable. 3. Preheat Cadweld molds to at least 220F prior to use. 4. Complete exothermic weld, per manufacturer's instructions. Clean molds aftereach use and inspect for wear. Discard molds which show excessive. wear. No mold shall be used for . more than 15 welds. Test each weld after removal of mold by backing the weld with a hard surface and-,rapping the weld with a hammer. Compression Fitting Installation: Where compression' fittings are used in lieu of welds: '1. - Use a de- oxidant joint compound for all conductor' connections. Burndy "Penetrax" or equivalent. Apply, compression fittings with a tool designed for the purpose and approved by the fittings manufacturer. Use only the proper compression die, and leave joint showing die code number clearly embossed on each fitting. Bolted Connections: Bolted connections when properly applied, are acceptable for all exposed or accessible grounding connections except column grounds. Include lock washers or Belleville washer under lug bolts. A. Provide a low- impedance ground return path from each piece of electrical equipment back to the building service ground bus. The embedded ground conductors to specific electrical equipment are detailed on the drawings. Provide additional exposed ground conductors to meet the requirements described in this section. B Raceways: 1. General: Separate grounding conductor is not necessary for trays or conduits used exclusively for instrumentation circuits, D -C circuits, lighting circuits, or circuits rated 240 V to ground or less. 2. Conduit: Galvanized rigid steel conduit or EMT is acceptable as the equipment grounding conductor. Other types of conduit or raceway require a separate (green) equipment ground installed in the raceway. 0 Motor Connections: Use flexible conduit for motor connections. Provide a bare copper bonding jumper between the rigid steel conduit and the motor frame, using approved grounding fittings. 16450 - 3 • 3^.n �ZS ED:GBDONDS 3.7 TELCO GROUND 12 MAY lP9 . WASHINGTON B. Label "TELCO: Power Service Ground". C. Leave 8 foot coiled pigtail. END OF SECTION GECTZO0l645�O`: .�..' GR000DT0Q where motor terminal .box 'does riot permit:ioteroaltorminatfoo, ' - inatall`dumper spirally Wound on eXteziozo� f.. flexible rate Motor mounting bolts maybeosed for cooueotiog the : qoipmeot,grouodto the fzamo'of_motors'Smaller tban`2I3 H:fzame� For 21.3:.frame auc(largermo+ors:tbe`grouodinJ ;'000eotozS Shall fasteoedbeneatb the head of an end • _sbieldboIt or by meana of a b/lb' <miu' ) bzooze bolt tapped - into a suitable Place on the oxotozfraove ooldazad: ` t - - rmi /aIs'o -- - Il uo� be ` ooed.' '& washer Shall :be uoec� between bolt head,aodtermival lug' A. Conductors shall be routed in the same raceway together with the associated branch circuit power conductors. B. Isolated ground conductors shall be ef ctively isulated from . all conductive surfaces and systems except at the isolated ground bus in the electrical branch circuit pauellzoard, C�� Refer to the following: 1. Paoalboazdo: Section 18470. 2. Wiring Devioes: Section 16I44' 3.6 INSPECTION i id number be l b A. �ompzeo��oo die index nu er�musc � pezmuueu� y marked on connectors during crimping' so that use of the correct crimping dies can be verified. B': Closedbarrel connectors must have inspection holes at the appropriate location to verify proper 'cable insertion. A. Connect a #6 AWG solid copper green insulated conductor to service ground bus (neutral) and extend to telephone service terminals in electrical room. 16450 - 4 WASHINGTON:MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SOUTHCENTER BRANCH SECTION 16470. PANELBOARDS ,PART 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION Provide all panelboard equipment, complete, dead front type. 1. 2 REFERENCE STANDARDS UL 66 - 1979 Panelboards, Electrical UL 98 -81 Switches, Enclosed UL 489 -.80 Molded -Case Circuit Breakers and Circuit- Breaker Enclosures 1.3 SUBMITTALS Per. Section 01300 on the following: Panelboards. PART 2 - PRODUCT& 2..1 MANUFACTURER: General Electric, Siemens, Square Westinghouse or approved prior to bid. 2.2 PANELBOARD TYPE 2.3 CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. Panelboards shall be rated at proper voltage and current for intended use with bus bars of copper or aluminum. Panels shall be 3 phase, 4 wire, 100 percent neutral, unless noted otherwise. Provide multiple lugs where conductors in parallel or "feed through" are shown on the drawings. B. Fault Duty: Fault withstand and interrupting rating shall be in conformance with code requirements for the short circuit ampacity available from the utility. Refer to Section 16420. A. Provide for the fault current determined in Section 16420. The following interrupting capacity shall be considered minimum. Other ratings shall be as specified on the drawings. 120/240V Panelboards 10,000 AIC symmetrical B. Mount breakers in all panelboards so that breaker handles operate in a horizontal plane. Bolt in type only (except Square D "I line "). Provide common trip on all multiple pole NAY 1997 16470 - 1 WASHINGTON- MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP_ SECTION 1647.0 PANELBOARDS SOUTHCENTER BRANCH breakers. Square D "I- line" panelboards 'approved as exception to "bolt -in" requirement'. C. Where noted, provide spare breakers, complete for future connection of wiring circuits. Where "Space ". is indicated for breakers, provide all bussing and breaker mounting hardware in the panelboard, provide steel knockouts in dead'front.metal . closure of unused part of panel. If any steel knockouts are removed, provide breakers in such spaces or approved coverplates. :Open spaces 'not permitted. E. A, 12 MT-Y 1997 Provide Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI) breakers in panels or receptacles as noted on plans and panel schedules (refer to Specification Section 16144 "Switches and Receptacles" for GFCI receptacles circuits). 2.4 CABINET FOR EACH PANELBOARD P Shall have flush, tight closing doors without play', when latched. Where two cabinets are located adjacent each other in finished areas, provide matching trim of the same height. Where a remote controlled switch or contactor is mounted in any panelboard, mount on same frame as panelboard interior with screw retained access door in dead front shield; common door over circuit breakers and remote controlled device. Panels 48" or more in height shall have door -in -door or hinged trim. B. Provide cabinet(s) of sufficient dimensions to allow for future expansion and addition of circuit breakers within the panelboards as indicated on drawings. C. Provide lock for each cabinet door. All electrical distribution equipment locks to be keyed identically. D Fasten panelboard front with machine screws with oval counter -. sunk heads, finish hardware quality, with escutcheons or approved trim clamps. Clamps accessible only when dead front door is open are acceptable. Finish: Provide factory prime coat for cabinets to be located in finished areas. Where cabinets are located in unfinished areas, standard lacquer or enamel finish, gray or blue -gray in color, shall be substituted for factory prime coat. 2.5 SYSTEM OF NUMBERING AND BUS ARRANGEMENT Shall be as shown on the Panel Schedules on the drawings. 16470 - 2 tr • • L WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SOUTHCENTER BRANCH ISOLATED GROUND BUS 1 •„ : , . A. Provide - wire termination bus similar to the standard panelboard neutral bus except effectively grounded systems PART 3 • INSTALLATION 3.1 MOUNTING A • • • • • . SecUre' in place with top of cabinet at 6'-6" unless otherwise noted. Top of cabinet and trim shall be level . 3 . 2 ISOLATED GROUND A. Provide #6 copper, green insulated (or green tape identified) isolated ground conductor connected between the electrical "service grounding electrode and each panelboard isolated ground bus. ,Connection in a "looped" rather than "radial" fashion is permitted. 3 . 3 CABINET PAINTING i t 12 MAY 1 997 A. Cabinets furnished as prime, painted shall be field painted to -match : color of adjacent mall (See Division-Painting) END OF SECTION 16470 - 3 WASHINGTON- MUTUAL ,FINANCIAL GROUP SOUTHCENTER BRANCH .P.ART 7 GENERAL. - . „. • ,,, . • . • . - .:DESCRIPTION • Provide:SIl fuSes as. reqUired. Fuses shall. loe UL Class R '..,•rejection type with characteristics noted below. . . . . PART 2 , PRODUCTS' FUSES ;...:All' :be current limiting :type:unless . speCified._ • • OtherwiSeo, Class : KIR for all except motor circuits, ClaSs.: • load type for : motors Provide:: 10 .. pe rcent spare fuses; but not less than three (3). of any one size:, and type BUssMann; EconOrity, Gould, LittIefuse or equal • • ,• - - SPARE FUSE CABINET . . • jroVide: spare IuSe csbinet for the aboye...reqUiredspare fuses iCabinet 'front lock. Shall :match panelboard eqUiPment specified elsewhere in Specification.- PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 ".'1:• •: INSTALLATION A Fuses Install in all fusible devices provided 'under this contract. 1' B. .Spare Fuse Cabinet: Locate in main electrical room. MAY 1997 END OF SECTION SECTION 11647a FUSES' OVERCURRENT • PROTECTIVE DEVICES 16478 - 1 Watte.i4g10% ,loogo6,dtat WASHINGTON'MUTUAL.FINANCIAL .SOUTHCENTER BRANCH * ' . PART = GENERAL ' DESCRIPTION A. ,A11 'motors shown on. the drawings or specified in other ';divisions of the specifications shall, in general, be furnished with the driven equipment and'connected under Division 16. of the specification' or-are existing. . * " • :Provide motor controllers and motor •control centers as 1.2 MOTOR VOLTAGE INFORMATION • A. Voltages available are .208 volt, three (3). phase, or 115, single (.1) phase. Circuits are designed (in::general) for motors asHfollowS: . Smaller than. 1/2 HP:' 115-Volta, single (1) phase 1/2 and Larger:, 208 'Volts, three:.(3) phase. • 200 volt rating is satisfactory for 208 volt circuits 'respectively unless'recommended otherwise by motor • . manufacturer.. B. Consult Electrical Drawings.for the specific device. C. ' Verify motor sizes and voltages provided under Division 15, other divisions, or by Owner, and make proper electrical provisions accordingly. 1.3 RELATED WORK A. Section 16170, Circuit and Motor Disconnects PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER 2.2 GENERAL SECTION' 16480 . ..MOTOR CONTROL A. Shall be the same as provided under Section 16470 or Allen Bradley. A. Pushbuttons, selector switches, pilot lights, etc., shall be heavy duty "oil-tight" devices. 12 MAY 1997 16480 7 1 Nolow.~1WOUiviteWbassminNiWwww.eken, : WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP .SOUTHCENTER BRANCH • Identification must include complete description of the equipment controlled. Minimum wire size' for control circuits: .. #14. 2.3 INDIVIDUAL MOTOR STARTERS SECTION.16480 MOTOR CONTROL Separately mounted controls shall be located adjacent_ to the motor served; either wall mounted or mounted on a steel frame. anchored to the floor. A. Combination type switch (or' circuit breaker) or "Motor Circuit Protector " . incorporated into an enclosure common:with magnetic starter equal to Square D, Class. 8538; fused switch type. Fuses shall be:ual- element.. Magnetic starters shall include all de 'd vices as specified below. . Magnetic Motor Starters: Equal to Square D, Class 8536, with "Hand -Off- Auto" switch, unless otherwise indicated, with three (3) overloads (sized per Part 3 of this section). Provide two (2) auxiliary contacts for pilot control, unless otherwise indicated. Manual Starters: Shall be equal to Square D, Class 2510 FG -1, with pilot light, unless noted otherwise, and over loads for all ungrounded . circuit conductors sized per Part 3 of this section. D. Enclosures: In general, shall be NEMA -1 type, except where exposed to the weather they shall be NEMA 3R. Starters and /or motor switches in Kitchen and areas subject to washdown shall be NEMA 12, drip - proof. E. Overload Relays: Shall be bi- metallic or eutectic alloy type. One device shall be provided for each phase. •Provision.shall be made for resetting the overload relays from outside the enclosure. Auto -reset devices are not acceptable. F. Starters: Shall be full voltage, non - reversing type. G. "Hand- Off - Auto" selector switch. H. 120 Volt coil red running pilot light. T Green "off" pilot light. J. Control transformer with fuses. K. Nameplate. 12 MAY 1 9 9 7 16480 - 2 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP • • SOUTHCENTER BRANCH . SECTION 1648.0..: MOTOR CONTROL L.,...,Two: auxiliary contacts except where other pilot control is' detailed or required by the plans. • . . 2.4 .. :DISCONNECT: SWITCHES FOR MOTORS. . , Shall be lockable type and horsepower-rated. Refer t Section 16170, Circuit and Motor Disconnects-. 2 5 NAMEPLATES A , Provide engraved phenolic type nameplates for each starter, indicating • . . 1. Motor - served. 2. .HorSepower. . • 3. Voltage and phase. - EXECUTION. 3.a. wIRING ;Wiring shall conform to applicable sections of these • SpedIfications. Furnish and install wiring from branch circuit overcurrent device to starter to motor terminals, including installationof:Seperately mounted starter furnished by others. Where individually . mounted starters do not include an integral disconnect switch, an adjacent (or remote lockable) disconnect switch shall be. Provide conduit and conductors 'as .noted on drawings • for remote control, or interlock connections. 3.2 DISCONNECTS A. Disconnects shall be provided with in sight.of and for-every motor, regardless of its location in respect to the panelboard or motor control center. 3.3 COORDINATION A. Refer to Section 16050 for coordination between trades. 12 MAY 1997 16480 - 3 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SECTION 16480 . SOUTHCENTER BRANCH MOTOR .CONTROL 3.4 OVERLOAD SELECTION . provide overload thermal (heater) element sized by comparing actual, (do not use contract drawing or code tablelated full lOad motor nameplate full load amps with starter manufacturer's recommended heater size. Change all heater elements to be .in compliance With starter manufacturer's recommendations. END :OF SECTION 12 1.SAY 1997 16480 - 4 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP .:'SOOTHCENTER,BRANCH PART 2 - PRODUCTS PART 1 7 GENERAL 1.i 'DESCRIPTION A General building lighting and outdoor ,lighting. 1-2 'rREFERENCE STANDARDS A UL 57-72 Electrical ,Lighting Fixtures, 13'. Lighting , C. ..UL: 1571-79 Incandescent' Lighting .Fixtures 1572-801 High Intensity Discharge Lighting Fixtures' SECTION .16500 LIGHTING . • E..:QL,.773774 Plug-In, Locking Type Photocontrols For Use With Area Lighting F. Lisa Standard Sec. 47.1813, Lighting Fixtures 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. -Submit in accbrdance with Specification Section 01340, Shop Drawings, ' Product Data and Samples on the following items: 1. Lighting Fixtures • 5. Review (by Engineer). of light fixture submittals which indicate voltage or quantities shall not be considered to be approval of Voltage or quantities. Contractor shall verify voltage to besuitable for circuit to which connected and quantities to be as indicated:on drawings 2.1 FIXTURES A. Provide in accordance with Lighting Fixture Schedule on drawings. B. Verify exact type of all ceilings following approval of ceiling submittals and order fixtures accordingly. C. Provide fixtures with proper fitting flanges, mounting supports, including sloped ceiling adaptors, and accessory items, UL listed for conditions'of use. WASHINGTON,.MUTUAL:FINANCIAL GROUP, SOUTHCENTER.BRANCH SECTION.16500 LIGHTING, .Exterior Fixtures Provide fixtures designed for .0 degrees F' with wet location label, and fully ..gasketed. The Contractor is responsible: to provide fixtures of the proper voltage: the circuit provided and to provide the appropr.iate.quantity.- Provide. fixtures of the appropriate .fr.omwhich. supplied. GHT TRANSMITTING COMPONENTS Flat plastic lens: Virgin acrylic (.125 -inch thick:ove.rall minimum). or glass.t Shall be contained in a steel frame which is hinged and latched and which remains a.ttached.to fixture when.door is in. open position. Fluorescent Lamps: General Electric, type SP35,,3500 K - T12.:. Rapid. start or "U" as appropriate for the fixture. Provide. other .lamps and special purpose lamps as scheduled or .required by fixture type specified: „Incandescent lamps shall be Sylvania 130 volt 99 -XL rated.for 2,500 hours or . approved._ 2.4 . BALLASTS Outdoor Ballasted Fixtures: Provide with appropriate ballasts and auxiliaries as required to ensure reliable starting and operation in temperatures of 0 degrees F. where ballasts are mounted outside. voltage for the circuit 'Other plastic lens: Virgin acrylic or polycarbonate,. Thickness as indicated or manufacturer's standard B. Indoor. Ballasted Fixtures: Provide fluorescent fixtures with U.L. listed, certified CBM -ETL, high power factor, energy saving ballasts with "A" sound rating. Universal watt reducer SLH or equal. 2.5 FLUORESCENT EMERGENCY BALLAST A. Provide fluorescent emergency ballast with high temperature nickel cadmium battery, charger, and electronic circuitry in one enclosure. B. Provide accessible test switch, charging indicator light, and all required installation hardware. 12 MAY 1997 16500 - 2 . 1 i y 4� WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SOUTHCENTER BRANCH Unit shall be capable , of providing 1100 to 1200 lumens to one lamp (or two if indicated on drawings or specifications) in emergency operation for a minimum of 90 minutes. D. Unit shall be UL listed; capable of full recharge within 24 hours rated for 120/277 volt use with a five .(5) year warranty: E. Bodine B50 Series. 1 .. 2.6 RECESSED INCANDESCENT FIXTURES L :L. 1 SECTION 16500 LIGHTING A. All recessed incandescent lighting fixtures shall be UL listed and categorized as one of the following types. Refer to NEC 410- 65(c).. Code authorities acceptance of the installed fixture is.acceptable in lieu of this labeling. B. Thermally Protected: This type shall be equipped by the manufacturer with a temperature actuated switch (thermostat) which interrupts the fixture electrical supply when the temperature at the fixture exceeds the set point. Manual or auto reset is manufacturer's option. All fixtures installed in structural (other than suspended ceilings) shall be of this type as indicated in fixture schedule remarks as "Type TP ". C.. Insulated Ceiling Approved: This type shall be designed to withstand "direct contact" with ceiling insulation. "Direct contact" with ceiling insulation is defined as insulation being closer than three inches (3 ") to the fixture at any point. This fixture is "Type DC -1C ". All recessed incandescent fixtures, in insulated ceilings, not indicated "TP" or "SC" in Fixture Schedule, shall be "DC -IC ". D. Suspended Ceiling: Fixtures which are UL labeled "Suitable for use in suspended ceilings only" may be used only in suspended ceilings with no insulation in the vicinity. These fixtures are shown as "Type SC" in the lighting fixture remarks column. Use of these fixtures is permitted only in accordance with UL letter dated December 31, 1981, and as recognized by the code authority. 2.7 EXIT SIGN WIRING A. Fixtures shall be provided with at least two (2) lamps. B. Two (2) separate circuits; one for normal supply and one for emergency (one half of lamps served from each) shall be provided in all exit signs. _2 ;.1A`: 1997 16500 - 3 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SOUTHCENTER BRANCH 8 LIGHT FIXTURE BASES (AS APPLICABLE),. SECTION 16500. LIGHTING A. Light Poles: 1. See base details on electrical and architectural drawings. B. Bollard Bases: 1. See base details on electrical and architectural drawings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FIXTURE`INSTALLATION 3.2 LAMPS 12 MAY 1997 Mount.outlets to be readily accessible and at positions and . heights to clear ductwork, piping, etc. l. Coordinate with work of all other trades. Fixture Structural Support: 1. Set true, free of light leaks, warps, dents or•other irregularities. 2. Adjust length of stems of suspended luminaires. as required to hang all luminaires level and in same horizontal. plane. Mount fixtures at heights shown on drawings. Obtain Structural Engineer's design for support of all lighting fixtures weighing 50 pounds or more and conform with UBC requirement for Earthquakes (seismic analysis). 5. Conform with UBC Standards, Sec. 47.1813. C. Cleaning: Leave fixtures clean, free of fingerprints, exterior labels, etc., especially on lenses and reflectors. D. Wiring: 1. Protect wiring with tape or tubing at all points where abrasion is likely to occur. 2. Install branch circuit wiring only in fluorescent fixtures UL approved for use as raceways. E. Lay -in ceiling fixtures in suspended ceilings shall be independently supported per UBC Standard Sec. 47.1813. Do not use suspended ceiling support wires. Contractor shall use 72" flexible wiring from J box (mounted to structure above ceiling) to lay in fixtures. A. Provide all new lamps delivered to project in original manufacturer's cartons. Factory prelamped fluorescent fixtures are approved for use. Clean fixtures and replace damaged or 16500 - 4 u .? WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP • SOUTHCENTER :BRANCH SECTION 1_6500 LIGHTING • faulty lamps and equipment to provide proper operation not more than 14 days .prior to substantial completion. . . • • •,. FLUORESCENT EMERGENCY BALLASTS • Provide ,fluorescent emergency ballasts in all fixtures on emergency 'circuits and fixtures on split -normal./emergency' circuits. Exceptions as noted on drawings. - • :' MOUNTED ADJACENT TO .INSULATION provide barrier to prevent insulation from coming in contact with fixture, unless fixture is approved for installation in • contact with such inSulation. Option: Coordinate with General Contractor for provision of barriers by others,. 3.5 FIRE RATED STRUCTURE . A. Coordinate w ith i • nstaller of suspended ceiling, fire rated wall etc., such that electrical work does not compromise the •fire rating. Provide "tents" over light fixtures in ceilings unless these are provided by ceiling intaller. 3.6 SPACERS A: Provide as required by code and 3.7 LIGHT . FIXTURE BASES A. Provide light pole base for pole light fixtures. MAY 1997 END OF SECTION as recommended by manufacturer. 16500 - 5 • '. WASHINGTON' MUTUAL FI0A0CIJ\I, GROUP SOOTBCENTER ` BRANCH � : Z,' N—���ERAL`' �.� ��` I.I` ,DESCRIPTION '` „ ` - oioa u� and. cootzoI systems such as fire -~^~. -~ la±m`(witbtbe�euoeptioo:oftboaedaoiguated'ao "RaceWay" ,systems ,only) . shall be fuzoisbed "signal system Suppliers" or "signal system subcontractors" hereinafter .call ''"4goal 6oboontraotoro" wbo maintain a ataff competent: .' technicians in the I�ro'eotgeoezal�azeaoapable of providing' t�o� dr iz work these s�� a �t�t ` e �ooeau � eI�a w z for eae �o e�a oo� oo�� o or `•-,iob`ozder baais_ project geoezal�•zea shall be interpreted to mean mitbio 150:milea, ' PART_ 2 PRODUCTS ``''�' 2~`1 '' AND CONDUCTORS l2 • PART 3� - INSTALLATION 3.1 SIGNAL SUBCONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS SECTION l67OO�` ..COMMUNICATIONS:' A � �cified hereinbefore, e�oe �t conductor type and i A. ame,�aa'ap e, �c cououo or y�e ao size , shall be as required to suit the System involved. '' 2'2 CABINETS, ENCLOSURES, ETC. ` ` A. As opeoifiedbereiobefoze. Alf I. Conduct an instruction .session during which installation instructions are given to contractor's installation crew. 2. • Identify all wire terminations and connections. 3. Check allaguipmaot. 4. Arrange and superviseall testiug during and after installation. OF • a. Write letter of certification to the Architect at kl completion stating that system is complete and functioning in accordance with plans and - • specifications. /� Ik A. Determine the system raceway wiring and outlet box requirements prior to bidding and if different from those shown, notify Contractor of such requirements to allow required modifications to be included in the bid price without additional cost to the Owne r MAY 1997 16700 - 1 • • • ...• . 12 MAY 1997 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL :GROUP: SOUTHCENTER: BRANCH 3,2 WIRING - A, ' Provide ' raceways as required by code (refer specifically to :following) NEC 300-22: ,"Wiring in Ducts, Plenums, ' and other air-handling spaces". Note: For this project, ceiling cavities are not Used as plenums for return .air: NEC -720 . "Circuits and “Equipment, operating at less than 50 volts" NEC. 725: "Class 1, Class 2, and Class 3 Remote-Control, Signalling and Power-Limited Circuits" NEC 760: - "Fire Protective Signaling Systems'.'. END or. SECTION .SECTION 1,6700 . COMMUNICATIONS 16700 - 2 • Li Lj WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP SOUTHCENTER BRANCH ' PART J. - Ii 'DESCRIPTION. Scope :- .Provide thef011owing: 1. the:building: Conductors. .3: :.Raceways with pull wires in Walls on floors where access ,..through ceiling cavities is .not- Possible. -. Telco service raceways and terminal board. 5: .Owner.terminal 1.2 NOTIFICATION A ''contaCtelco45days:priOr to dateof..serVicerequirement B..::CoriforM with Telco requirements or pay any charges resulting from failure to do so.' PART.'2'± P RODUCTS . RACEWAYS Raceways shall be 3/4-inch EMT or larger: as required and noted otherwise on the drawing's.. 2. OUTLETS A. Outlets shall be-4-S box with single gang ring. 2.3 PLATES (None Required.) 2.4 STATION WIRING (None Required.) 2.5 TERMINAL BOARDS A. 3/4 inch fire retardant treated plywood 4'-0" x 4'-0". Paint to match adjacent wall color. PART 3 - EXECUTION. SERVICE RACEWAYS (TELCO) A. PVC schedule DB; minimum 30" depth. :SECTION 16740: :TELEPHONE SYSTEM ... as B. Equipment with marked pull tape (so wall to wall cable length can be determined). 12 MAY 1997 16740 - 1 WASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL • SOUTHCENTER .BRANCH 12 MAY 1997 , • • SECTION-16740_, TELEPHONE, SYSTEM C. .Benda: • No more than (2); 24" minimum radius, schedule .8.0* PVC (or concrete encased schedule DB) .. ' D. ; x. 4' -0" terminal. board (or as coordinated) required. 3.2' OWNER SYSTEM' A. 4 ' -0" 'x' 4' -0" terminal board.. Provide (4) dUPlex convenience reCeptecle. •. Raceways for future wiring by others shall be run , :concealed,. terminating, in an insulating bushing at each end. . A 14 gauge drag wire shall be pulled ..into each ' raceway and left ir place for the installation of wiring by others. TERMINAL BOARDS Mount - securely ' to structure, 30" above floor, . label "Telco fi Communications use only or "Owner use only" as applicable d 2 adjacent 20 amp 120 volt duplex convenience outlet 1 Provide copper ground wire power service ground. - see Section D. Assure 36" minimum clearance in front of terminal board. • • END OF SECTION 16790 - 2 LI 4 • ASHINGTON MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP .SOUTHCENTER BRANCH' PA 1. GENERAL 1..2' t PART 2 PRODUCTS MAY 1997 21 CABLE ' A. To be furnished by Owner. 2.2 TERMINAL BLOCKS A. To be furnished by Owner.' SECTION 167 TELEPHONE AND DATA CABLING SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Work:InclUded: PrOvideallmaterials,equipment,' supplies necessary for the:comple and terminal systems as..shoWn on the drawings and specified :heren including terminal strips Instruments will be provided at a later date by Owner Cable hy Owner shall be . "plenum" rated and raceways will not be required *Within accessible ceilings or in unfinished accessible spaces:.' RELATED WORK Bee$0edification Section 16700 Communications and 1674.0 , Tslephone:SYstem.'. • RT 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Open cables shall be supported 48" on center using "ty-raps" or "bridle" rings or approved. 3.2 TERMINALS A. Mount securely to terminal board. B. Provide adjacent double duplex convenience outlet. C. Provide #10 AWG copper ground wire from nearest accessible cold water plumbing pipe. 16741 - 1 • ..• .• .• • , • , WASHINGTON MUTUAL • ..„ SECTION 16741 ....... • ..• • TELEHONE:AND DATA CABLING SYSTEM •. • ••. • •••••••''',--•• • D. Trrninate, and label all station ,cables utilizing.roorrinumbers • . for identification. . • • END OF : SECTION 12 MAY 1997. 16791 - 2 PART. l. '-• GENERAL 1:' . . 1 1 DESCRIPTION A.." Work Included Provide all materials, equipment, labor, and :. s. . ::.. ' . . ...•., .. sui:iiplieS'necesSary.for the complete raceway and cable systems E_. - ' . . . as shown on:the and specified herein. The system . '-tOnsiSts:cif'radtway, 'outlet and .jUnction bokes, conductors', cables, and plates only 'Terminations, connections, -and- [ . ...- :equipment will.be provided at a later date by 'others. : System 7 Components Provide for communication, signalling, 1 data transfer, and power to' the.following: . :1;. vault':monitoring and power. . '. 2 'Automatic:Teller Machine (ATM) . 3 Drive up pneumatic tube communications. 4 Drive up lane control 'signs: 5, Miscellaneous:monitoring and alarm raceway and cabling t ' . ..systems. ' RELATED WORK A, See:Specification.Section 16700,‘ Communications:' . . WASHINGTON MUTUAL .FINANCIAL SOUTHCENTER BRANCH GROUP PART :2 - PRODUCTS 2 RACEWAYS. Raceways shall be 3/4-inch EMT, unless noted otherwise on the drawings 2.2 OUTLETS A. (If not specified otherwise on drawings.) Outlets shall be minimum 4-S box with single gang ring and blank plate. B. Refer to Specification Section 16130, Boxes. 2.3 PLATES A. (If not specified otherwise on drawings.) Plates shall be flush mounted of the type and finish specified for wiring devices. Refer to Specification Section 16144. 12 MAY 1997 SECTION 16745 BANK SECURITY 16745 - 1 • WASf:1.01dTQi■•.•:M0 UAL:•FII■IANCIAL GROUP SECTION. 162/A5 , .. . .... „.„ . • .. , , . •.s. . 4.. ": • :.:,". : : •SQUTHOENTE,It;;BRANclt :, :..;:::; :' •, 4 , BANK:- SEO.URITY: •• .;. :;,•:::::'. • . . , . . .r: : : ' ". ' " • PAps:T. , ..3.••;:: s XECUTION A. ..;' run concealed, • terminating in a flush mounted dUtle...:b at the - Sotan draWingS.' • „ r '1 ,-regUired,:: a :steel' ;10 •-gauge Wire, ;or :* ;be? pulled :4into•.•each, raceway-., and .left.. an: place . : . • . 4. . . • • -for., of .wiring- by others... ;; , • coMply :With installation' instructions., - .Obtain drawings from vault arid2.Security systems.) and (Automatii:C.' Teller Macharie).'....,.. „there :On' • d :by 'Oviner 'Contra ;be incluCied. 12 MAY 1997 16745 - 2 I • u • it ( WASHINGTON .MUTUAL FINANCIAL GROUP 'SOUTHCENTER BRANCH ' r ..: . ', PART' 1 .: . .. 1.1 DESCRIPTION A : 'Perform test of the electrical installation. to assure compliance - ' with code and proper system operation. .DIVISION OF WORK A The following shall be performed under this division of the work Circuit Tests - Low Voltage 2. . Motor Tests 3.. Grounding 4. Emergency Battery Test 5. Test Fire Alarm System in Fire Marshal's presence and obtain his approval for Owner occupancy. ' 6. Other systems as specified in the pertinent section.. 7. Submit these reports as required by Section 16010 TEST REPORTS A. Submit four copies of certified test reports for all tests listed in this 'and other Division 16 sections. Insert copy into O&M Manual. 1.4 SCHEDULE A. Notify Engineer 10 working days prior to performance of any test. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS AND INSTRUMENTATION SECTION:169,50- • • TESTING A. All shall be provided by and remain the property of the Contractor or Testing Agency. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CIRCUIT TESTS - LOW VOLTAGE. A. Test all new feeders shown on schematic electrical schematic drawings. Test all wiring and connections for continuity and ?round before any fixtures or other loads are connected. Tests shall be made with a 500V. minimum DC "Megger" type tester. If tests indicate faulty insulation (less than 2 megohms) such . 12 MAY 1997 16950 - 1 WASHINGTON ' FINANCIAL ,GROUP. SOUTHCENTERBRANCH END OF SECTION defects. shall be „corrected and tested -again Contractor: shall: . . provide all apparatus and material. required to make test and shall- :bear:all.,expenses'of required : testing Tabulate. test ' values on electrical distribution t ests and submit.. MOTOR TESTS Check ' all 'motors for '.. proper ' rotation and for actual load current Submit tabulation of motor currents: (operating. Under available load)`, for all motors 1 /2: or large after the HVAC system has been balanced: TRANSFORMER AND POWER LINE CONDITIONER TAPS After facility is fully operational and all systems are on line, change taps or coordinate with utility for rated volt output. FIRE` ALARM (PINELAKE BRANCH ONLY. ) Refer to Section,16721. 3: SCHEDULE Notify Engineer 10 working days prior to performance of any test. :2 MAY 1997 16950 -- 2 t' t.1 S+f>s: •r ^:r„:;:•:.tt.Yt: to^.7#17ir1'..!is3. SgWA.31 n ft ACTIVITY NUMBER PROJECT NAME REVIEWERS INITIAL REVIEWERS INITIAL APPROVED ❑ D97 -0162 CORRECTION DETERMINATION: WASHINGTON MUTUAL BANK vdaMrif Purnit C.�r4irkov c apy PLAN REVIEW / ROUTING SLIP DEPARTMENT: Vi G DIVISION FIRE PREVENTION PLANNING DIVISION SA w e - ay-g1 W(, ca-tci 0 A PUBLIC WORKS 1 STRUCTURAL ❑ PERMIT COORDINATOR IIII WC -� DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (T,Th) DUEDATE 6/17197 COMPLETE d, NOT COMPLETE ❑ NOT APPLICABLE ❑ COMMENTS TUES /TIIURS ROUTING: PLEASE ROUTE ❑ NO FURTHER REVIEW REQUIRED ❑ ROUTED BY STAFF ❑ (If routed by staff, make copy to master file & enter Sierra.) DATE APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: (ten days) APPROVED n APPROVED W/ CONDITIONS NOT NOT APPROVED (attach comments) ❑ DATE DUEDATE APPROVED W/ CONDITIONS fl NOT APPROVED (attach comments) ❑ REVIEWERS INITIAL DATE C:ROUTE -F DATE 6/13/97 DUE DATE 7/01/97 (Cer ifiicadon of occupancy required. ACTIVITY NUNDBER D97 -0162 PLAN REVIEW / ROUTING SLIP PROJECT NAME WASHINGTON MUTUAL BANK DEPARTMENT: BUILDING DIVISION r FIRE PREVENTION El PUBLIC WORKS STRUCTURAL DETERIVIINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (T,Th) COMPLETE NOT COMPLETE L__.! NOT APPLICABLE 1:1 COMMENTS / / /���' APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: (ten days) APPROVED n APP OVED W/ CONDITIONS L REVIEWERS INITIA DATE CORRECTION DETERNIINATION: APPROVED APPROVED W/ CONDITIONS REVIEWERS INITIAL DATE (Cerdfiadon of occupancy required, PLANNING DIVISION DATE 6/13/97 1 4 PERMIT COORDINATOR 0 DUEDATE 6/17/97 TUES /THURS ROUTING: PLEASE ROUTE NO FURTHER REVIEW REQUIRED ROUTED BY STAFF El (If routed by staff, make copy to master file & enter S' rra.) REVIEWERS INITIAL . /� -'�'V DATE 17 ‘i7 DUE DATE 7/01/97 NOT APPROVED (attach comments) Q DUE DATE NOT APPROVED (attach comments) 0 ) .wn2.e},^y.v:: Jew :113�?kEti cG • �"4Cse:Vitig t ,sr ziat;i`4L - Are,, ti'W`Y,u u:N.'ii t:t:#:;r;T.*1'�',�..t:2 ACTIVITY NUMBER D97 -0162 PLAN REVIEW / ROUTING SLIP PROJECT NAME WASHINGTON MUTUAL BANK DEPARTMENT: BUILDING DIVISION ❑) FIRE PREVENTION U PLANNING DIVISION ❑ PUBLIC WORKS E STRUCTURAL ❑ PERMIT COORDINATOR ❑, 1 DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (T,Th) COMPLETE ❑ COMMENTS TUES /TIIURS ROUTING: PLEASE ROUTE ROUTED BY STAFF n (If routed by staff, make copy to master file & enter Sierra.) REVIEWERS INITIAL C APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: (ten days) APPROVED n APPROVED W/ CONDITIONS NOT NOT APPROVED (attach comments) ❑ REVIEWERS INITIAL CORRECTION DETERMINATION: APPROVED ❑ APPROVED W/ CONDITIONS REVIEWERS INITIAL DATE C:ROUTE -F NOT COMPLETE ❑ • DATE DATE AT PJf?.7k: thsftV:50CnIRTIMANKYOM41dXiMig0=t:1 1(WWtrn9 sseva∎mw.,»....... i.' DATE 6/13/97 DUEDATE 6/17/97 NOT APPLICABLE 0 6./ /9/47 DUEDATE 7/01/97 NO FURTHER REVIEW REQUIRED xi DUE DATE NOT APPROVED (attach comments) ❑ (Certification of occupancy rcquirsd. ACTIVITY NUMBER PROJECT NAME DEPARTMENT: BUILDING DIVISION E PUBLIC WORKS DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (T,Th) t REVIEWERS INITIAL /tic APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: (ten days) REVIEWERS INITIAL CORRECTION DETERMINATION: C:ROUTE -F L N D97 -0162 WASHINGTON MUTUAL BANK DATE _.:: "it1 } :::1t 4F 'aiF ° ::�vYi�.Sa!aY�4;.w$` 5�'Sa!St3t'd'?T. ti!a+`SL. .�e2Ks4ut.0;;,L5.Cites'7✓..afeA z7i` n:?4W:1 F: X.' PLAN REVIEW / ROUTING SLIP DUEDATE 6/17/97 COMPLETE f rE NOT COMPLETE El NOT APPLICABLE corMat rs A M q 3w t i1,r t t, ;LA. Q &fl t 2t. DATE 6 l/ 7 l DUE DATE REVIEWERS INITIAL DATE DATE 6/13/97 FIRE PREVENTION PLANNING DIVISION . STRUCTURAL PERMIT COORDINATOR 0 4 TUES /THURS ROUTING: PLEASE ROUTE fl NO FURTHER REVIEW REQUIRED ROUTED BY STAFF n (If routed by staff, make copy to master file & enter Sierra.) DUEDATE 7/01/97 APPROVED El APPROVED W/ CONDITIONS NOT NOT APPROVED (attach comments) El APPROVED 1 APPROVED W/ CONDITIONS NOT APPROVED (attach comments) 0 (Certification of occupancy trquired. ) T "0014 �.��.y?t@ PLAN REVIEW / ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER D97 -0162 PROJECT NAME WASHINGTON MUTUAL BANK DEPARTMENT: BUILDING DIVISION ❑) FIRE PREVENTION ❑ PLANNING DIVISION ❑ PUBLIC WORKS II STRUCTURAL ❑ PERMIT COORDINATOR ❑ 4 DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (T,Th) COMPLETE COMMENTS • NOT COMPLETE TUES /THURS ROUTING: PLEASE ROUTE ROUTED BY STAFF n (If route a copy to master file & enter Sierra.) REVIEWERS ( DATE APPROV • S OR CORRECTIONS: (ten days) CORRECTION DETERMINATION: APPROVED n APPROVED W/ CONDITIONS REVIEWERS INITIAL C:ROUTE -F DATE DATE 6/13/97 DUEDATE 6/17/97 NOT APPLICABLE ❑ NO FURTHER REVIEW REQUIRED ❑ DUE DATE 7/01/97 APPROVED ❑ APPROVED W/ CONDITIONS . NOT APPROVED (attach comments) ❑ REVIEWERS INITIAL i DATE a l l 7 DUE DATE NOT APPROVED (attach comments) ❑ (Certification of occupancy required. ) 1 u... �.v � C�.h`.:a M.`LLYU•.0 .444`MVArt1Fr rtnfirf. vlrwu .+•s.1.....reMov.wlMk........ mNh4.4.Y 41 M'.M wlnvwuwwi. wiwui:MYVr.Ffi..�vefM ACTIVITY NUMBER D97 -0162 PROJECT NAME WASHINGTON MUTUAL BANK DEPARTMENT: BUILDING DIVISION PUBLIC WORKS ❑ 1 1 DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (T,Th) DUEDATE 5/20/97 COMPLETE COMMENTS Pi4 C.cxxdiria.tor C.o9.y PLAN REVIEW / ROUTING SLIP FIRE PREVENTION ❑ STRUCTURAL ' ❑ plunn � NOT COMPLETE Oa NOT APPLICABLE ❑ Le W n corn D LQ {f Op) I i (CI' l TUES /THURS ROUTING: PLEASE ROUTE ❑ NO FURTHER REVIEW REQUIRED ❑ ROUTED BY STAFF n (If routed by staff, make copy to master file & enter Sierra.) REVIEWERS INITIAL APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: (ten days) APPROVED n APPROVED W/ CONDITIONS NOT NOT APPROVED (attach comments) ❑ REVIEWERS INITIAL CORRECTION DETERMINATION: DATE DATE i APPROVED ❑ APPROVED W/ CONDITIONS ❑ NOT APPROVED (attach comments) ❑❑ REVIEWERS INITIAL C:ROUTE -F DATE DUE DATE 6/03/97 PLANNING DWISION ❑ PERMIT COORDINATOR pi DUE DATE DATE 5/15/97 (Certification of occupancy required. ) bla�.bvwr.�wuvrNN COMPLETE COMMENTS REVIEWERS INITIAL REVIEWERS INITIAL APPROVED .:6 ?tia''•kis'dr t-3s 'C!k�1.i.+:3G;','xi' t isk7.e lisZittalv PLAN REVIEW / ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER D97 -0162 DATE 5/15/97 PROJECT NAME WASHINGTON MUTUAL BANK DEPARTMENT: BUILDING DIVISION II FIRE PREVENTION ' I PLANNING DIVISION t__1 PUBLIC WORKS STRUCTURAL E PERMIT COORDINATOR Q DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (T,Th) TUES /THURS ROUTING: PLEASE ROUTE NOT COMPLETE E NOT APPLICABLE ROUTED BY STAFF ri (If routed by staff, make copy to master file & enter Sierra.) APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: (ten days) APPROVED I I APPROVED W/ CONDITIONS E CORRECTION DETERMINATION: APPROVED W/ CONDITIONS DATE DATE 'i i'�i`,�. !wlrtr•R."'. 401 .�/Ki.M \A :�+ - �.M.' M 'tlt � tl DUE DATE 5/20/97 NO FURTHER REVIEW REQUIRED REVIEWERS INITIAL DATE DUEDATE 6/03/97 NOT APPROVED (attach comments) ❑ DUE DATE NOT APPROVED (attach comments) 0 (Certification of occupancy rcqulred. ) 9r' ntli +,� t sJr UYx y ;e e t �;:�ii$�43��ur >t�.' a�•xtl�'- lc+:as��:�.:G.yu.�s „c„ �;�°t COMPLETE ❑ COMMENTS ' REVIEWERS INITIAL REVIEWERS INITIAL PLAN REVIEW / ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER PROJECT NAME DEPARTMENT: BUILDING DWISION fl PUBLIC WORKS L D97 -0162 WASHINGTON MUTUAL BANK t 1 DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (T,Th) TUES /TJJTT RS ROUTING: PLEASE ROUTE NOT COMPLETE E NOT APPLICABLE EY ROUTED BY STAFF ❑ (If routed by staff, make copy to master file & enter Siena.) APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: (ten days) APPROVED n APPROVED W/ CONDITIONS C NOT APPROVED (attach comments) ❑ CORRECTION DETERMINATION: APPROVED 17 APPROVED W/ CONDITIONS FIRE PREVENTION III PLANNING DIVISION ❑ STRUCTURAL ❑ PERMIT COORDINATOR ❑ DATE DATE REVIEWERS INITIAL DATE DATE 5/15/97 DUE DATE 5/20/97 NO FURTHER REVIEW REQUIRED DUE DATE 6/03/97' DUE DATE NOT APPROVED (attach comments) ❑ (Certification of occupancy required. ) { ACTIVITY NUMBER PROJECT NAME DEPARTMENT: BUILDING DIVISION E PUBLIC WORKS REVIEWERS INITIAL REVIEWERS INITIAL PLAN REVIEW / ROUTING SLIP D97 -0162 WASHINGTON MUTUAL BANK FIRE PREVENTION E STRUCTURAL 1 1 DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (T,Th) COMPLETE n NOT COMPLETE Egi COMMENTS 6e (),. ('�o rev_f TUES /THURS ROUTING: PLEASE ROUTE n NO FURTHER REVIEW REQUIRED ROUTED BY STAFF n (If routed by staff, make copy to master file & enter Sierra.) CORRECTION DETERMINATION: APPROVED n APPROVED W/ CONDITIONS DATE r J APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: (ten days) • APPROVED n APPROVED W/ CONDITIONS C DATE C REVIEWERS INITIAL DATE DATE 5/15/97 PLANNING DIVISION PERMIT COORDINATOR Q DUEDATE 5/20/97 NOT APPLICABLE 0 DUEDATE 6/03/97 NOT APPROVED (attach comments) DUE DATE NOT APPROVED (attach comments) 0 (Certification of occupancy required, ) onvi.4x^fi ii ii �Jz�km`fti*�a 3t.�i`v. &i wR�"r'uA ;S • PLAN REVIEW / ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER D97 -0162 PROJECT NAME WASHINGTON MUTUAL BANK DEPARTMENT: BUILDING DIVISION LJ PUBLIC WORKS ' a COMPLE COMMENTS • REVIEWERS INITIAL APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: (ten days) APPROVED REVIEWERS INITIAL C:ROUTE -F FIRE PREVENTION C STRUCTURAL NOT COMPLETE CORRECTION DETERMINATION: APPROVED El APPROVED W/ CONDITIONS DATE C DATE 5/15/97 PLANNING DIVISION PERMIT COORDINATOR I l 1 DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (T,Th) DUE DATE 5/20/97 NOT APPLICABLE Ei TUES /THURS ROUTING: PLEASE ROUT NO FURTHER REVIEW REQUIRED E ROUTED BY STAFF 11 (If routed by staff, make copy to master file & enter Sierra.) DATE . DUE DATE 6/03 APPROVED W/ CONDITIONS C NOT APPROVED (attach comments) DUE DATE NOT APPROVED (attach comments) REVIEWERS INITIAL DATE (Certification of occupancy required. ) F A X T R A N S M I T T A L A1(B ENGINEERS. INC. Phone: (208)747 -3592 Fax: (208)747 -6461 Mr. Shen: To: Please call if you have any questions. Sincerely, AKB ENGINEERS, INC. Brian Unsderfer, PE, SE Associate ,Attention: Mr. William Shen Re: WAMU Southcenter Seattle, WA Phone No.: (206) 623 -4646 Fax No.: (206) 623 -4625 Callison Architecture, Inc. If you do not (*calve all of the papa, please contact us at (206)7IV -3502 MEMO • Scn - oNz -- r• r I INC. Dale: 7/'29/97 Page: I of I Please note that due to the minor nature of the concrete work required at the WAMU Southcenter project, 2,500 psi concrete should be acceptable for all footings and bases. (including the cash vault footing and the ATM Base). Special inspection of these conditions is not a structural requirement. AKB Consulting Engineers Inc., 875 -140th Avenue N.E., Suite 201, Bellevue, WA 98005 Job No. 9704 TOTAL P.01 1 54 us.), AUG-WS-1997 assi4 D EN51INEEAS. INC. ••• •••-•-• '2••:N:N3‘.. • Ls: `• lleampr— regoop•.ftlit arislA sire A. pa* &dem r.141.1 wit ocAsia31 NILS 01116... A - • • ano.. l et•Illre•• Mg. ele.. %T..11). Ai-rikcir 110•0 Pleor. • 0.14 Si '. NaJt .4 9Tula liftwa• dew'�T ok.r.,-440, irs*.$ Asa koe. • 440 •-‘4114•4 7d/ Lsicalleik 41.••••••• mr 4 ---- j frairrill MIONIS ,.V 1 1 M IL. iI Pi-4.&.1 1114 1 • IIIMMIIMM „..-" 4A4 ONLAIA4.4. AtIllwow•414 ••••■••■bliellIMMOINSIIIMW•■•■• iftataiimago4mitfraadimiRomitiotor..v.A,-. bct - la 002/002 P.02 Amp vt. ligool•ar 15.W1 UMW ..i•• ST ' MAW. p ig*Atta (1L1.) 4.11144b4 PDA /Weir SallaW4111 . . Ism - Wok 1■._ 1 PAe_A RUBIO C Li sit NJ 1441111 AvI. PS. • sumt an • MMUS • tow woo • food) to.sin tbo, *NIP tiA414411. 111.11111t TOTAL P.02 To: City of Tukwila. Dep. of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Blvd. Tukwila, Washington 98188 Attn. Ken Nelson Re: Revision Submittal Package We are sending you the following: • . Attached ❑ Under separate cover • Prints ❑ Originals ❑ Others ❑ Submittal ❑ Disk 4 Print Sets William Shen Callison Architecture, Inc. 1420 5th Ave., #2400 Seattle, WA 98101.2343 USA T 206.623.4646 F 206.623.4625 Date July 16, 1997 Project Washington Mutual - Southcenter Project No. 96170.14 Phone No. (206) 431 -3671 Fax No. (206) 431 -3665 Pages (including cover) For your: • Information and use ❑ Review and comment ❑ As requested 7/9/97 A2.01 Floor Plan A7.00 Reflected Ceiling Plan A10.00 Power and Communication Plan E -3 Lighting Floor Plan E -4 Power Floor Plan E -5 Communication Floor Plan E -6 Schedules and Details SK- 1 Partial Framing Plan (NEW) SK- 2 Cripple Wall Detail (NEW) Ken, Enclosed are floor plan revision for Washington Mutual Southcenter Remodel, I understand Tim Welch /Mark Conway of Innovative Construction Services have spoken to you concerning the revisions, please call me if you have additional questions. c: Callision: Jim Norman, Projects Manager Action Required: • As indicated ❑ For signature and return Cl No action required w III PI I I CS{ tllr I/ ri"INC. r�1 PFOJECT: 141/0410 C .. -4 N `T � K—. tar, • U 5r--I ' SHEET ,/ 4OCATIOM; .SC ATrL..t. 14 CHECKED: CLIENT: CN+I. -l. ‘ x? NI, • (206) I y DATE: 1 ` it J1f 767 -3592 q l A �t'4 JOB NO. 875 - 140TH AVE. NE. • SUITE 201 • BELLEVUE • WA 98006 f Al2T1 I t t- 312 1 I(t G PLAkt , kit...-. 1-0'1 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUL 1 6 1997 PERMIT CENTER EXPIRES: 12.6 -91 1 AKB fMC,w1Eu pill _ G, Inc. PROJECT: WANT U S . C I✓NT (206) ar; 127 - U • CHECKED. DATE: ?" 1 fl 747 -3592 Z SHEET 9 q4 JOB NO. SEA -, 1 A CLIENT: C F LLI S C7M .. 876 • 140TH AVE. NE. • SUITE 201 • BELLEVUE • WA 88006 • „JUL -15 -1997 19 33 `EXPIRES: 1241-81 1 kl-I6 N TJ Z t Ai-+ cox-10 /� Z X4C°_ 140"0.C. C AP AKB ENU 1 NEEKS, !NU. c 3" at-e.„_, 12_I !<.Il c, _ mai S IM P. Hz Vicfl JOIST ►J�k� 2.X 4 CRlPPL -C_ k1Al.t, W/ 'J2 cuX LLti r1/ 8.4 e_ G.• 9.c. Ev&L t_ Ia" ac fiat. 54d A.5. TOP.) 7.x4- Pr S1 IL 8 ' 1 62 r) WE 1.3 CAS -) `/h.u (Q,a o MAX) (r) co" ' . )0/,_ if 5 e rN i,44 L,x l l t T J z zL• kMl4 3 4" pL kicc>0 STIFF' SHIM TIGHte TOP. Nr1J u• SG EV o. c. E.41, �. l i o " TOTAL P.03 CITY OF TUKWILA Department of Community Development Building Division- Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Tukwila, WA 98188 Telephone: (206) 431 -3670 PROJECT NAME: Washington Mutual Bank PROJECT ADDRESS: 359 St rande r B 1 vd . - Void Sheets S - 1 and S - 2. SHEET NUMBER(S) "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revisions and date revisions. SUBMITTED TO: Ian ' Fire in room 108 to support the new cash safe. L + VY\i2 g_e, -Eo wLL oo n .-e6 "- RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUL 1 6 1997 PERMIT CENTER REVISION SUBMITTAL DATE: 7/15/97 PLAN CHECK/PERMIT NUMBER: D97 CONTACT PERSON: William Shen PHONE: (206) 623 -4646 g( o � I(6 REVISION SUMMARY: - Remove. Vault (Rm. 104) and Coupon (Rm. 103) - Add Storage /Utility (Rm. 105) where the vault and coupon rooms were before. Relocate power, communication /data equipment from existing utility /storage (Rm. 108) to new U/S (Rm. 105). - Revise ceiling and power /comm /data layout at platform (Rm. 102) - Add cash safe in room 108 and revise casework layout... see NEW SK -1 and SK -2 for structural revision under the floor II I II (A o i ,.. �,p \R0� v t. 1 1 CITY USE ONLY Public. Works f4 C D1V1 3/19/96 Re: T.I. at Dear Sir: City of Tukwila Fire Department at 1a,IcjG-1 Fire Department Review . Control # -fro t c Wct i fon mu;�-t�C�l BCt.�. k 35a -er Q Thomas P. Keefe, Fire Chief The attached set of building plans have been reviewed by The Fire Prevention Bureau and are acceptable with the following concerns: 1. The total number of fire extinguishers required for your establishment is calculated at one extinguisher for each 3000 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the "All Purpose" (2A, 10B:C) dry chemical type. Travel distance to any fire extinguisher must be 75' or less: (NFPA 10, 3 -1.1) Extinguishers shall be installed on the hangers or in the brackets supplied, mounted in cabinets, or set on shelves (NFPA 10, 1 -6.9), and shall be installed so that the top of the extinguisher is not more than 5 feet above the floor. (NFPA 10, 1 -6.9) Extinguishers shall be located so as to be in plain view (if at all possible), or if not in plain view, they shall be identified with a sign stating, "Fire Extinguisher ", with an arrow pointing to the unit. (NFPA 10, 1-6.3) (UFC Standard 10 -1) Clear access to fire extinguishers is required at all times. They may not be hidden or obstructed. (NFPA 10, 1 -6.5) Fire extinguishers require monthly and yearly inspections. They must have a tag or label securely attached that indicates the month and year that the' inspection was performed and shall identify the company or person performing the service. (NFPA 10, 4 -3, 4 -4 and 4 -4.3) Every six years, dry chemical and John W. Rants, Mayor Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: (206) 5754404 • Fax (206) 575-4439 1 a kiIs?;,i'rITP' ""Y g1;f1i rt d+ t3 t' S l bI"91ri c iX?iY 61:; City of Tukwila Fire Department Page number Thomas P. Keefe, Fire Chief halon type fire extinguishers shall be emptied and subjected to the applicable recharge procedures. (NFPA 10, 4 -4.1) If the required monthly and yearly inspections of the fire extinguisher(s) are not accomplished or the inspection tag is not completed, a reputable'fire extinguisher service company will be required to conduct these required surveys. (NFPA 10A -4 -4) Maintain fire extinguisher coverage throughout. 2. No point in an unsprinklered building may be more than 150 feet from an exit, measured along the path of travel. (UBC 1003.4) No point in a sprinklered building may be more than 200 feet from an exit, measured along the path of travel. (UBC 1003.4) Exit doors shall swing in the direction of exit travel when serving any hazardous area or when serving an occupant load of 50 or more. (UBC 1004.2) 3. Exit doors shall be openable from the inside without the use of a key or any special knowledge or effort. Exit doors shall not be locked, chained, bolted, barred, latched or otherwise rendered unusable. All locking devices shall be of an approved type. (UFC 1207.3) Dead bolts are not allowed on auxiliary exit doors unless the dead bolt is automatically retracted when the door handle is engaged from inside the tenant space. 4. When two or more exits from a story are required, exit signs shall be installed at the required exits and where otherwise necessary to clearly indicate the direction of egress. (UBC 1013.1) When two or more exits from a story are required and when two or more exits from a room or an area are John W. Rants, Mayor Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: (206) 575.4404 • Fax (206) 575.4439 City of Tukwila Fire Department Page number required by U.B.C. Section 3303, exit signs shall be illuminated. (UBC 1013.3) John W. Rants, Mayor 7. Maintain hose station coverage per City Ordinance #1742 and N.F.P.A. 14. Addition /relocation of walls or partitions may require relocating and /or adding hose stations. 8. An approved hose station requires plans review. (Plans must be submitted to the Fire Marshal for approval prior to installation.) (City Ordinance #1742) Thomas P. Keefe, Fire Chief Internally illuminated exit signs shall have both bulbs working at all times. (UBC 1013.3) 5. Exits shall be illuminated any time the building is occupied with light having an intensity of not less than 1 foot candle at floor level. Fixtures required for exit illumination shall be supplied from separate sources of power for Group I, Divisions 1.1 and 1.2 occupancies and for all other occupancies where the exiting system serves an occupant load of 100 or more. (UBC 1012.1, 1012.2) The power supply for the exit pathway illumination shall normally be provided by the premise's wiring system. In the event of its failure, illumination shall be automatically provided from an emergency system. Emergency system shall be supplied from storage batteries or an on -site generator set and the system shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of the Electrical Code. (UBC 1012.2) 6. Maintain sprinkler coverage per N.F.P.A. 13. Addition /relocation of walls, closets or partitions may require relocating and /or adding sprinkler heads. Sprinkler protection shall be extended to all areas where required, including all enclosed areas, below obstructions and under overhangs greater than four feet wide. (NFPA 13 -4- 4.1.3.2.1) Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: (206) 575.4404 • Fax (206) 57$4439 City of Tukwila Fire Department Page number 4 9. All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinkler systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinkler systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than 50 heads. shall have the written approval of the W.S.R.B., Factory Mutual, Industrial Risk Insurers, Kemper or any other representative designated and /or recognized by The City of Tukwila, prior to submittal to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance #1742) All "sprinkler system plans, calculations and the contractors Materials and Test Certificates submitted to The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau must be stamped with the appropriate level of competency seal. (WAC 212 -80) 10. Maintain automatic fire detector coverage per N.F.P.A. 72. Addition /relocation of walls, closets or partitions may require relocating and /or adding automatic fire detectors. Maintain square foot coverage of detectors per manufacturer's specifications in all areas including: closets, elevator shafts, top of stairwells, etc. .(NFPA 72, 5- 1.3.4) 11. All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #1742) (UFC 1001.3) 12. All electrical work and equipment shall conform strictly to the standards of The National Electrical Code. (NFPA 70) 13. Required .fire resistive construction, including occupancy separations, area separation walls, exterior walls due to location on property, fire resistive John W Rants, Mayor Thomas P. Keefe, Fire Chief Headquarters Station; 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: (206) 575-4404 • Fax (206) 575.4439 r Page number 5 City of Tukwila Ant Fire Department Thomas P. Keefe, Fire Chief requirements based on type of construction, draft stop partitions and roof coverings shall be maintained as specified in the Building Code and Fire Code and shall be properly repaired, restored or replaced when damaged, altered, breached, penetrated, removed or improperly installed. (UFC 701) The maximum flame spread class of finish materials used on interior walls and ceilings shall not exceed that set forth in Table No. 8 -B of The Uniform Building Code. (UBC 804.1) 14. Your street address must be conspicuously posted on the building and shall be plainly visible and legible from . the street. Numbers shall contrast with their background. (UFC 901.4.4) In order to provide you with the fastest police and fire protection under emergency conditions, please post your suite, room or apartment number in a conspicuous place near the main entry door. Numbers shall contrast with their background. (UFC 901.4.4) Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (UFC 10.503) (City Ordinance #1742) This review limited to speculative tenant space only - special fire permits may be necessary depending on detailed description of intended use. Any overlooked hazardous condition and /or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. John W Rants, Mayor Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: (206) 575.4404 • Fax (206) 575.4439 Yours truly, The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau cc TFD file ncd Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: (206) 5754404 • Fax (206) 5754439 TO: Permit Center FROM: Public Works Engineering DATE: June 18, 1997 SUBJECT: Washington Mutual Bank 359 Strander Boulevard Permit No.: D97 -0162 Contact Person: William Shen Phone: (206) 623 -4646 X2163 THE FOLLOWING PUBLIC WORKS PERMITS HAVE BEEN APPROVED FOR ISSUANCE IN ACCORDANCE WITH TIIE PLANS APPROVED ON JUNE 18, 1997: Two copies of the confirmed Utility Permit Application and plans are attached for inclusion in the permit file. JJS /sal City of Tukwila Department of Public Works Ross A. Earnst, P. E., Director NOTIFICATION OF UTILITY PERMIT ACTION CF: Development File (with copy of application and plans) PW Utilities Inspector (with copy of application and plans) Finance Department (with a copy of permit) PERMIT FEE Landscape Irrigation $25.00 TOTAL: $25.00 John W. Rants, Mayor 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: (206) 433-0179 • Fax (206) 431 -3665 _/ CITY OF LKWILA Department of Community Development Building Division - Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Tukwila, WA 98188 Telephone: (206) 431 -3670 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 13 1997 PERMIT CENTER REVISION SUBMITTAL PLAN CHECK/PERMIT NUMBER: T)7O ( DATE: 6107-f 7 PROJECT NAME: Wash i n -fon in (Alva) ear) k p V PROJECT ADDRESS: 3 (5 an C..+r [ per 8 1 CONTACT PERSON: IMUAAf4 W/ PHONE: ` ) ' REVISION SUMMARY: -- a 1a fRiwrs fat /0. -7f/RU 41/4, to Ape {,kt4ese/e /l/.9 -7 "/S i elat> PrAd --• NEW 64 PScaf,, gam: L 1 f t- v7;wb7 A4i llaz/d7A -7 40.1 A-7 1,/ e Afri /svc SHEET NUMBER(S) L"/ (MEW) / G syocis. a" #t/ -7 /-� -7" / b "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revisions and date revisions. SUBMITTED TO: 3/19/96 W.SkYPiF�E ki%t�i2LHfi: i.". "6, 4:o June 3, 1997 Mr. William Shen Callison Architecture Inc. 1420 Fifth Avenue, Suite #2400 Seattle, Washington 98101 Dear Mr. Shen: SUBJECT: Development Permit Application Number D97 -0162 NOTICE OF INCOMPLETE APPLICATION Washington Mutual Bank 359 Strander Bl Sincerely, 4)--Q%b9-Aso'r) Kelcie J. Peterson Permit Coordinator Enclosure File: D97 -0162 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development Steve Lancaster, Director John W. Rants, Mayor This letter is to inform you that your permit application received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center on May 15, 1997 was determined to be incomplete. Before your permit application can begin the plan review process the enclosed requirements from the Planning Division must be met. The City requires that four (4) complete sets of revised plans be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal a Revision Sheet must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. If you have any questions please contact me at the City of Tukwila Permit Center at (206) 431 -3672. 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • (206) 431.3670 • Fax (206) 4313665 „ PLANNING DIVISION COMMENTS DATE May 20, 1997 PROJECT NAME: Washington Mutual Bank TI PLAN CHECK NO.: D97-0162 Plan Reviewer: Contact Nora Gierloff at (206) 431-3670 if you have any questions regarding the following comments. The application is incomplete. Please provide the following items: Provide elevations, colors and materials for drive-through ATM structure. Itemize all landscaping to be removed and the number and type of replacement plants. I • TL) DISPLAY CERTIFICATE- t. DETACH TO DISPLAY. CERTIFICATE F625- 052.000(3.92) ii�lll)�It�llil�l� • CEILING MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE, SEE ELEC. DWG. FOR FIXTURE TYPE 71-4 °_LV_E RIFY) SOFFIT N.I.C. ENVELOPE JRO REF. 0'-0 *T.O. FIN. FLR. 1 MASONARY R.O. COLUMN 11'-4° (VERIFY) �SOFFTT 3' 4' V4" = 1' -0" LIGHT FIXTURE, 10-0" SEE ELEC. DWG: 1 V2" E.F.S. ON 3'4" PLYWD. ON MTL. STUDS N.I.C. ENVELOPE DEPOSITORY T.O. FIN. FLR. / V2" SEALANT JOIN WITH BACKER ROD V2" = 1' =0" - EXIST. COL. (1) V2" = 1' =0" NEV (SHOWN SH GLAZING AD ED TO FO MATC R C H EXIST. LAR ITY), MODIFY EXIST. FRAMING AS REQUIRED 1 V2" E.I.F.S.ON 3'4" EXT. PLY. WD. ON 6" MTL STUDS.. COLOR TO MATCH EXIST. STOREFRONT NOTE. VERIFY N.I.C. ENVELOPE DEPOSIT DIMENSIONS WITH VENDOR 0 PARTIAL ELEVATION @ ENVELOPE DEPOSIT 0 2 SECTION @ N.I.C. ENVELOPE DEPOSIT — SEALANT — — — ALIGN & BACKER ROD 1 V2° E.I.F.S., (PAINT TO MATCH EXIST. ALUM. STOREFRONT) ON 3'4" PLYWD ON METAL STUD FRAMING WINDOW JAMB EXIST. GLAZING TO REMAIN R -19 BATT INSULATION - - -5'8 GWB ON MTL STUD. FRAMING N.I.C. ENVELOPE DEPOSR BEYOND 5'8" GWB., PAIN PIA R -19 BATT INSULATION SEALANT SHIM q 4 \ REUSED GLAZING \ & MULLION SEALANT & BACKER ROD EXIST. DOOR EXIST. TENANT RESTROOMS ARE LOCATED AT THE WESTEND OF THE CORRIDOR EXIST. TENANT CORRIDOR RELOCATED DOOR RELOCATED FIRE HOSE CABINET STORAGE/ UTILITY LOl' "'GE INFILL WA TO MATCH. EXIST. RESTROOM 12 -0° _ 8' -10" . 2' -0" 3' -11° COAT RACK, SEE DET. 104\8.03 ADJ. SH. SEE DET. 500.03 JANITOR s-0 - CLR. — PARTIAL HEIG 6 \ WALL NT UT1u7Y/ STOR. RM. LI 105 l 10' - 10" l 1061 1 I I TELLERS —I$ I 4 j/ / p N.I.C. TELLEAUNE /1 / ,.J--'---- - EDGE OF TILE / 1 TYP., SEE SFR. A10.01 1 PLATFORM PLATFORM 101 1 AL " G 6'-6" 5 INFILL WA, FIN. TO MATCH GIST. R OUTE PLUMBING - VE NT PIPES AROUN MED. CAB. IN gYPJ r NOTES: 17' -0° VERIFY 1. SEE SHT. A8.00 FOR DOOR TYPES & HARDWARES 2. SEE SFR. A8.02 FOR PARTMON TYPES 3. INSTALL BLOCKING IN WALLS FOR A CASEWORK, SHELVING, COUNTERTOPS, TOILET ACCESSORIES AND OWNER SUPPUED BANKING EQUIPMENT. 4. PROVIDE DEPRESSED SLAB AT MODULAR VAULT AND VAULT DOOR 5. SEE FINISH PLAN, SHT. A10 51, FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON FINISHES. NORTH FLOOR PLAN 2 4 1 1 I k OF EXIST. C.I.P. WALL 17-6" VERIFY 1/4" = 1' - 0" OF EXIST. C.I.P. WALL 1 17°11 15-0" VERIFY EXIST. CRAWL SPACE EXIST. SLAB ON GRADE • 25' -0° VERIFY EXIST. ENTRY DOORS. `. .•i. C RECEIVED , \��. CITY OF TUKWILA \ *1 J 11 L 1 6 1997 � / PERMIT CENTER MI 111 NE E0 EQ EXIST. MULLION MULLION � CEILING MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE, SEE ELEC. DWG. FOR FIXTURE TYPE 71-4 °_LV_E RIFY) SOFFIT N.I.C. ENVELOPE JRO REF. 0'-0 *T.O. FIN. FLR. 1 MASONARY R.O. COLUMN 11'-4° (VERIFY) �SOFFTT 3' 4' V4" = 1' -0" LIGHT FIXTURE, 10-0" SEE ELEC. DWG: 1 V2" E.F.S. ON 3'4" PLYWD. ON MTL. STUDS N.I.C. ENVELOPE DEPOSITORY T.O. FIN. FLR. / V2" SEALANT JOIN WITH BACKER ROD V2" = 1' =0" - EXIST. COL. (1) V2" = 1' =0" NEV (SHOWN SH GLAZING AD ED TO FO MATC R C H EXIST. LAR ITY), MODIFY EXIST. FRAMING AS REQUIRED 1 V2" E.I.F.S.ON 3'4" EXT. PLY. WD. ON 6" MTL STUDS.. COLOR TO MATCH EXIST. STOREFRONT NOTE. VERIFY N.I.C. ENVELOPE DEPOSIT DIMENSIONS WITH VENDOR 0 PARTIAL ELEVATION @ ENVELOPE DEPOSIT 0 2 SECTION @ N.I.C. ENVELOPE DEPOSIT — SEALANT — — — ALIGN & BACKER ROD 1 V2° E.I.F.S., (PAINT TO MATCH EXIST. ALUM. STOREFRONT) ON 3'4" PLYWD ON METAL STUD FRAMING WINDOW JAMB EXIST. GLAZING TO REMAIN R -19 BATT INSULATION - - -5'8 GWB ON MTL STUD. FRAMING N.I.C. ENVELOPE DEPOSR BEYOND 5'8" GWB., PAIN PIA R -19 BATT INSULATION SEALANT SHIM q 4 \ REUSED GLAZING \ & MULLION SEALANT & BACKER ROD EXIST. DOOR EXIST. TENANT RESTROOMS ARE LOCATED AT THE WESTEND OF THE CORRIDOR EXIST. TENANT CORRIDOR RELOCATED DOOR RELOCATED FIRE HOSE CABINET STORAGE/ UTILITY LOl' "'GE INFILL WA TO MATCH. EXIST. RESTROOM 12 -0° _ 8' -10" . 2' -0" 3' -11° COAT RACK, SEE DET. 104\8.03 ADJ. SH. SEE DET. 500.03 JANITOR s-0 - CLR. — PARTIAL HEIG 6 \ WALL NT UT1u7Y/ STOR. RM. LI 105 l 10' - 10" l 1061 1 I I TELLERS —I$ I 4 j/ / p N.I.C. TELLEAUNE /1 / ,.J--'---- - EDGE OF TILE / 1 TYP., SEE SFR. A10.01 1 PLATFORM PLATFORM 101 1 AL " G 6'-6" 5 INFILL WA, FIN. TO MATCH GIST. R OUTE PLUMBING - VE NT PIPES AROUN MED. CAB. IN gYPJ r NOTES: 17' -0° VERIFY 1. SEE SHT. A8.00 FOR DOOR TYPES & HARDWARES 2. SEE SFR. A8.02 FOR PARTMON TYPES 3. INSTALL BLOCKING IN WALLS FOR A CASEWORK, SHELVING, COUNTERTOPS, TOILET ACCESSORIES AND OWNER SUPPUED BANKING EQUIPMENT. 4. PROVIDE DEPRESSED SLAB AT MODULAR VAULT AND VAULT DOOR 5. SEE FINISH PLAN, SHT. A10 51, FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON FINISHES. NORTH FLOOR PLAN 2 4 1 1 I k OF EXIST. C.I.P. WALL 17-6" VERIFY 1/4" = 1' - 0" OF EXIST. C.I.P. WALL 1 17°11 15-0" VERIFY EXIST. CRAWL SPACE EXIST. SLAB ON GRADE • 25' -0° VERIFY EXIST. ENTRY DOORS. `. .•i. C RECEIVED , \��. CITY OF TUKWILA \ *1 J 11 L 1 6 1997 � / PERMIT CENTER TYP. I I I GWB SOFFIT ALIGN FACE OF SOFFIT (±S0 WITH NEW FURRED WALL IDES — - T III. X11 I DASHE• INDICA TELLS UNE S N.I. UNE c LOW D L MI ` — _ ■ MI VP PANT '-6", ALL SIDES I .. A ■■ v . © _ - :I '' , I s B B ■ e ■ B 1 A ��� ' / 4 •.C.T. I P1C SIDES - G '-''''---€-. G — G � /1/ ` ( O 0 • . / G �, / i A ■ ■■ A ■ ■■ A ■■ A 1 • s Pa ■ i -i fir.. / b. / ili I ■ / ■ ■ • E ED. A ■■ A ■ AR. A A 1 GWB g 8' NC Ill EM If INN 0 , , III A A 0 II I B IIIII i I A A lu ellir mi Ilk - EQ. 8'-0', NT Q B ' A.C.T. ? 8' -0' A 111 A IN ■ ■■ ■ ■■ A ■ ■■ A ■■ A A I NO CEIUNQ OPEN TO I II ■ ■ ■■ 1 STRUCTURE FA !_=. I I ' - - - ■ ■■ CENTER FIXTU• 3' -0" UGHT IN ROOM - ' MOUNTED AT - • 13 I UNDERSIDE ' OF PLATFORM - i A8.03 TYP. NORTH REFLECTED CEILING PLAN tc17-06a V4' = 1' -0" GENERAL NOTES 1 UGHT FIXTURES, UGHTED EXIT SIGNS AND ALL OTHER CEIUNG MOUNTED FIXTURES ARE TO BE CENTERED IN AC.T. WHERE LOCATED, U.O.N.. 2. DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE TO CENTERLINE OF FIXTURES, U.O.N.. 3. SEE GENERAL INFORMATION SHEET, AO.00 FOR UGHT FIXTURE SYMBOLS. 4. SEE SHEET E -1 FOR SPECIFIC UGHT FIXTURE INFORMATION. 5. PROVIDE LATERAL SUPPORT AT SUSPENDED A.C.T. CEIUNGS, SEE DET. 15'A8.03. 6. CENTER A.C.T. GRID WITHIN EACH ROOM, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 7. A.C.T. TO BE ARMSTRONG CEIUNG TILES, CHAMFERED CIRRUS TRAVERTONE *557,24'x 24 "4'4' TEGULAR -EDGED LAY-IN WITH 916' SUPRAFINE GRID. 8. RELOCATE EXIST. MECHANICAL SUPPLY & RETURN DUCTS AS NECESSARY, VERIFY WITH DESIGNBUILD CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE NEW GRILLS PER SPECIFICATIONS. ALL MECHANICAL WORK TO CONFIRM WITH LOCAL CODES. 9. RELOCATE SPRINKLER HEADS AND PROVIDE SPRINKLER HEAD EXTENTION AS REQUIRED" TO MATCH NEW CEIUNG HEIGHTS. PERFORM RELOCATION AND EXTENTION TO CONFORM WITH LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS. COPYRIGHT ©1995 CAWSON ARCHITECTURE, INC. HO UGHT FIXTURES LEGEND: A 2 x 4 FI UORESCENT Al 2 x 4 FLUORESCENT SHALLOW B 2 x 2 FLUORESCENT C ADJUSTABLE FLUORESCENT DOWN LIGHT O FLUORESCENT WALL WASH E RECESSED FLUORESCENT DOWNUGHT F WALL STRIP FLUORESCENT, 24" UON G 48" UNDERCABINET FLUORESCENT, U.N.O.. H 12512" METAL HALIDE J RECESSED METAL HALIDE X DIECAST EXIT SIGN RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUL 1 6 1997 PERMIT CENTER : VhwMla\ prolacts\ wamu\ wwh\ wuN+tlA 15:41:41 O Reflected Ceiling Plan -?' 005) <\005) +48" DED. ,COPIER PROVIDE POWER & SIGNAL FOR CCTV MONITOR AND VCR PER VENDORS REQUIREMENTS DATA RACK N.I.C. AA T OEO. OED. 5 CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE (4) 1' CONDUITS TO (2) PLATFORM DESKS THRU CRAWL SPACE PROVIDE (2) I GROMMETS EA STATION— TYPICAL I (SEE G'A4.3) GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE CONDUIT IN WALL & RACEWAY IN N.I.C. , TEL.LERUNE WITH PULL WIRES & ELECTRICAL TO EACH STATION, ,FOR DATA AND COMM. ' COORDINATE LAYOUT OF I FLOOR MOUNMENT WITH LAYOUT / OF FLOOR TILE (SEE SHT. A10.51) I LOCATE CENTER OF MCTI,VENT ' 1• -0 MIN. FROM TILE EDGE i:NOTIFY / I ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES) SEE DET. WAS.01 FOR LOCATION OF TYP. OUTLET PLATE CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE (4)1' CONDUITS . IN SLAB FOR CLEAN POWER, DIRTY POWER, 0 • 2-6' I .ATA'COMM., AND SECURRY TO EACH TFORM DESK. (TYP. @ 5 PLATFORM DESKS) 12•x° 6 NORTH POWER AND COMMUINICATION PLAN GENERAL NOTES: 1. THIS DRAWING INDICATES LOCATION OF FIXTURES ONLY. REFER TO ELEC. DWY;. FOR OTHER INFO. 2. WALL MOUNTED OUTLETS ARE TO BE INSTALLED AT +15' A.F.F. (TO CENTER OF OUTLET), U.O.N. EXIST. CRAWL SPACE EXIST. SLAB ON GRADE 4. FIELD VERIFY ALL NEW FLOOR MOUNMENT LOCATIONS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF ELECTRICAL WORK COPYRIGHT © 1995 CAUISON ARCHITECTURE, INC. 1:VRnon tlo\ Prge, on, wmh\ ioulhch W/! V97 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUL 1 6 1997 PERMIT CENTER 15:43:46 Washinton Mutual Financial Group Southcenter Branch Remodel Tukwila, Washington Project Number: 96170.14 Permit Set Architectural Structural Electrical May 15, 1997 E C T U R E SEPARATE PERMIT REQUIRED FOR: MECHANICAL ELECTRICAL t PLUMBING GAS PIPING CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION FiLE I on., stand 0131 Inn Pi3n t,ans dons not ado:, ed cod8 nano; s copy ot Da:e Perrna RECEIVED MAY 1 5 1997 PERMIT CENTER De11-01(0a ABBREVIATIONS BUILDING CLASSIFICATION GENERAL NOTES ANGLE DN. DOWN JAN, JANITOR R. RISER AT OP. D PPROOFING JS T. JOIST R.A. RETURN AIR f CENTERLINE DPR. DISPENSER JT. JOINT R .B. RADIUS L CHANNEL DR. DOOR R.B. RESIDENT BASE D PENNY D DOWNSPOUT R.T. RESILIENT TILE 1 PERPENDICULAR D.T. T DRAIN TILE KIT. KITCHEN R.O. ROOF DRAIN I PLATE DWG. DRAWING = POUND OR NUMBER DWR. DRAWER KO. KNOCKOUT REF. REFERENCE DIAMETER KPL. KICKPLATE REFL. REFLECTED REFR. REFRIGERATOR 0 SQUARE FEET E EAST REG. REGISTER EA. EACH REINF. REINFORCING ANCHOR BOLT E EXPANSION JOINT LAM. LAMINATE(D) REQ. REQUIRED A.B. A A/C A CONDITIONING E ELEVATION LAV. LAVATORY REV. REVISION ACOUS. ACOUSTICAL ELEC. ELECTRICCAL) L.H. LEFT H450 R.H. RIGHT HAND AC.i. ACOUSTIC TILE ELEV. ELEVATOR L. LENGTH, LONG RM. ROOM L.L. LIVE LOAD R.O. ROUGH OPENING AD. AREA DRAIN ENCL. ENCLOSE(URE ADD. ADDENDUM EQ. EOM_ LT. LIGHT R.O.W. RIGHT OF WAY Uo . ADJACENT EQUIP, EQUIPMENT LTL. LINTEL RCP. REFLECTED CLG. PLAN S . ADJ US T A,RLE ESC. ESCAATOR LVR LOUVER S. SOUTH A.F.F. ABOVE F!NIER FLOOR ESE. ESTIMATE MARB. MARBLE S.C. SOLID CORE AGGR. AGGREGATE XCAV. EXCAVATE MAS. MASONRY SCH. SCHEDULE EXH, ALTERNATE XH, EXHAUST MAX. MAXIMUM S.D. STORM DRAIN AL., ALUM. ALUMINUM EXIST. EXISTING M.C. MEDICINE CABINET SEAL. SEALANT ANOO. ANODIZED EXP. EXPANSION MEN. MECHANIC(AL) SECT. SECTION APPROX. APPROXIMATE EXT. EXTERKR MED. MEDIUM S.F. SQUARE FEET ARCH. ARCHITECT MEMB. MEMBRANE SH. SHELF ASPH. ASPHALT MET. METAL SHT. SHEET F.B.O.I.C. FURNISHED BY BY OWNER AEU. MEZZANINE SHTG. SHEATHING INSTALLED CONTRACTOR MFR. MANUFACTURER, SIM. SIMILAR BD. BOARD F.D. FLOOR DRAIN M.F.B. MINERAL FIBER BD. SL. SLOPE BET. BETWEEN FDN. FOUNDATION MH. MANHOLE SP STAND PIPE BLDG. BUILDING F.E. FIRE EXTINGUISHER MIN. MINIMUM SPEC. SPECIFICATION BLK. BLOCK F.E.C. FIRE EXTINGUISHERCABINET MISC. MISCELLANEOUS SQ. SQUARE BLKG. BLOCKING F.F. FACTORY FINISH MTD. MOUNTED S.S. SERVICE SINK BM. BEAM FIN. FINISHED) MTL• MATERIAL S.STL. STAINLESS STEEL B.M. BENCH MARK FLT. FLOOR MULL. MULLION STD. STANDARD 80T. BOTTOM FLASH. FLASHING STL. STEEL BRG. BEARING FLUOR. FLUORESCENT N. NORTH STOR. STORAGE BRZ. BRONZE F.O.S. FACE OF STUDS N.I.C. NOT IN CONTRACT STR. STRUCTURAL BSMT. BASEMENT F.O.C. FACE OF CONCRETE NO. NUMBER STRUCT. STRUCTURAL B.U. BUILT UP F.O.F, FACE OF FINISH NOM. NOMINAL SUSP. SUSPENDED F.O.B. FACE OF BRICK N.T.S. NOT TO SCALE F.O.M. FACE OF MASONRY T. TREAD FP. FIREPROOF T.B. TOWEL BAR CAB. CABINET FT. FOOT, FEET TEL. TELEPHONE C.B. CATCH A H BASIN FTG. FOOTING 0. OVERALL TEMP. TEMPERED GEM. CEMENT FURR. FURRED, FURRING O.C. ON CENTER TERR. TERRAllO CET. CERAMIC FUT. FUTURE O.D OUTSIDE DIAMETER TEX. TEXTURED) C.G. CORNER GUARD F.R.C. FIBERGLASS REINF. GYPSUM O.F,R.D. OVERFLOW ROOF DRAIN TAG. TONGUE AND GROOVE CHAMF. CHAMFER F.W.C. FABRIC WALLCOVERING OH. OVERHEAD THK. THICK(NESS> C.I. CAST BRON OPP.H. OPPOSITE HAND THRESH. THRES,ROLD C.I.P. CAST -IN -PLACE CCONCRE TE) GA. GAGE OPNG. OPENING T.JT. TOOLED JOINT CIRC. CIRCLE GALV. GALVANIZED OPP. OPPOSITE TKBD. TACKBOARD C.JT. CONTROL JOINT G.B. GRAB BAR O.T.S. OPEN TO STRUCTURE T.O.B. TOP OF BRICK CLG. CEILING GEN. GENERAL TV. TELEVISION CLR. CLEARCANCE) GL. GLASS, GLAZING PASS. PASSENGER TYP. TYPICAL C.M.U. CONCRETE MASONMINIT CND. GROUND BAR TOS. TOP OF SLAB P.B. PA CNTR. COUNTER GR. GRADE, GRADING P.BD. PARTICLE CLE BOND T.T. DPR. TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER C.O. CLEAN OUT G.W.B. GYPSUM WALL BOARD PERF. PERFORATE(D) COL. COLUMN GYP. GYPSUM PERI. PERIMETER UNPIN. UNLLEE UNFINISHED SS O THERWISE U.O.N. .. CONC. CONCRETE GFRC. GLASS FIBER REINF. CONC. pi PLATE OTHERWISE CONN. CONNECTION H.B. HOSE BIBB P.L. PROPERTY LINE NOTED CONS.. CONSTRUCTION H.C. HOLLOW CORE P. LAM. PLASTIC LAMINATE VAR. VARNISH CONT. CONTINUOUS HD. HEAD PLAS. PLASTER VEN. VENEER CONTR. CONTRACTOR HDBD, HARDBOARD PLWD. PLYWOOD VERT. VERTICAL CORR. CORRIDOR HOCP. HANDICAPPED PAIL. PANEL VEST. VESTIBULE CPT. CARPET HDR. HEADER PR. PAIR V G VISION „MILLE CWT. CASEMENT HUM. HARDWOOD P.S.F. POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT V.W.C. VINYL WALL COVERING C.T. CERAMIC TILE HOWE HARDWARE P.S.I. POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH GTR. CENTER H.M. HOLLOW METAL p T PRESSURE TREATED W. WEST , WIDE CSK. COUNTER SINK HOW. HORIZONTAL P0. PLANTER DRAIN W/ WITH CU. FT. CUBIC FOOT HR. HOUR CU. YD. CUBIC YARD HT. HEIGHT PTE. PARTITION W.C. WATER CLOSET DEMO. DEMOLITION HTG. HEATING PVMT. PAVEMENT WD. WOOD DBL. DOUBLE H.V.AC. HEATING /VENTILATING/ P.T.D. PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER W.H. WATER HYDRANT D,L. DEAD LOAD AIR CONDITIONING P.T.R. PAPER TOWEL RECEPTK:AL W/0 WITHOUT H.W.H. HOT WATER HEATER WP. WATERPROOFING) OET. DETAIL Q.T. QUARRY TILE W.R. WATER RESISTANT D.F. DRINKING FOUNTAIN WSCT. WAINSCOT D.H. DOUBLE HUNG WT. WEIGHT MC, DIAGONAL p,S. INSIDE PIPE DIAMETER W.W.F. WELDED WIRE FABRIC DAM. DIAMETER N CL. INCLUDING DIM. DIMENSION SUL. INSULATION DIV. DIVISION T. INTERIOR V. INVERT TENANT WASHINGTON MUTUAL BANK PROPERTY OWNER: SPIEKER PROPERTIES 1191 2ND AVENUE 915 118Th SE SEATTLE, WA 98101 BELLENJE, WA 98005 (206) 453 - 1600 (206) 461"8646 ( ) CONTACT BOB ANDERSON ARCHTTCT: CSUJSON ARCHITECTURE, INC. 1420 FIFTH AVENUE, SUITE 2400 SEATTLE, WA 98101 (206) 623 -4646 CONTACT: JIM NORMAN PROJECT ADDRESS: 359 STRANDER BOULEVARD BUILDING USE A FULL SERVICE BRANCH BANK OCCUPANCY GROUP: 6 CONSTRUCTION TYPE: TYPE 0-5 WITH EXISTING AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM APPLICABLE CODE: 1994 UBC TENANT IMPROVEMENT AREA: 2696 SOFT. OCCUPANT LOAD: 2696 SF,100SF PER OCCUPANT = 27 OCCUPANTS P,L JNG REQUIREMENT: 1. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. 2. VERIFY FIELD CONDITIONS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF EACH PORTION OF THE WORK. 3. THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE COMPLEMENTARY, AND WHAT IS REQUIRED BY ONE SHALL BE AS BINDING AS IF REQUIRED BY ALL; THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL PORTIONS OF THE WORK AS DESCRIBED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION OF ALL DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 4. DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE BUILDING GRID LINES OR THE FINISH SURFACES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. E DOORS AND CASED OPENINGS INDICATED ADJACENT TO WALL INTERSECTIONS SHALL BE LOCATED WITH THE EDGE OF FINISH OPENING SIX INCHES FROM THE ADJACENT WALL UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. ALL OTHER DOORS AND CASED OPENINGS SHALL BE CENTERED BETWEEN NEAREST ADJACENT WALL INTERSECTIONS, UNLESS OTHERWISE DIMENSIONED. DUSTING RETAIL PARKING RATIO: 4 STALLS PER 1000 SF. PROPOSE BANK PARKING RATIO: 3 STALLS PER 1000 SF. PROPOSE CHANGE OF USE DOES NOT EXCEED CURRENT PARKING AVAILABILITY VICINITY PLAN ; d s h 2 ph z2 c-0,41 � 3] @` g /!e (' 9IL ! \ § e g qV .) f p f 2 , VIM § °2 \ �/ 2 ] , d §# )�(§Ej/ § /o p =§a MORN d \j \ )a§ §/§ M amaamgaamq IZ4 011 aq &do=me 7 § } § � »§ \ ( o a ! A@ p §.��� � w e� !� G( / A° @ � A{ 2 § /��» LiT1 gip mq �, !P ®At L 2t " u , �{WGda e O ° o P g 6 k b 2 Nup 1-. A��� , 5 �;/ � } =A� / ��A������� 6$ � ( 2 � s �E ���kekmA� �o �� e�z °§ �� � �` b § � ��§ c :p0 "O �Ao z3 �� ��� /����UU��� ® Z.,.._ tekligr- / p 5 t .. J05✓ u, "`- °_ • ° '�'' a Erna - " t - c ranaa : SITE I " ( 1 " s -- ' r ck o I- .8 V 1 I : I I " NORTH DRAWING NOT TO SCALE REFERENCE SYMBOLS P _ A SEE TITLE BLOCK FOR REVISION. EXISTING GRID LINE MOST RECENT REVISION REVISION SHOWN CLOUDED. ti L �(\ n ,,, ^ .,pr y ' „ - '. ___---7"..,,'''''' ___---7"..,,'''''' n'''''` ✓*` RECEIVED TUKWILA MAY 1 5 1997 PERMIT CENTER COPYRIGHT © 1995 CAWSON ARCHITECNRE, INC. j:\A4o,..\ Wok.,\ wamv ..0"4,\4a4dwma4\wmrc1401.d0n 05/14/97 15:58:20 DETAIL NUMBER (OR LETTER) DETAIL DRAWING SHEET NUMBER NORTH WALL SECTION DRAWING NUMBER (OR LETER) DRAWINN G SHEET NUMBER FLOOR PLANS REFLECTED CEILING PLANS POWER /COMMUNICATION PLANS PARTITION TYPES 2 X 2 z x A IX s DUPLEX ELECTRICAL OUTLET FFIXTULUORESCENT = ,c � -.. DUPLEX ELECTRICAL OUTLET DESIGNATED RE NEW PARTITIONS C CIRCUIT - COMPUTERS, ORANGE OUTLET. WALL MOUNTED ® DES SEE COMPUTER EOU I PARENT SCHEDULE. FLUORESCENT FIXTURE L, SIMPLEX ELECTRICAL OUTLET, DESIGNATED DOOR NUMBER ,... � CIRCUIT - COMPUTERS, GRANGE OUTLET. FLUORESCENT SEE COMPUTER EOU [PARENT SCHEDULE. DOOR TYPE \ STRIP DUPLEX ELECTRICAL OUTLET WITH TIMER. HARDWARE, SEE m fgt. SPECIFICATIONS FIXTURE IN FD URPLEX ELECTRICAL OUTLET. LIED ICATEG If 1l LIGHT COVE CIRCUIT WITH ISOLATED GROUND. DeD. ROOM DOWNLIGHT ,4 ROOM NAME O WALL WASHER ® b'-oEO DUPL EX ELECTRICAL OUTLET. DEDICATED CIRCUIT. 202 FOURPLEX ELECTRICAL OUTLET. DES IGNATEO CIRCUIT - COMPUTERS, ORANGE OUTLETS. SEE WALL MOUNTED 2 }i ' DES COMPUTER EOU'IPMENT SCHEDULE. INTEPIOR ELEVATION 1 TELEPHONE MOORING AND PULL- STRING. Qom DRAWING NUMBER EXIT SIGN ® 2 a COMPUTER MUDRING AND PULL - STRING. ® ELEVATION NAME CEILING MNTD. WALL NWT. ®4 SINGLE GANG BOX W/4 DATA /PHONE JACKS DUPLE% E LECTRICAL OUTLET. GROUND FAULT EXTINGUISHER 9 G.F.S. I CI R CU I INTERRUPTER. HVAC DES ® ® FIRE SUPPLY RErw+r+ EXHAUST 41 EXTINGUISHER FEC q ► '� UNDER F DUCT FLUSH W ITH CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB. OUTLETS SPACED AS SHOWN. PROV [DE POWER INDICATED, TYP, COMMUNICATIONS CABLE A.ND JACK BY OWNER. ELECTRICAL JUNCTION BOX - SEE ELECTRICAL FLUSH MOUNTED FLOOR MONUMENT WITH SERVICE INDICATED CABINET L LINE. AFFUSER I- I I SPRINKLER RISER CD, SPRINKLER HEAD X ' FLOOR DRAIN FD SMOKE DETECTOR ® FLUSH © I DES w 0.; A0.00 General Information I _J WASHINGTON / , MUTUAL /// 9 a lgal F BIN & I: tria I I I (DO 0 EXISTING ACCESSIBLE CURB RAMP 4 4 E ) a ( ) C ) 4 a 0 15 31--" ( ) 4 ) PARTIAL SITE PLAN IXIST. DIRECTIONAL WOWS, TYP. LANDSCAPING ISLANDS. TYP. — EXISTING PARKINGS EXISTING PARKINGS EXISTING ACCESSIBLE PARKING STALLS 9 EXISTING BUILDING NEW POLE UGHT, E ELEC. DWG LANDSCAPING AND REMOVE PORTION OF EXISTING CURB, PARKING STALL STRIPINGS 36-0' NEW LANDSCAPING TO MATCH MST. (SHOWN SHADED) ANDOVER PARK WEST 25,7 PAINTED DIRECTIONAL ARROW AND 1•-0 HT. TER TO READ: DRIVE-TFIRU A.T.M. .4, TUKWILA MAY 1 5 1997 PERMIT CENTER COPYRIGHT C) 1995 CALUSON ARCHITECTURE, INC. hfinancio \prole. wamu soLdficfAcoddwm*Airmac16011501/8/97 15:46:15 a Partial Site Plan and Details A1.02 ;4 I I I I I I STRAN DER BOULEVARD EXISTING BUILDING Consultants: 6,0,1010 W.W.F. TRAFFIC ---/' NEW LANDSCAPING SIGN TO READ: TO MATCH EXIST (SHOWN SHADED.TYP ) 'RIGHT TURN ONLY' AED°NAL \ i \ 5' PIPE fa . CONC. BOLLAPD, SEE DET. S'A1.02 • 5". PIPE BOLLARD SEE ° ''• 6 0 2 ----- 1. Tk :: . 1 RNISHED GRADE AS P. _ LANDSCAPE REQUIREMENTS 1 A' - QUE UNE ATM BUILDING NCR 5688 .12,1, n „1 BMIIIN ,... ',:),,,, . "' te , WAN ,,,,. ' N r IIIIIIMININIIIIi, F...- M 2 2 A1.02 SIM. 2 ROUTE ATM coNoun- TO MAIN BANK PANEL UtILONFGATcMAN,-- .0 VE 8 Z. glik NV 1 #4 REINF. BAR coNntquous TOP AND BOTTOM SIDEWALK @ PLANTING , 18-0' t OF POLE LIGHT, SEE ELEC DWG. 0 DRIVE—UP ATM — ENLARGED PLAN V4" =1 1 1,2"=1'-0" A5 INSTALL ELECTRICAL CONDUITS FROM ATM ISLAND TO ELECTRICAL PANEL INSIDE BUILDING. REFER ATM MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS FOR DETAILED INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS ri zyjsI RC E828 R2 F • CONC. CURB V2 z ....- - PLANMNG AREA 1° DIA 41, 40 2° 2 2" 3 DIA re, PAVING r — 0 _ As., IBM #4 REINF. BAR CONT TOP & BOTTOM IR 4• FREE DRAINING STRUCTURAL FILL .° ,, 0 , 0 c, ll C : ' ° ' ' (9 • ATM — ELECTRICAL CONDUIT ----- ffir 122.111111MIIIIIMIIIIIIN111111 9. CI CAST—IN PLACE CONC. CURB HALF SCALE 1 1/2"-T-0" A13 SLOPED CONCRETE AlfWgkcifEr_@ sim PANT WITH EPDXYAJRETHANE PAINT SYSTEM TO MATCH P.KER PAINT #5I45N SLOPE 12 SEALANT OVER PREFORMED EXPANSION JOINT FILLER CONC. PAD AND CURB - ' o 0 0 , .N. 111112 11111 311.- ----- • . - - ' CP C5 ° 6 o 0 G o G • HZ 11111 • 11111 IIIII - .-- NT- . - ,,,,< To CONCRETE _MiiIIIIMIIIIII rkE PLANS FOR ANA BO l-. 4 0 PIPE BOLLARD I _J WASHINGTON / , MUTUAL /// 9 a lgal F BIN & I: tria I I I (DO 0 EXISTING ACCESSIBLE CURB RAMP 4 4 E ) a ( ) C ) 4 a 0 15 31--" ( ) 4 ) PARTIAL SITE PLAN IXIST. DIRECTIONAL WOWS, TYP. LANDSCAPING ISLANDS. TYP. — EXISTING PARKINGS EXISTING PARKINGS EXISTING ACCESSIBLE PARKING STALLS 9 EXISTING BUILDING NEW POLE UGHT, E ELEC. DWG LANDSCAPING AND REMOVE PORTION OF EXISTING CURB, PARKING STALL STRIPINGS 36-0' NEW LANDSCAPING TO MATCH MST. (SHOWN SHADED) ANDOVER PARK WEST 25,7 PAINTED DIRECTIONAL ARROW AND 1•-0 HT. TER TO READ: DRIVE-TFIRU A.T.M. .4, TUKWILA MAY 1 5 1997 PERMIT CENTER COPYRIGHT C) 1995 CALUSON ARCHITECTURE, INC. hfinancio \prole. wamu soLdficfAcoddwm*Airmac16011501/8/97 15:46:15 a Partial Site Plan and Details A1.02 ;4 I I I I I I STRAN DER BOULEVARD EXISTING BUILDING Consultants: EXISTING EXE DOOR EXIST. DOOR EXIST.' TENANT CORRIDOR REMOVE EXIST. aEC. PANEL; RELOCATE L..,NOURS TO NEW POWER PANELS LOCATION, SEE SHT. A10.00 REMOVE WALL 1 1 i I I DEMO. PAIIMTION AND D 1 REMOVE & RELOCATE , RRE Nog - CABINET, SEE SHT. A2.01 FOR LOCATION _ I REMOVE $ RELOCATE! DOOR, DEMOLITION PLAN NOTES: 2. ALL ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL REMOVAL SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE DESIGNBUILD CONTRACTOR, REMOVE AS REQUIRED BY CODE. 3. COORDINATE REMOVAL OF EXISTING FINISHES WTEH FINISH PLAN, SHEET A10.01 4. WHERE DEMOLITION OCCURS ADJACENT TO EXISTING TO REMIIN, PATCH AND REPAIR ADJACENT CONDITIONS FOR A UNIFORM APPEARANCE 5. DEMOLITION INCLUDES SAWCUT SLAB FOR NEW (4) 1' CONDUITS TO EACH N.I.C. PLATFORM DESK, SEE SPIT. A10.00 FOR LOCATION NORTH 11 SEE LOCA11 FOR LOCATION ALL INFORMATION SHOWN DASHED IS EXISTING TO RE REMOVED, U.N.O.. DEMOLITION PLAN LEGEND 1 = 1-0" (I�I (1271 CAP EXIST. POWER AND CC?MM. FOR REUSE REMOVE EXIST. CARPET AND VINYL FLOOR COVERIttG THROUGHOUT; CLEAN SLAq PRIOR TO NEW FINISH INSTALLATION, — SEE VE E REMOVE MST. VE EXIST. A.C.T. & LIGIiT FIXTURES THROUGHOUT; RELOCATE AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER HEADS TO ACCOMMODATE NEW CEILING HEIGHTS. PERFORM ALL REMOVAVRILOCATIONS PER LO CAL CODES. (1�1 1 1)1 REMOVE GQST. WOOD FRAMED PODIUM —� EXISTING WALLS TO BE REMOVED EXISTING WALLS TO BE REMAIN EXISTING FLOOR OUTLETS TO BE CAPPED EXIST. THERMOSTAT TO REMAIN REMOVE EXIST. c ELECTRICAL & DATPtCOMM OUTLETS EXIST. MU W 0 TO REMAIN • IN REMOVE GLAZING — �'■ • EXIST. ENTRY DOORS TO REMAIN EDGE OF CANOPY ABOVE RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY 1 5 1997 PERMIT CENTER • COPYRIGHT ©1995 CAWSON ARCHITECTURE, INC I:\flmM]a prole. womubovIhHAcodlwmu\sheeh\ 9603111 09:21:23 A2.00 Demolition Plan — 1 ( . N.I.C. SI NATURE SIGNATURE D FILE,1 CARD FILE a J +' 0 1 / — — sir L „..-- G.W.B. FASCIA EQ. L 3'3°ICLR. EQ. i II k I ,SHELVES __ I r k / I• r , CIjFF,E q TOWEL DIP. UNDERCABINET RECESS FOR LIGHT 4' - 0' LONG TIN UGHGG i (F�B.O,I.C. i � 5 II 1 's� . __ REFRIG. I DISHWASH / _ 1 1 \ W I/ y . _ _ — HIM En 2'-6" I. 2'-0 1/2" L 2'-6" „ 2 EQUAL SPACES 1' -6" — 1 ( . N.I.C. SI NATURE SIGNATURE D FILE,1 CARD FILE a J +' 0 1 / — — sir EQ. L 3'3°ICLR. EQ. N.I.C. SIGNATURE CARD FILE RELOCATED FIREHOSE CABINET ANGLE VIEW START FULL TILE IN THIS CORNER 1 1/23, EQ. 3'4' PLYWD. ON ALL SIDES OF METAL FRAMING —� 6- F SHELVES, SEE 568.03 MOP HANGER BASE — FLOOR SINK 3'4" 1' -10 3'4" L CTI = FIELD TILE CT2 = ACCENT TILE 2 CT3 = ACCENT TILE 3 SEE FINISH PLAN, SHi. A10.QI FOR FINISH LEGEND. N.LC. SIGNATURE CARD FILE A JANITOR RM. V 2" = 1' -0" •AN( VIEW CLR. EQ. J. V2" I 4. OF COUNTER & CARD FILE (N.I.C.) OPENING A TELLER ELEVATION V2 " = 1 -0 G.W.B. FASCIA P.LAM-2 PANEL ADJ. SHLVS. RECESS FOR UNDERCAB. LIGHTING UNDERCABINET LIGHTS CHERRY BACKSPLASH DRAWERS P.LAM -2 PL M-2 FILLER PANEL RESTROOM TILE PATTERN V2' 1 V2 FLOOR DRAIN UNDER THE SINK 3 EQ. SPACES I OF COUNTER & CARD FILE (N.I.C.) OPENING TELLER ELEVATION B V2" = 1' -0" GRAB BAR. 2-0" LIGHT; FOR SCHEDULE) MED. CART V2° 1 V2° SINK 8. COUNTER SEE DET 4'A8.03 - NOT. OF MIRROR SINK INSULATE OR RECESS DRAIN & HOT WATER PIPING SEAT COVER DISPENSER, NAPKIN DISPENSER,TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER CERAMIC TILE CT -1 TO 5-0" AFF GWB FASCIA P-LAM-2 PANEL P-LAM 2 - ADJ. SHELVES RECESS FOR UNDERCAB. LIGHRNG PLAAM3 ON HOF. TOP ONLY PLANT -2 BAC KPLAS AND EDGE P-LAM PANEL BASE - A TOILET ELEV. V4" = 1' -0" +17" 51 EXTEND TILE MIN 2 -0" FROM FACE OF TOILET A TOILET ELEV, V4" = 1' -0" N.I.C. FILE WIDTH OF P-LAM. PANEL ..FR--5511 TO BE DETERMINED AFTER INSTALLATION OF N.I.C. FILES 4' -0° SIM. , I CT 3, TOP BAND - TYP. CT -2.2ND BAND SOWN -TYP. CERAMIC TILE CT -1 TO 5-0" AFF +34" 36 GRAB BAR MED. CART P1.A I-1 FACE —TILE BASE N.I.C. FILE 5 EQUAL SPACES — — — T — _ I i -, — /_ - -/ UNDERCABINET UGHT _ X 11 /� i WORK ROOM ` 2" = 1' -0" A TOILET ELEV. 1/4" = 1' -0" A TOILET ELEV. SOLID CHERRY WD. STAINED BACKSPLASH. MATCH DR. FRAME PROFILE PLANT -3 TOP A PLATFORM ELEVATION / L \ V2" = 1' -0" II SOLID CHERRY WD. 0 STAINED HALF- 11 ROUND BULLNOSE N.I.C. FILE SUPPORT TR. I I TOP OF N.I.C FI ON. 1I SHIM AS REQUIRED +48 � UGHT & FAN SWITCH PLA1 -2 FILLER PANEL SINK & COUNTER SEE DET 4NA10.3 (FOR ADA DIMS) SOAP DISP. ELEC. OUTLET — _ — • +34' -' _ +29" PAPER. TOWEL DISPENSEFV DISPOSAL N.I.C. FILE I E0. A STORAGE/UTILITY ROOM 1/2" = 1 5 EQ. SPACES — 1— — /\ GRAB BARS FAUCET EQ. PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER' DISPOSAL ROBE HOOKS SEAT COVER DISPENSER, NAPKIN DISPENSER TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER HOSE & BRACKET MOP HANGER TYPE Al - 1 3'4 "X3' -0"x7' -0" S.C. CHERRY WITH TRANSPARENT FINISH DOOR. & FRAME TYPE A2 - 1 3'4 "x2' -6"x7' -0 S.C. PAINT GRADE WOOD DOOR & FRAME. G.W.B. FASCIA — ADJ. SHELVES - P.LAM-1 UNDERCABINET LIGHT 4' -0" LONG P.LAM 1 ON CNTR.- AND BACKSPLASH P.LAM PANELS FIXTURE SCHEDULE RESTROOM FIXTURES: TOILET AMERICAN STANDARD CADET, #3043.102,17 "H 1.6FV, WHITE WITH SLOAN ROYAL #110-3 FLUSH VALVE, AND OLSONFTE SEAT #95 SINK AMERICAN STANDARD RONDALYN COUNTERTOP, #0491.09, WHITE FAUCET AMERICAN STANDARD RELI8NT CENTERSET, #2385.449, CHROME. MEDICINE CABINET BAWD, #PE390P -W, FULLY RECESSED, WITH WHITE ENAMEL FINISH. BASCO #SR328PL - -W (P.LAM -1), SUM UNED 2" RECESSED, WITH WHITE ENAMEL KNISH. BOBRICK, #B8206, CONCEALED MOUNT, 1" DIAMETER, STAINLESS STEEL WITH SATIN FINISH (LENGTH INDICATED ON DRAWINGS) BOBRICK, #B -944, RECESSED, STAINLESS STEEL WITH SATIN RNISH SOAP DISPENSER BOBRICK, #B -2111, SURFACE MOUNTED, STAINLESS STEEL WITH SATIN FINISH (2) PER BATHROOM. 50BRICK, #B-6717, SURFACE MOUNTED STAINLESS STEEL WITH SATIN FINISH BOBRICK, #133574, RECESSED, STAINLESS STEEL WITH SATIN FINISH. TOILET TISSUE ON LEFT SIDE OF FIXTURE JANITOR CLOSET FIXTURES: FLOOR SINK FIAT, #MSB 2424 WITH 3' DRAIN AND #1453-BB- FLAT STRAINER PLATE FIAT, #830-AA-CHROME PLATED WITH VACUUM BREAKER, INTEGRAL STOPS, AND BUCKET HOOK WITH BRACE, MOUNT 20' AFF FIAT, #832 -AA-30" DIA MOUNT 24' AFF FIAT, #889-CC -24" , STAINLESS STEEL, 3 CLAMP, MOUNT 48" AFF DOOR TYPES SCHEDULE NOTE: FOR DOOR HARDWARE SEE SPECIFICATIONS TYPE 01 - 13'4 "x3' -0" H.C. CHERRY WITH TRANSPARENT FINISH DOOR & FRAME 4 EQUAL SPACES 1 V2 "1 CLEAR CHERRY VENEER TOP FAUCET TOWEL DISPENSER FOOD WASTE DISPOSER COFFEE BREWER COIMRIGHT © 1995 CALLISON ARCHRECTJRS, INC. " 1 12" CLEAR " 3/2" F.B.O.I.C. 5 EQUAL SPACES A LOUNGE ELEVATION V2" = 1, -0" MICROWAVE GENERAL ELECTRIC, #JE740 W GENERAL ELECTRIC, #GFC800V, WITH WALL SWITCH DISHWASHER GENERAL ELECTRIC, #GS0680 XWW, 11415E RECEIVED CITY 03/ TUKWILA MAY 1 5 1997 PERMIT CENTER 1 1£ LOUNGE FIXTURES/APPLIANCES: SINK ELKAY SINGLE COMPARTMENT #PSR -2521, SINGLE FAUCET HOLE, STAINLESS STEEL WITH BRIGHT SATIN FINISH ELKAY POST -MOUNT SINGLE LEVER, #LK -4160, CHROME FINISH BOBCK, TIN FI WITH SANISH RI #B -282, SURFACE MOUNTED, STAINLESS STEEL REFRIGERATOR GENERAL ELECTRIC, #TBXI6SAY WIRE, DOOR HINGED AT WALL SIDE (NO ICE MAKER) LOUNGE FIXTURES/APPLIANCES NOTES: 1, ALL FIXTURESAPPLIANCES, RELATED ACCESSORIES AND FASTENING DEVICES TO BE SUPPUED AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 2. CONTRACTOR TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL ALL BLOCKING PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS 3. CONTRACTOR TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL ALL NECESSARY ELECTRICAL ANDOR PLUMBING CONNECTIONS FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS 4. ALL FIXTURES SHALL CONFORM TO AND BE INSTALLED AT HEIGHTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH AMERICANS WITH DISABILTTES ACT (ADA/ANSI A117.1 -1992) AND APPLICABLE STATE REGULATIONS FOR BARRIEFT -FREE FACILRIES 5. SUBSTITUTE FIXTURES ARE NOT ALLOWED, ALL OTHER FIXTURES ARE AS SPECIFIED. , jA finando\ prole. \wamu�\w0iddi@Bhk 09:16:10 2— cng rac . 7 3 0 V Interior Elevations, Fixture and Door Schedules A8.00 South Center Branch 6" VC4. -0° X 4• -0" ' DED. 3'4' PLYWOOD +84° BACKBOARD FOR DATA EQUIP., PAINT COLOR OF WALL DED 4702 4775 E OF OUTLET PLATE I I�I I III F, ICI ,I I 10 — OUTLET PLATE II POWER DUCT Id iI II OUTLET PLATE DETAIL N.T.S. DEDICATED' ISOLATED DUPLEX RECEPRCALS 'PHONE SYSTEM ■ RJ end TRUNK BLOCKS \ COMPTROLLER, \ N.I.C. DATA RACK N.I.C. A\ STORAGE/UTILITY ROOM DATA, SEE SHT. A10.00 C 4'-0° X 8' -0' X3'4' / PLYWOOD BACKED. DUPLEX RECEPTICAL PHONE , BLOCK& • STATION BLOCKS CLEAN DBL DUPLEX (IYP.) CLEAN DUPLEX (IYP.) i DIRTY DBL DUPLEX (TYP.) N.I.C. TELLER LINE BACK ELEVATION Yz' = 1 a OUTLETS — Q OF OUTLE PLATE COMMUNICATION DUCT FURNITURE ABOVE CASH PEDESTAL WO BASE(N.I.C.) BREAD BOARD (N.I.C.) FORM HOLDER (N.I.C.) ALARM (DBL SQUEEZE) PRINTER CART (N.I.C.) BASE BASE "A � EQUIPMENT LAYOUT @ BACK OF TELLERLINE A\ STORAGE/UTILITY ROOM V2' = 7 "-0' TELLER SOFFIT ABOVE LOW PARTITION BEYOND (REFER 6448.03) TELLERUNE (N.I.C.) — GROMMET HOLE ACCESS @ WAI,L CAVITY ELECTRICAL & DATA CONDUIT LOCATION.INSTALL WITH 8' -0° LONG FLEXIBLE CONDUIT PIGTAIL 2° DIA. HOLES FOR PVC CONDUIT o FI - FTFLR . CONDUITS (VERFI( IN FIELD VYAVAC) EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY AVAC PHONE UN& WALL JACK EQUIPMENT - PROVIDED BY AVAC GUTTER EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY AVAC UGHTING CONTACTORS L 7 PLYWOOD BACKBD. TELLERLINE ELEVATION \ / \ \ / \ / / I NOTE: SEE SHT. A8.00 FOR CASEWORK DIMENSIONS A STORAGE/UTILITY ROOM COPYRIGHT @ 1995 CARLISON ARCHITECTURE, INC. RECENED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY 1 51997 PERMIT CENTER 1:\ knonda�prole ds\ womu \eouNiCl7mdAwmubheed \ wALVALINAN 09:14:13 a A8.01 r v r Power and Communication Elevations, Details vie o-,ti r,e 1 v u "H 1r1 ACC XS I PAIR OF 9°X18. A TO P N .. D � O ji 12 ' OPENING (P(P.) �2 "W X 8'H ACCESS OPENING (T\P) e —V SEE PLAN 6" VC4. -0° X 4• -0" ' DED. 3'4' PLYWOOD +84° BACKBOARD FOR DATA EQUIP., PAINT COLOR OF WALL DED 4702 4775 E OF OUTLET PLATE I I�I I III F, ICI ,I I 10 — OUTLET PLATE II POWER DUCT Id iI II OUTLET PLATE DETAIL N.T.S. DEDICATED' ISOLATED DUPLEX RECEPRCALS 'PHONE SYSTEM ■ RJ end TRUNK BLOCKS \ COMPTROLLER, \ N.I.C. DATA RACK N.I.C. A\ STORAGE/UTILITY ROOM DATA, SEE SHT. A10.00 C 4'-0° X 8' -0' X3'4' / PLYWOOD BACKED. DUPLEX RECEPTICAL PHONE , BLOCK& • STATION BLOCKS CLEAN DBL DUPLEX (IYP.) CLEAN DUPLEX (IYP.) i DIRTY DBL DUPLEX (TYP.) N.I.C. TELLER LINE BACK ELEVATION Yz' = 1 a OUTLETS — Q OF OUTLE PLATE COMMUNICATION DUCT FURNITURE ABOVE CASH PEDESTAL WO BASE(N.I.C.) BREAD BOARD (N.I.C.) FORM HOLDER (N.I.C.) ALARM (DBL SQUEEZE) PRINTER CART (N.I.C.) BASE BASE "A � EQUIPMENT LAYOUT @ BACK OF TELLERLINE A\ STORAGE/UTILITY ROOM V2' = 7 "-0' TELLER SOFFIT ABOVE LOW PARTITION BEYOND (REFER 6448.03) TELLERUNE (N.I.C.) — GROMMET HOLE ACCESS @ WAI,L CAVITY ELECTRICAL & DATA CONDUIT LOCATION.INSTALL WITH 8' -0° LONG FLEXIBLE CONDUIT PIGTAIL 2° DIA. HOLES FOR PVC CONDUIT o FI - FTFLR . CONDUITS (VERFI( IN FIELD VYAVAC) EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY AVAC PHONE UN& WALL JACK EQUIPMENT - PROVIDED BY AVAC GUTTER EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY AVAC UGHTING CONTACTORS L 7 PLYWOOD BACKBD. TELLERLINE ELEVATION \ / \ \ / \ / / I NOTE: SEE SHT. A8.00 FOR CASEWORK DIMENSIONS A STORAGE/UTILITY ROOM COPYRIGHT @ 1995 CARLISON ARCHITECTURE, INC. RECENED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY 1 51997 PERMIT CENTER 1:\ knonda�prole ds\ womu \eouNiCl7mdAwmubheed \ wALVALINAN 09:14:13 a A8.01 r v r Power and Communication Elevations, Details ARCHITRAVE BEYOND COORDINATE W/ ELECT. CONTRACTOR TO ACCOMODATE CONDUIT AT TELLER ROW (SEE G'A8.01) GROUT ALL VOIDS CARPET 3 " =1-0" SCALE E: ) PARTITION TYPE 3" =1' -0" SCALE -1' -0" SCALE 0 LOW PARTITION 3" =1-0" 0 VAULT SILL SECTION 3 5B" MTL STUDS G.W.B. WITH WALL COVERING UNDERSIDE OF STRUCT. 4'-4' A.F.F. % �� � �-- WRAP VINYL STOCK W.C. 'e1 INTO REVEAL 4F &14 4 II 'll 51 SOLID STOCK CHERRY TOP CAP, STAIN TO MATCH ARCHITECT'S SAMPLE SHIM CONTINUOUS 214 BLOCKING CONTINUOUS METAL TRACK 3 12'x3 V2,V4' STEEL TUBE WITH 3 12"x8 "xV4' TOP STEEL PLATE 3 12 "x6 "x14" STEEL BOTTOM PLATE FASTEN TO SLAB WITH 3" EXP.BOLTS (4 PER POST) CONTINUOUS METAL TRACK INSIDE FACE OF VAULT CONT. CORNER BEAD @ VAULT JAMB VAULT FLOOR PANEL ON SHIMS CONC. SLAB 511 G6 UNDERSIDE OF STRUCT.- EXIST. CORRIDOR 58" GW.B. WITH CASING BEAD G.W.B. WITH WALL COVERING BOTTOM PLATE EXTEND 5'8' GWB TO - UNDERSIDE OF DECK 3 5'8' METAL STUDS - @ 16' O.C. a ) PARTITION TYPE 3 " =1' -0" SCALE 4' -4° AF.F. H.C. WOOD DOOR WITH TRANSPARENT FINISH — EJIP. BOLT LOCATIONS (4 PER PL) G.W.B. WITH WALL COVERING 0 DOOR JAMB @ LOW PART. 3" =1' -0" G7 VARIES ACOUSTIC CEIUNG EXIST. PARRRON 35 CONTINUOUS 214 BLOCKING @ JAMBS SOLID STOCK CHERRY JAMB, STAIN TO MATCH ARCHITECT'S SAMPLE PAINT REVEAL TO MATCH DOOR FINISH V4" JOINT LICK FABRIC UNE OF CAP ABOVE, EASE CORNERS BOLT (2 PER POST) 312 >a2XV4° STEEL TUBE @ 4' -0° ON CENTER AND @ JAMBS WELDED TO 3125 6"xV4" STEEL PLATE @ BOTTOM & ET BOLT TO FLR. BOTTOM OF CAP BEYOND I II P TEYVATITN5IO8PA[Sll IE /It7B161NJilYNJ EXTEND GWB TO / ! UNDERSIDE OF DECK AT DRAFTSTOP 0 TYPE 3A: 6" MTL. STUDS PARTITION TYPE 3 " =1' -0" SCALE 0 WOOD DOOR JAMB UNDERSIDE OF STRUCT. 1 UNDERSIDE OF STRUM PROVIDE SOUND INSTIL IN WALL AND MIN. 2' -0' EACH SIDE OF WALL ABOVE CIEUNG ACOUSTIC CEILING 3 5'8° METAL STUDS @ 18° 0.C. 5'8" G.W.B. SOUD CORE CHERRY DOOR - SHIM 1° SOUD CHERRY JAMB /HEAD — SOLID CHERRY FRAME SIM. TO BOISE PROFILE #1505 G3 3 " =1' -0" SCALE G8 VAULT 5 212" SOUS CHERRY JAMB, HEAD, SILL V4" TEMPERED GLASS SHIM SPACE RELITE DETAIL 3 " =1' -0" SCALE WC-2 252 CAP, CT-0 2°X FLAT FRI CT-2 A BASE COVE, CT-1 EXTEND GWB TO UNDERSIDE OF DECK AT DRAFTSTOP ACOUSTIC CEIUNG SEE JAMB COND. DET. 10'58.02 FOR STUD LOCATION CD TYPE 4A: 5 G.W.B. OVER 1 1/2" STUDS PARTITION TYPE 4 gA 3 " =1' -0" SCALE G4 2 12" TILE COVE IN BATHROOMS WC-2 2°XY, CT -1 2°x2 ", 2'X2" FLAT FILLER, COVE, CT -1 B WAINSCOT 3 " =1' -0" SCALE G14 CARPET CRUSH UNE GLUE MOUNTED CARPET ALUM. SCREED CERAMIC TILE SET IN BED CONC. SLAB UNDERSIDE OF VAULT PANEL 0 PARTITION TYPE 3 " =1' -0" SCALE 0 VAULT JAMB & PARTITION SCALE: 1 12 " =1' -0" LATEX FILL; BUILD UP AS REO'D TO ALIGN CARPET CRUSH UNE WITH TOP OF SCREED ") 5 TILE TO CARPET 3 5'8" MET. STUDS @ 18" O.C. 5'8° TYPE 'X' G.W.B. EXTEND TO UNDERSIDE OF VAULT PANEL ACOUSTIC CEIUNG G5 G.W.B. METAL STUDS VAULT ARCHITRAVE (NIC) VAULT DOOR JAMB (141.0.) SEALANT CORNER BEAD @ JAMBS AND HEAD 7B" FURRING CHANNEL VAULT PANEL (N.10.) GWB., EXTEND TO UNDERSIDE OF VAULT CEILING VERIFY WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION Air _±,,IJAAAAAAAAAAA 24' MIN FILL (N.T.S.) RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY 1 5 1997 PERMIT CENTER 52 FULL SCALE 015 © 1995 CALUSON ARCHITECTURE, INC. Afinoxio\pmiedeovamu\soNildAcaldwmscWwels\rn M 09:12:31 A8.02 er = 111 11 II II o � g C o; e C� w r Z s+ Door and Pa:tltion Details •2° N PLANT 2' -0" SOLID WOOD BACKSPLASF_ EDGE PROFILE TO MATCH DOOR FRAME V4" CABINET BACK TYPICAL AT UPPER AND LOWER CABINETS CD TELLER CABINET G.W.B. FASCIA P.LAM. PANEL — (2) - ADJ. SHELVES PRERNISHED BOARD V4' HOLES @ 2' O.C. FOR SHELF SUPPORTS UNDERCOUNTER UGHT BACKSPLASH BEYOND CABINET (N.I.C.) 1 V2 " =1' -0" SCALE H14 •2' SINK V1V DISPOSAL FOR ALL FIXTURES' APPLIANCES SEE FIXTURE SCHEDULE ON SHEET AB.00 V4' CABINET BACK; TYPICAL AT UPPER AND LOWER CABINETS ED LOUNGE CABINET G.W.B. FASCIA TOP AND SIDES (TYP.) U.O.N. (2) - ADJ. SHELVES PREFINISHED BOARD V4' HOLES @ 2' O.C. FOR SHELF SUPPORTS --- --UNDERCOUNTER LIGHT TOP OF COUNTER BEYOND 1 V2" =1'-0" SCALE H5 EXPOSED MAIN TEE ACOUSTICAL TILE CROSS TEE OR MAIN RUNNER, CUT 8 RIVET FACE OF FINISHED WALL 3"=1'-0" 2'• 2' -0" io DRAWERS WITH SLIDES & PULLS LOUNGE CABINET 1 W =1' -0" SCALE G.W.B. FASCIA 12° - TOP AND SIDES (TYP.) U.O.N. (2) - ADJ. SHELVES PREFINISHED BOARD \ V4' HOLES @ 2' O.C. FOR SHELF SUPPORTS UNDERCOUNTER LIGHT TOP OF COUNTER BEYOND 13 CEILING/WALL INTERSEC. WALL MOLDING 14 Z-6° CUT IN FIELD FOR PWMBING -) NOTE: COUNTER BUILT OF 3'4' PLYWD AND 1° ALUM ANGLES AT INSIDE OF PERIMETER WITH PLAM-1 ALL EXPOSED SURFACES. SCREW AND GWE INTO WOOD BLOCKING AT WALLS FRONT ELEV. NOTE: FOR ALL CEIUNG HEIGHTS SEE REFL CLG. PLAN FIN. FLR. SIDE ELEV. TOILET RM COUNTER /SINK 1 " =1 -0" SCALE 0 COUPON COUNTER 1 V2 " =1' -0" SCALE 3 " =1-0" SCALE A.C.T. TRANSITION DETAIL CHERRY TRIM- PROFILE TO MATCH DOOR FRAME CPT-1 ALL D(POSED SURFACES io TACK CARPET ON BACKSIDE ONLY 34° PLYWD. COUNTER WITH 2[ WOOD SUPPORTS PROVIDE CONTINUOUS 12 GA METAL BACKING 5 WALL STUDS EXTEND G.W.B. TO jA DECK @ DRAFTSTOP LOCATION (REFER SHEET 67.00) EXTEND G.W.B. 10" ABOVE AC.T. EXTEND STUDS TO STR3UCT. ABOVE. PROVIDE DIAGONAL BRACING @ 4' -0 O.C. MAX. ACOUSTICAL CLG. TILE OR G.W.B. CLG. 5 59 G.W.B. OVER 58' MTL STU DS @ 16 O.C. CORNER BEAD 3'4' PLYWD SHELVES WITH F -LAM 1 ALL SURFACES SURFACE MOUNTED STANDARDS 3' FROM EITHER WALL, SCREWED TO CONT. WD BLK'G BOTTOM SHELF ONLY TO 1'-6" DEEP AT ATM RM., WITH 1 12'x 1 12' ALUM ANGLE AT SIDES, CENTER UNE BACK 2' -0' A.F.F., DO NOT ATTACH SHELF TO ANGLES - 4'-6' A.F.F. AT STOR. #116 NOTE: MOUNT BOARD TO WALL STUDS UNDER LOCATION OF COATHOOKS TO HIDE SCREW HEADS 0 COATHOOK BOARD 3 =1' -0" 4' -0• O.C. 1'4° DEEP z ROOM MOTH MINUS 1' 0 ADJUSTABLE SHELVES 1 12" =1' -0" (8) - COATHOOKS @ 6' 0.C.; FORMS & SURFACES #HC 250 MATTE BLACK • 3'4' PLYWOOD BACK BOARD, P. LAM-1 ON ALL EXPOSED SURFACES 3' 3' (4) - COATHOOKS @ 8' O.C.; FORMS 8 SURFACES #HC 250 MATTE BLACK 12 GA. WIRE @ 4' -0' O.C. @ MAIN TEE FASTEN TO STRUCTURE WITH 200# PULLOUT MIN. 5' -0' A.F.F. (TO CENTER OF BOARD) AF.F (TO CENTER OF BOARD) (4) - 12 GAUGE WIRES 90 APART & TIED TO MAIN TEE WTEHIN 2' OF CROSS TEE. 12' -0' O.C. EA WAY FASTEN TO STRUCTURE 6' -0' FROM W • WITH 200# MIN. PULLOUT WITH SAFETY FACTOR OF 2 1' VERTICAL CHI TO STRUCTURE 12-0' EA WAY 6 FROM WALL 1 ,1 111 °pia i1: 1»��� want -ii ni Ti : i 15 A.C.T. LATERAL SUPPORT EXPOSED MAIN TEE CEIV ACOUSTICAL TILEC OF TUK WILA MAY 1 5 1997 PERMIT CENTER 3"=t-0" COPYRIGHT 0 1995 CARSON ARCHITECTURE, INC. I:V'imnun\project \wamAsouihdrkoddwmsyMa6Vy85dd008hIM 09 :10:42 A8.03 ae Millwork and Misc. Details FLOORING. CT -1 AMERICAN OLAN TILE: CERAMIC MOSAICS, .52 BUFF GRANITE, 2'X2' GROUT: HYDROMENT TAUPE #675 CT-2 AMERICAN OLEAN TILE: CERAMIC MOSAICS, #A10 DAWN GREY, 2'X2' GROUT: HYDROMENT TAUPE #675 CT, AMERICAN OLEAN TILE: RADIANCE, #121 MIDNIGHT BLUE GROUT: HYDROMENT TAUPE #675 CT-4 UNGLAZED PORCELAIN TILE WM TX-08 MAPEI GROUT COLOR #11, SAHARA BEIGE FURNISHED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR AGENT: MSA (206) 241-0229 CPT -1 LEES COMMERCIAL CARPET CO, 100% ANTRON NYLON, CUSTOM COLOR: #417 WAMU BLUE 12' WIDE CUT PILE, SECONDARY BACKING PF3 FURNISHED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR AGENT: MSA (206) 624 -0855 CPT -2 MANNINGTON COMMERCIAL CARPET, STYLE: CAPTNA, COLOR HARBOUR UGHTS (HAJ), 100% DUPONT ANTRON LEGACY TYPE 6, 6, CONTINUOUS FILAMENT NYLON WITH DURA TECH SOIL - RESISTANT TECHNOLOGY MD PERMANENT STATIC CONTROL SECONDARY BACKING: ACTION BACK 12' WIDE, LOOP CARPET. FURNISHED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR AGENT: MSA (206) 624-0655 VCT -1 ARMSTRONG PREMIUM EXCELON TILE, CANVAS #50306, COLOR WINTER GREY, 12512' GAUGE V8', ASTM F 1066, COMPOSITION 1 CLASS 2 VCT -2 ARMSTRONG PREMIUM VINYL COMPOSITION TILE #56814, COLOR TAUPE 11,12512' GAUGE VB', SST- 312B(1)TYPE N COMP... 1 BASE: B-1 ROPPE 4' RUBBER COVE BASE #40 FAWN (TYPICAL THROUGHOUT) ROLL STOCK TYPICAL WAUJCEILING PIA FLAT LATEX TO MATCH BENJAMIN MOORE, MOOR- O- MATIC, #972 FIB ALKYD EGGSHELL TO MATCH BENJAMIN MOORE, MOOR-0 MATIC, #972 PIC FLAT LATEX TO MATCH BENJAMIN MOORE, MOOR -MARL, #972 P3A EPDXY /URETHANE TO MATCH PARKER PAINTS #5411W P3B LATEX TO MATCH PARKER PAINTS #5411W P4A EPDXY /URETHANE TO MATCH PARKER PAINT #.13M P4B FLAT LATEX TO MATCH PARKER PAINT #5413M WC1 GILFORD #597841, 54W, ASTME-B40LASS 1,100% SCRIM BACK VINYL, 54'W REPEAT: RANDOM (1-000 -852 -6454) WC2 INNOVATIONS, PATTERN: VENETIA FINE STRIPE #9811, COLOR: PUTTY, 52' -54W, ASTME- .CLASS 1,100% SCRIM BACK VINYL, REPEAT: RANDOM (206) 682-6388 WC3 MAHPAAM, TEK -WALL HERALD, #304104 012 BLACK FOREST 100% POLYOLEFIN, 54' W, TEFLON TREATED, ACRYLIC HACKED C4 MAHARAM, PATTERN: FREESTYLE, #391204, COLOR 11 FLINT GRAY 54' W, 100% VINYL, SCRIM BACK, REPEAT: NON - MATCH, TYPE 11 20 or/UNEAR YD. 1- 80,64,3.3 MISCELLANEOUS: P.LAM 1 WILSONART, GRAY GLACE #4142-0, EMPLOYEE SPACES P.LAM 2 NEVAMAR, BLACK PEARL #S-6-14T TEXTURED (VERTICAL SURFACES AT TELLER AND PUBLIC CASEWORK) .LAM 3 NEVAMAR, STORM GRAY MATRIX #MR -8-4T TEXTURED (HORIZONTAL SURFACES AT TELLER AND PUBUC CASEWORK) VERTICAL BUNDS HUNTER DOUGLAS VERTICAL BUNDS COLOR #43901 (OFF WHITE, CURVED) PT 2000 COMMERCLAL TRACK WM-1 SURESTEP MATTING. 36'X12725' ROLL GOODS WITH SURE BOND ADHESIVE FINISH LEGEND GENERAL NOTES: FLOUT) -CPT,CT INDICATES TYPICAL FINISHES WITHIN ROOM, U.O.N., BASE B SUCH AS ACCENT FLOOR TILE AND'OR PATTERNING. WALL -P,WC 2. ALL FLOORING TO BE CPT -1, U.O.N. 3. ALL WALLS WHERE NO 'WC' IS INDICATED SHALL BE PAINTED PIA LI.O.N. 4. ALL WINDOW CASINGS TO BE PIT, U.O.N. 5. ALL CEILINGS TO BE AC.T., FACTORY FINISH, U.O.N. 6. ALL BASE TO BE B1, U.O.N. 7. FOR GWB CEILING AND SOFFIT, FINISHES, SEE REFLECTED CBUNG PLAN A7.00 8. ALL WINDOWS AND RECITES TO RECD. MINI - BLINDS, SEE FINISH LEGEND. 9. ALL PREFINISHED BOARD WHERE INDICATED TO BE PICKERING, COLLECTOR SERIES, SKI WHITE WITH PVC EDGE. 10. ALL FINISHES FOR MILLWORWCABINETRY ITEMS, REFER TO APPROPRIATE DETAILS AND ELEVATIONS. FOR HARDWARE, SEE SPECIFICATIONS. L RUBBER RE S.ER.- STRIP TO MATCH RUBBER BASE FLOOR -CPT2, VCTV2 BASE -B1 WALL -RIB, WC4 ('VCT2' SHOWN SHADED) FLOOR -CPT! BASE -B1 WALL -PIA FLOOR -CT1, CT2, CT3 BASE -CT2 WALL -WC2 N6TE: SSE ENLARGED PLAN, S;51 A10.01 FOR RESTI�OOM FIN H & TILE LAYOUT FLOOR -VCT1 BASE -81 WALL -P1B FLOOFt 11111r 2 ` I :LCPT-2 18 FULL TILES WALL -NC2, I C � / FLOOR -CPT, 11 1! 11 , ••/ ,BASE -B1 FLOO -WC2, PIA y■■■■_■■■■• / / 11-11■■-■_■■■ '4 f AMIE 1111111b■ '(111•111- ■1111■ ■ ■■ ..� ■� 11■■ ••=1111111111m, .,.,Ji /: ■ ■�� ■1111■ ■ ■ ■11 ■ PCG 11 _1111 -1111■■ ■ ■_, 1 ■ ■: : 11: :5:x:: =' - =MIME_ 11111111=.111111/2 ■•■01111 4 FULL TILES 20 FULL TILES / FLOOR -0PTI BASE -B1 WALL -PIA 'PCG' INDICATES LOCATION FOR PLASTIC CORNER GUARD TYP. THROUGHOUT FLOOR -CP11 BASE - 1 WALL -PIA 8 FULL TILES 11 FULL TILES ULL TILES 3 FULL TILES FULL TILE;_ 5 FULL TILES NORTH FLOOR -VCTV2 BASE -Bt WALL -PIA ('VCT2' SHOWN SHADED) FINISH PLAN 5 2 4 8 2 FULL TILES ALIGN WALK -OFF MAT WITH 111.8 EDGE WALK -OFF MAT, WM-1 NO SLAB DEPRESSION REQUIRED RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY 1 5 1997 PERMIT CENTER COPYRIGHT © 1995 CAWSON ARCHITECTURE, INC. hVlronckApnjeda\ xnmaswtl.AcaddwmsOshees\w616071 71111 07:0708 r am Finish Pian A10,01 May 16, 1997 Project: Washington Mutual Tukwila, Washington Protest No: 96170.14 Permit Set z Revisions: O Date: No: Stamp: 418G REGISTERED ES H'WWELL ATE OF WASHRlCTON Architects: Callison Architecture Inc. 1420 5th A. #2400 Seattle, WA 98101 -2343 T 206 -623 -4646 F 206. 623.4625 225 Broadway, #1700 Sale Diego, CA 92101 -5018 T - 619. 232.3233 F 619.232 -3337 A R C H I T E C T U R E Consultants: Client: Washington Mutual Bank 1191 Second Avenue Suite 900 Seattle, WA. 98101 1206} 461.8646 1I1 Washington South Center Branch �2 'a/S t��iStr /rrl tl0/7 4 /7" alp; FI(G 7"; L A F U),;IS , „ ;:::i7ri/G7 ' (/✓ /�?lLr" �C'l /r /( 30'-d' RECEIVED CI7V OF TUICWIt 1 ". -. JUN 1 31997 ':PERt�Y CENTER A4,1 rr/rii, ;:,, n '/" 7 J/; / /!7 7 / /4rrtGr x /5r /r ,^/2e,73 r, �e �lt/rd5 fr) Cer1fr n/if'r; 5r 7/Vn reG ° 71G1 7/215 r3/4 /7 \ 5O c trc/eas - 7zr 9, t 1' 244 r ex,5ri e Co>vr7e4■11,1" MAR_ / IT2O1 1, .d rm//2e WASHINGTON MUTUAL BRANCH BANK 359 STRANGER BLVD. { - -I =t__ j These plans have been reviewed by the Public Works Department for Conformance with current City scan e. -ds. Acceptance is su ' rjct to errors.- and -c. _ .ns which do not authcr ";':l tic,- of adopts.; ^, ndards or ordinance ity for the ade Lacy of the design res's tc; ity v lth the designer, Additions, deletions or revs oos to these drawings after this date will void this socepiance and will require a resubrnr t a o revised d subse apprc F ir . t.nce is subject inspection by the rks utilities inspector. Hate / / 7 B Y l� ri . -1